THE FIRST SDSU – GEORGIA STEM WORKSHOP ON

NANOTECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

September 4-5, 2015, TBILISI, GEORGIA

ABSTRACTS

The workshop is organized by San Diego State University Georgia and Faculty of

Exact and Natural Sciences Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University

Workshop chairs:

Stanley Maloy San Diego State University, Faculty od Science Ken Walsh – San Diego State University Georgia Ramaz Botchorishvili - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University

Organizing Committee

Tamar Tchelidze - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Alexander Tevzadze - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Magda Alania - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Rusudan Intskirveli – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU

Scientific Committee

Elizbar Nadaraya – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Omar Purtukhia – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Alexander Shengelaya – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU

Archil Ugulava - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Alexander Gamkrelidze - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU George Ghvedashvili – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Shota Samsoniya - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Diana Dzidziguri - Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU David Kereselidze – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU Bezhan Tutberudze – Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU

Book of abstracts is approved by the publishing council of

Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, TSU

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University

2016

The first SDSU – Georgia STEM workshop on Nanotechnology and Environmental Sciences was a startup workshop that aimed at facilitation of the development of the frontiers of science and technology in Georgia in collaboration with San Diego State University. Participants of the workshop were representatives of the Georgian Universities, research organizations and San Diego State University. The main topics of the workshop in a broad sense included Nanotechnology and Environmental Sciences, however other STEM topics were also applicable for poster presentations. The general objective of the workshop was to extend existing academic collaboration between SDSU and Georgian universities via • establishing close scientific collaboration between the researchers from SDSU and Georgia • preparing background for inclusion of SDSU-Georgia students in future research activities Ninety-seven (97) posters and 10 oral presentations given at the workshop indicate strong interest of Georgian scientific society in research collaboration with SDSU. A panel discussion closed out the workshop with the following agenda: 1. Is research collaboration between US and Georgian Institutions important? 2. Is such collaboration interesting for the MCC/MCA supported program “Georgia-SDSU: Degree Accreditation and Institutional Support Initiative for Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics”? 3. Does the MCC/MCA supported program “Georgia-SDSU: Degree Accreditation and Institutional Support Initiative for Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics” have funds to directly support research collaboration? 4. Do workshop presentations suggest that there are key competences available that can serve as background for future research partnership? 5. What are existing funding instruments for supporting such collaboration? 6. What are the concrete next steps? The discussion was led by the Dean of SDSU-Georgia, Dr. Kenneth Walsh, and the Dean of the Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences of TSU, Professor Ramaz Botchorishvili. The discussion was joined by the Dean of SDSU College of Sciences, Professor Stanley Maloy, The Chair of the Department of Chemistry at SDSU, Professor Bill Tong, the Director of the Center for Energetic Materials Research and Environmental Protection at SDSU, Professor Alan Sweedler, TSU Professor Alexander Shengelaya, the Head of the Department of Scientific Research and Development at TSU, George Ghvedashvili, TSU Professor Tamaz Kereselidze, and TSU Associate Professor Alexander Tevzadze.

Participants agreed that research collaboration between US and Georgian Institutions is definitely very important as it provides a strong foundation for successful and sustainable academic collaboration.

Participants of the discussion agreed that the establishment of research collaboration between the Georgian and US professors/researchers should be very interesting for the MCC/MCA supported program. The Importance of research-based education and increased motivation of students participating in real research were underlined. It was noted that students who are involved in research, treat problems differently and get much deeper knowledge; especially in experimental and applied disciplines learning only from the textbooks is not enough and students should be given the opportunity to develop their research skills and creativity working on real scientific problems. The prospective scientific

Content

Mathematics

Recent developments in numerical methods for linear advection, its adjoint and

their application in atmospheric simulations -----------------------------------------------------------Math-1

R. Botchorishvili, H.Elbern, T.Janelidze, A.Dolidze, M.Labadze

Logical and relational analysis of immune system ---------------------------------------------------- Math-3

A. Di Nola, R. Grigolia, N. Mitskevich

On one Mathematical Model for Water Basin Pollution by Harmful Substances ----------------- Math-5 D. Gordeziani, T. Davitashvili, T. Davitashvili

On One Generalization of Contact Problem for Poisson's Equation in Rectangular Area ------- Math-7

T. Davitashvili, H. Meladze, I. Meladze

The problems of stresses optimal distribution in an elastic body -----------------------------------Math-9

N. Odishelidze

Some combinatorial problems concerning with infinite mono-unary algebras ------------------- Math-11

A. Kipiani

Application of new mathematical models for design and analysis of some thin-walled

flexible composite structures applicable to high altitude unmanned air vehicles ----------------- Math-12

T.S.Vashakmadze, U. Kaynak, M. A. Guler

Comparison of heat waves in Tbilisi and Paris in August 2003 using fuzzy methods ----------- Math-14

T. Kiseliova, M. Fandoeva, A. Sikharulidze

Number of representations of a positive integer by a binary quadratic form --------------------- Math-16

T. Vepkhvadze

On the space of spherical polynomial with quadratic forms of five variables ---------------------Math-18

K. Shavgulidze

Potential method in the theory of thermoviscoelasticity for Kelvin-Voigt

materials with voids -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Math-20

M. M. Svanadze

On the maximum likelihood estimation in an infinite dimensional space ------------------------- Math-22

G. Sokhadze, P. Babilua, E. Nadaraya

Martingale integral representation and its application in financial mathematics ----------------- Math-23

O. Purtukhia, B. Dochviri

Forecasting of risky asset price in the model with Gaussian martingale -------------------------- Math-25

Z. Khechinashvili

Biofilms occupying thin prismatic domains ----------------------------------------------------------- Math-26

N.Chinchaladze

On the summability of Fourier series ----------------------------------------------------------------- Math-28

T.Akhobadze

About structure and some geometric characteristic of the bulk links which appear after cutting of generalized mobius-listings bodies -------------------------------------------------- Math-30

I. Tavkhelidze

Weakly independent random elements, Gaussian case --------------------------------------------- Math-32

G. Chelidze, B. Mamporia

Computer Science

The Role of Mobile Computing in Climate protection ---------------------------------------------------CS-1

Lela Mirtskhulava

Pollutants Revealing Nano sensor Systems Planning using Environmental

Assessment Concepts -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CS-3

M. Khachidze, M. Tsintsadze, G.besiaSvili, M. Archuadze

Spin qubits based model of quantum information nanosystem ------------------------------------------CS-5

P. J. Kervalishvili, M. G. Khachidze

Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy of Nano Bio Materials -------------------------------------------------CS-7

M. Mostafavia, A. Tadjeddinea, C. Humberta, P. Kervalishvili, T. Bzhalava, T. Berberashvili

Case Based Reasoning approach for prediction of the possibility of earthquake occurrence -------CS-9

I. Khutsishvili, G. Sirbiladze

New Invariants for the Graph Isomorphism Problem ----------------------------------------------------CS-11

A. Gamkrelidze, G. Hotz and L.Varamashvili

New Invariants for the Graph Isomorphism Problem ----------------------------------------------------CS-13

M.Bakuradze, A.r Gamkrelidzeb and J. Gubeladze

Physics

Condensed mater Physics and nanotechnology at TSU:

superconducting, semiconducting and magnetic materials --------------------------------------------Phys-1

A. Shengelaya

R&D of GaAs oxide with stimulated UV plasma anodizing ------------------------------------------ Phys-3

A. Bibilashvili, Z. Kushitashvili

Analysis of hole conductivity in ZnO quantum structures -------------------------------------------- Phys-5

T. Tchelidze, T. Kereselidze, T. Nadareishvili

The quantum group and the structure of Bloch eigenstates on a honeycomb lattice ---------------Phys-7

M. Eliashvili, G. I. Japaridze and G. Tsitsishvili

Determination of the magnetic nanoaterials anisotropy constant using

measurements of the heat capacity ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Phys-9

A.Ugulava, S.Chkhaidze

Theory of Magnetization of Supermagnetics. Curie Law for Magnetic Fluid --------------------- Phys-11

Ugulava, S. Chkhaidze, D. Daraselia, D. Japaridze

Hydrogen atom problem in prolate spheroidal coordinates ------------------------------------------ Phys-13

T. Kereselidze, G. Chkadua

Unified generalized model of Dynamo and transient flow generation in

Stellar Atmospheres --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phys-15

A. Barnaveli, N. L. Shatashvili

Local linear stability of rheological protoplanetary disk flow with granular viscosity -----------Phys-17

L. Poniatowski and A. G. Tevzadze

The new technology of preparing nanosized complex phospholipids

T.Mdzinarashvili,b, M.Khvedelidze, E.Shekiladzea,, L.Cheishvilia --------------------------------Phys-19

Fundamental studies of charge transfer mechanisms within the interfacial

biomimetic nanodevices intended for nanotechnological applications ----------------------------- Phys-21

D.E. Khoshtariyaa, T. D. Dolidzeb, T.Tretyakova, M.l Shushanyanb, J. Weic, D. H. Waldeckd and R.

van Eldike

Magnetoplastic Effect and Charged Dislocations in LiF Crystals----------------------------------- Phys-23

M.V. Galustashvili, M. G. Abramishvili, F. Kh. Akopov, D. G. Driaev, V. G. Kvatchadze

and S. D. Tsakadze

Transformations in magnetic fluids caused by activities of magnetic nano-particles -------------Phys-25

K.V. Kotetishvili, G.G. Chikhladze, N. Kobalia

Monitoring of biomarkers by biochemical and thermodynamic approaches----------------------- Phys-27

N. Sapojnikova, J. Monaselidze, G. Nemsadze, N. Asatiani, M. Abuladze,

T. Kartvelishvili, L. Asanishvili, I. Kalandadze, M. Gorgoshidze, D. Khachidze,

M. Kiladze, E. Lomidze, N. Gogelia, Sh. Barbakadze

Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Computational analysis of plasmonic nano antennas ---------------------------------------------------EEE-1 K. Tavzarashvili, G. Kajaiaa, G. Ghvedashvili, T. Gogua

The method of auxiliary sources and its applications--------------------------------------------------- EEE-3

D. Kakulia, G. Ghvedashvili, K.Tavzarshvili, R. Zaridze, D.Karkashadze, F. Subitidzec

Stimulated domain acoustic echo possessing the long term memory in magnetite powders------ EEE-5 Ts. Gavasheli, G. Маmniashvili, T. Gеgechkori, G. Ghvedashvili, Z. Shermadinib D.Daraseliaa,

D.Japaridze

SAR and Temperature rise during magnetic nanoparticle hyperthermia therapy ------------------ EEE-7

L.Shoshiashvili, A.Lomia, B.Baratashvili, G.Chaganava, F. Shubitidze

Chemistry

Sensitive Nonlinear Multi-Photon Laser Methods for Environmental and

Biomedical Applications ------------------------------------------------------------------------Chem-1

William Tong

Nano-liquid chromatography, capillary electrophoresis and capillary

electrochromatography for separation of enantiomers --------------------------------------Chem-2

Bezhan Chankvetadze

Reverse microemulsions as nanoreactors for nanoparticles synthesis:

Study of structural changes of the water droplets under the influence of

kosmotropic and chaotropic additives ---------------------------------------------------------Chem-4

M. Rukhadze

Optimization of enantioseparations in high performance liquid chromatography

using polysaccharide based chiral selectors --------------------------------------------------Chem-6

G. Jibuti, T.Farkas, B.Chankvetadze

Synthesis of novel chiral sulfoxides and study of structure-retention and

structure-enantioselectivity relationships in high-performance

liquid chromatography --------------------------------------------------------------------------Chem-7

R. Kakava, M.L. Konjaria, N. Shashviashvili, A. Volonterio, B. Chankvetadze

Study of the Behaviour of Fluorescent pI Markers and Fluorescent Proteins

Using a Newly Designed Isoelectric Focusing Method -------------------------------------Chem-9

N. Kokiashvili, G. Vigh, M. Li

Synthesis of some Bisindolic Potential Intercalating Agents -----------------------------Chem-10

N. Karchava; Sh. Samsoniya; N. Targamadze; I. Chikvaidze

Preparation of adamantene containing benzimidazoles and dipeptides ------------------Chem-12

T. J. Bukia, D. S. Zurabishvili, M.O. Lomidze, M. V. Trapaidze,

E.N. Elizbarashvili, S. A. Samsoniya, U. Kazmaier

Dehydrogeneration of alkanes and alcohols by iridium pincer complexes study

of the behaviour of fluorescent pI markers and fluorescent proteins---------------------Chem-14

A. Koridze

Wood polymer composites based on the renewable raw materials --------------------- Chem-16

O. Mukbaniani, J. Aneli, G. Buzaladze, E. Markarashvili, T. Tatrishvili

Non toxic new macrocyclic azo methines ---------------------------------------------------Chem-18

N. Ochkhikidze, T. Matitaishvili, K. Didebulidze, E. Elizbarashvili -

Novel stationary GC phases prepared from nanoparticles -------------------------------- Chem-20

A.Gurgenidze, R. Wegener, J.n Dornseiffer, J.Borchardt, S. Schmitt,

A.Kiendler-Scharr A. Wahner, B.Hoppstock, V. Lorbach

For Lignin Separation Issue ------------------------------------------------------------------ Chem-22

Z. Pachulia, E. Churgulia

Biology

Global Climate Change and Emerging Infectious Disease -------------------------------Biol-1

Stanley Maloy

Gold and Silver Nanoparticle Doped Liquid Crystal and Polymer ----------------------Biol-2

Nanocomposite: Application in Biology and Drug Delivery Systems

Ketevan Chubinidze, Elene Davitashvili, Nana Koshoridze, Gia Petriashvili

Melatonin quantitative changes and psycho emotional stress caused by

isolation and circadian rhythms disorders ------------------------------------------------Biol-4

N. Koshoridze, Z.Kuchukashvili, N. Dachanidze, K. Menabde,G.Burjanadze

Extraction, characteristics and in vitro biological features of different

origin Saperavi wine flavonoids ---------------------------------------------------------Biol-6

T. Samadashvili, G. Lekiashvili, M. Lemonjava, Z. Kuchukashvili, E. Davitashvili, M. Koshoridze, N.Koshoridze

The study of hepatocyte polyploidization using a model of cholestatic liver ------------Biol-8

D.Dzidziguri, S.Kiparoidze, E.Bakuradze, I.Modebadze, G.Nebieridze

Mapping of UBF Isoforms using Fluoronanogold and Electron Tompgraphy:

Supramolecular Organization of GFP tagged UBF during Inhibition of rRNA Synthesis ------Biol-10

P. Tchelidze and D. Ploton

The Light influence on synchronization of biological processes of growing rats

at early stage of postnatal development--------------------------------------------------Biol-12

E. Tavdishvili, N. Chiladze, D. Dzidziguri

The effect of endogenous proteins on spermatogenesis and the advantage

of 3d reconstruction in evaluation of morphofunctional activity of testes --------------Biol-14

E.Cherkezia, I.Modebadze, T.Labartkava, M.Miqava, A.Kordzadze, P.Tchelidze, D.Dzidziguri

Action Mechanism and Function of Protein Complex Derived

from Adult Rats Brain ------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-16

G. Mosidze, I. Modebadze, E. Bakuradze, L.Rusishvili, N. Bedineishvili, M.Berulava, N. Giorgibiani, D. Dzidziguri

The study of growth inhibitory protein complex derived from different

forms of hemangioma---------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-18

Z. Vadachkoria, L. Dzidziguri, G.Ghibradze, E. Bakuradze, I. Modebadze, N. Oganezovi, M. Mikadze, D. Dzidziguri

The study of the hormonal imbalance and morphological characteristics

of blood cells in women with uterine tumors -------------------------------------------Biol-20

T.Tufinashvili, M.Alibegashvili, L.Ramishvili, M. Gordeziani, A. Khazaradze, and N.Kotrikadze

Laser induced fluorescence studies of blood plasma and tumor tissue of the

men with prostate tumors ---------------------------------------------------------------Biol-22

L. Ramishvili, I. Bochorishvili, K. Artsivadze, M. Gordeziani, T.Chigogidze, A. Khazaradze and N. Kotrikadze

Modulation of sIgM mediated intracellular signaling pathways by CD180

toll like receptor in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukaemia ----------------------------------Biol-24 N. Porakishvili, T. Tsertsvadze, N.Rajakaruna, A.J Steele, N. Mitskevich, A. Nathwani, R.N Damle, E.A Clark, K. R Rai, N. Chiorazzi and P.M Lydyard

The effect of increasing concentrations of 5-azacitidine (5-AzaC) and lenalidomide on

immunogeneicity of murine prostate cancer RM-1 cell line and dendritic cells---------Biol-26

N. Mitskevich, T. Tsertsvadze, N. Porakishvili, E. Goliadze, G.Guruli

Nano peptide (Lys Glu) induced reactivation of “Aged” chromatin --------------------Biol-28

T. Lezhava, T. Jokhadze, J. Monaselidze, M. Gaiozishvili, T. Buadze

The role of flavonoids from Saperavi in regulation of hippocampal

related functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-30

N. Doreulee, M. Kurasbediani, R. Bukia, M. Chikovani, B.Chkhartishvili,

E. Mitaishvili, Z. Beruashvili, B.Partsvania

Extrinsic modulatory neurons for controlling feeding share similarities in

model invertebrates -----------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-32

M. Alania

Effects of Orexin A on hipplocampal epileptiform activity -----------------------------Biol-34

N. Doreulee, M.Kurasbediani, B. Chkhartishvili, M. Chikovani, , G.Kutelia, T. Kapanadze, M. Alania, B. Partsvania

Application of tissue culture for conservation of plant biodiversity --------------------------Biol-36

Mariam Gaidamashvili and Eka Khurtsidze

The oss Biomonitoring technique for assessing the environmental

situation in Georgia ---------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-38

Sh. Shetekauri, T. Shetekauri, A. Kvlividze, O. Chaligava, T. Kalabegishvili, E.I. Kirkesali, M.V. Frontasyeva, O.E. Chepurchenko

Distribution of Lectin Activity in Organs of Indoor Plants Kalanchoe Diagremontiana -------Biol-40

M. Zarkua

Utilization of agricultural waste through biosynthesis of the metal nano particles ----Biol-42

A. Chirakadze, L. Ghurchumelia, M. Gabrichidze, G. Chiradze, Z.Buachidze

Study of the inertial Mass and cellular elements in Statocysts Distributed

in Georgia's territory, some Species of the Terrestrial Gastropods during their

growth and development ----------------------------------------------------------------Biol-44 G. Gorgiladze, R. Bukia, E. Kalandarishvili, A. Taktakishvili, M. Davitashvili, N. Gelashvili, N. Majagaladze, M.Kurasbediani

Phytopathogenous bacteria phage profile and their sensitivity towards antibiotics -----Biol-46

M. Davitashvili

Alterations of RBC membrane protein content in physiological and

pathophysiological conditions ----------------------------------------------------------Biol-48

T. Sanikidze, G. Lomsadze, E. Shekiladze, S. Turabelidze, T. Gabunia , R. Sujashvili

Pharmacological Evidence of Cholinergic Counterpart in Systemic

Lithium Action -------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-50

M. D. Gedevanishvili, N. I. Mushkiashvili, N. M. Gogitidze

The possibility of bacteriophage use in aerosol form for decontamination of

different surfaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-52

N. Tamarashvili, T. Gabisonia, M. Loladze, N.chakhunashvili, M.Nadiradze, M.Alibegashvili

Technology Protection of Biodiversity of Medicinal, Aromatic, Spicy &

Poisonous Plants -------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-54

T. Kacharava

The Effect of Mn on Catalase Activiti in Vegetable Plants ----------------------------------Biol-56

N. Mangaladze

Geography

Assessment of the catastrophic events originated in the river Vere basin --------------------------Geogr-1

D. Kereselidze, V. Trapaidze, I. Megrelidze

Modern methods for realization of joint problems of hydronergetic and shore protection -----Geogr-3

L. Matchavariani, G. Metreveli, N. Tsivtsivadze

Landscape Planning of Samtskhe Javakheti ----------------------------------------------------------- Geogr-5

D. Nikolaishvili, V.Trapaidze, B. Kalandadze L.Lagidze, D. Sartania, R. Tolordava

Quantitative evaluation of the impact of heavy metals on soil productivity on

the example of ore dressing and processing industry ------------------------------------------------ Geogr-7

B. Kalandadze, I. Kalandadze

The main features of climate change in Georgia ------------------------------------------------------Geogr-9

M. Elizbarashvili. E. Elizbarashvili, M. Tatishvili, Sh. Elizbarashvili, R. Meskhia

Geo ecological features of landscapes of Georgia ----------------------------------------------------Geogr-11

N. K.Elizbarashvili

Landscape zoning of West Georgia for disseminate Actinidian culture --------------------------Geogr-12

Z. Seperteladze, E. Davitaia, T. Aleksidze, N. Rukhadze

June 1314, 2015, Natural Disasters in Tbilisi, Analysis and Disaster Effective ------------------Geogr-13

Measures to Regulate the River Vere Bed

G. Gavardashvili, G. Chakhaia, L. Tsulukidze, E. Kukhalashvili, R. Deakonidze, Z. Varazashvili

Geology

Assessment of the role of snow in hydrological cycle of the Borjomula Gudjareti

Tskali rivers basin, Georgia, using stable isotope approaches ----------------------------------------Geol-1

G. Melikadze, N. Zhukova, N. Kapanadze, T. Vitvar, L.Holko

Assessment of recharge origin and flowpaths of groundwater in the Alazani Iori Shiraki

basins, eastern Georgia, using isotope aplication ------------------------------------------------------Geol-3

G. Melikadze, T. Vitvar

Z. Khechinashvili

Biofilms occupying thin prismatic domains ----------------------------------------------------------- Math-26

N.Chinchaladze

On the summability of Fourier series ----------------------------------------------------------------- Math-28

T.Akhobadze

About structure and some geometric characteristic of the bulk links which appear after cutting of generalized mobius-listings bodies -------------------------------------------------- Math-30

I. Tavkhelidze

Weakly independent random elements, Gaussian case --------------------------------------------- Math-32

G. Chelidze, B. Mamporia

Computer Science

The Role of Mobile Computing in Climate protection ---------------------------------------------------CS-1

Lela Mirtskhulava

Pollutants Revealing Nano sensor Systems Planning using Environmental

Assessment Concepts -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CS-3

M. Khachidze, M. Tsintsadze, G.besiaSvili, M. Archuadze

Spin qubits based model of quantum information nanosystem ------------------------------------------CS-5

P. J. Kervalishvili, M. G. Khachidze

Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy of Nano Bio Materials -------------------------------------------------CS-7

M. Mostafavia, A. Tadjeddinea, C. Humberta, P. Kervalishvili, T. Bzhalava, T. Berberashvili

Case Based Reasoning approach for prediction of the possibility of earthquake occurrence -------CS-9

I. Khutsishvili, G. Sirbiladze

New Invariants for the Graph Isomorphism Problem ----------------------------------------------------CS-11

A. Gamkrelidze, G. Hotz and L.Varamashvili

New Invariants for the Graph Isomorphism Problem ----------------------------------------------------CS-13

M.Bakuradze, A.r Gamkrelidzeb and J. Gubeladze

Physics

Condensed mater Physics and nanotechnology at TSU:

superconducting, semiconducting and magnetic materials --------------------------------------------Phys-1

A. Shengelaya

R&D of GaAs oxide with stimulated UV plasma anodizing ------------------------------------------ Phys-3

A. Bibilashvili, Z. Kushitashvili

Analysis of hole conductivity in ZnO quantum structures -------------------------------------------- Phys-5

T. Tchelidze, T. Kereselidze, T. Nadareishvili

The quantum group and the structure of Bloch eigenstates on a honeycomb lattice ---------------Phys-7

M. Eliashvili, G. I. Japaridze and G. Tsitsishvili

Determination of the magnetic nanoaterials anisotropy constant using

measurements of the heat capacity ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Phys-9

A.Ugulava, S.Chkhaidze

Theory of Magnetization of Supermagnetics. Curie Law for Magnetic Fluid --------------------- Phys-11

Ugulava, S. Chkhaidze, D. Daraselia, D. Japaridze

Hydrogen atom problem in prolate spheroidal coordinates ------------------------------------------ Phys-13

T. Kereselidze, G. Chkadua

Unified generalized model of Dynamo and transient flow generation in

Stellar Atmospheres --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Phys-15

A. Barnaveli, N. L. Shatashvili

Local linear stability of rheological protoplanetary disk flow with granular viscosity -----------Phys-17

L. Poniatowski and A. G. Tevzadze

The new technology of preparing nanosized complex phospholipids

T.Mdzinarashvili,b, M.Khvedelidze, E.Shekiladzea,, L.Cheishvilia --------------------------------Phys-19

Fundamental studies of charge transfer mechanisms within the interfacial

biomimetic nanodevices intended for nanotechnological applications ----------------------------- Phys-21

D.E. Khoshtariyaa, T. D. Dolidzeb, T.Tretyakova, M.l Shushanyanb, J. Weic, D. H. Waldeckd and R.

van Eldike

Magnetoplastic Effect and Charged Dislocations in LiF Crystals----------------------------------- Phys-23

M.V. Galustashvili, M. G. Abramishvili, F. Kh. Akopov, D. G. Driaev, V. G. Kvatchadze

and S. D. Tsakadze

Transformations in magnetic fluids caused by activities of magnetic nano-particles -------------Phys-25

K.V. Kotetishvili, G.G. Chikhladze, N. Kobalia

Monitoring of biomarkers by biochemical and thermodynamic approaches----------------------- Phys-27

N. Sapojnikova, J. Monaselidze, G. Nemsadze, N. Asatiani, M. Abuladze,

T. Kartvelishvili, L. Asanishvili, I. Kalandadze, M. Gorgoshidze, D. Khachidze,

M. Kiladze, E. Lomidze, N. Gogelia, Sh. Barbakadze

Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Computational analysis of plasmonic nano antennas ---------------------------------------------------EEE-1 K. Tavzarashvili, G. Kajaiaa, G. Ghvedashvili, T. Gogua

The method of auxiliary sources and its applications--------------------------------------------------- EEE-3

D. Kakulia, G. Ghvedashvili, K.Tavzarshvili, R. Zaridze, D.Karkashadze, F. Subitidzec

Stimulated domain acoustic echo possessing the long term memory in magnetite powders------ EEE-5 Ts. Gavasheli, G. Маmniashvili, T. Gеgechkori, G. Ghvedashvili, Z. Shermadinib D.Daraseliaa,

D.Japaridze

SAR and Temperature rise during magnetic nanoparticle hyperthermia therapy ------------------ EEE-7

L.Shoshiashvili, A.Lomia, B.Baratashvili, G.Chaganava, F. Shubitidze

Chemistry

Sensitive Nonlinear Multi-Photon Laser Methods for Environmental and

Biomedical Applications ------------------------------------------------------------------------Chem-1

William Tong

Nano-liquid chromatography, capillary electrophoresis and capillary

electrochromatography for separation of enantiomers --------------------------------------Chem-2

Bezhan Chankvetadze

Reverse microemulsions as nanoreactors for nanoparticles synthesis:

Study of structural changes of the water droplets under the influence of

kosmotropic and chaotropic additives ---------------------------------------------------------Chem-4

M. Rukhadze

Optimization of enantioseparations in high performance liquid chromatography

using polysaccharide based chiral selectors --------------------------------------------------Chem-6

G. Jibuti, T.Farkas, B.Chankvetadze

Synthesis of novel chiral sulfoxides and study of structure-retention and

structure-enantioselectivity relationships in high-performance

liquid chromatography --------------------------------------------------------------------------Chem-7

R. Kakava, M.L. Konjaria, N. Shashviashvili, A. Volonterio, B. Chankvetadze

Study of the Behaviour of Fluorescent pI Markers and Fluorescent Proteins

Using a Newly Designed Isoelectric Focusing Method -------------------------------------Chem-9

N. Kokiashvili, G. Vigh, M. Li

Synthesis of some Bisindolic Potential Intercalating Agents -----------------------------Chem-10

N. Karchava; Sh. Samsoniya; N. Targamadze; I. Chikvaidze

Preparation of adamantene containing benzimidazoles and dipeptides ------------------Chem-12

T. J. Bukia, D. S. Zurabishvili, M.O. Lomidze, M. V. Trapaidze,

E.N. Elizbarashvili, S. A. Samsoniya, U. Kazmaier

Dehydrogeneration of alkanes and alcohols by iridium pincer complexes study

of the behaviour of fluorescent pI markers and fluorescent proteins---------------------Chem-14

A. Koridze

Wood polymer composites based on the renewable raw materials --------------------- Chem-16

O. Mukbaniani, J. Aneli, G. Buzaladze, E. Markarashvili, T. Tatrishvili

Non toxic new macrocyclic azo methines ---------------------------------------------------Chem-18

N. Ochkhikidze, T. Matitaishvili, K. Didebulidze, E. Elizbarashvili -

Novel stationary GC phases prepared from nanoparticles -------------------------------- Chem-20

A.Gurgenidze, R. Wegener, J.n Dornseiffer, J.Borchardt, S. Schmitt,

A.Kiendler-Scharr A. Wahner, B.Hoppstock, V. Lorbach

For Lignin Separation Issue ------------------------------------------------------------------ Chem-22

Z. Pachulia, E. Churgulia

Biology

Global Climate Change and Emerging Infectious Disease -------------------------------Biol-1

Stanley Maloy

Gold and Silver Nanoparticle Doped Liquid Crystal and Polymer ----------------------Biol-2

Nanocomposite: Application in Biology and Drug Delivery Systems

Ketevan Chubinidze, Elene Davitashvili, Nana Koshoridze, Gia Petriashvili

Melatonin quantitative changes and psycho emotional stress caused by

isolation and circadian rhythms disorders ------------------------------------------------Biol-4

N. Koshoridze, Z.Kuchukashvili, N. Dachanidze, K. Menabde,G.Burjanadze

Extraction, characteristics and in vitro biological features of different

origin Saperavi wine flavonoids ---------------------------------------------------------Biol-6

T. Samadashvili, G. Lekiashvili, M. Lemonjava, Z. Kuchukashvili, E. Davitashvili, M. Koshoridze, N.Koshoridze

The study of hepatocyte polyploidization using a model of cholestatic liver ------------Biol-8

D.Dzidziguri, S.Kiparoidze, E.Bakuradze, I.Modebadze, G.Nebieridze

Mapping of UBF Isoforms using Fluoronanogold and Electron Tompgraphy:

Supramolecular Organization of GFP tagged UBF during Inhibition of rRNA Synthesis ------Biol-10

P. Tchelidze and D. Ploton

The Light influence on synchronization of biological processes of growing rats

at early stage of postnatal development--------------------------------------------------Biol-12

E. Tavdishvili, N. Chiladze, D. Dzidziguri

The effect of endogenous proteins on spermatogenesis and the advantage

of 3d reconstruction in evaluation of morphofunctional activity of testes --------------Biol-14

E.Cherkezia, I.Modebadze, T.Labartkava, M.Miqava, A.Kordzadze, P.Tchelidze, D.Dzidziguri

Action Mechanism and Function of Protein Complex Derived

from Adult Rats Brain ------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-16

G. Mosidze, I. Modebadze, E. Bakuradze, L.Rusishvili, N. Bedineishvili, M.Berulava, N. Giorgibiani, D. Dzidziguri

The study of growth inhibitory protein complex derived from different

forms of hemangioma---------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-18

Z. Vadachkoria, L. Dzidziguri, G.Ghibradze, E. Bakuradze, I. Modebadze, N. Oganezovi, M. Mikadze, D. Dzidziguri

The study of the hormonal imbalance and morphological characteristics

of blood cells in women with uterine tumors -------------------------------------------Biol-20

T.Tufinashvili, M.Alibegashvili, L.Ramishvili, M. Gordeziani, A. Khazaradze, and N.Kotrikadze

Laser induced fluorescence studies of blood plasma and tumor tissue of the

men with prostate tumors ---------------------------------------------------------------Biol-22

L. Ramishvili, I. Bochorishvili, K. Artsivadze, M. Gordeziani, T.Chigogidze, A. Khazaradze and N. Kotrikadze

Modulation of sIgM mediated intracellular signaling pathways by CD180

toll like receptor in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukaemia ----------------------------------Biol-24 N. Porakishvili, T. Tsertsvadze, N.Rajakaruna, A.J Steele, N. Mitskevich, A. Nathwani, R.N Damle, E.A Clark, K. R Rai, N. Chiorazzi and P.M Lydyard

The effect of increasing concentrations of 5-azacitidine (5-AzaC) and lenalidomide on

immunogeneicity of murine prostate cancer RM-1 cell line and dendritic cells---------Biol-26

N. Mitskevich, T. Tsertsvadze, N. Porakishvili, E. Goliadze, G.Guruli

Nano peptide (Lys Glu) induced reactivation of “Aged” chromatin --------------------Biol-28

T. Lezhava, T. Jokhadze, J. Monaselidze, M. Gaiozishvili, T. Buadze

The role of flavonoids from Saperavi in regulation of hippocampal

related functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-30

N. Doreulee, M. Kurasbediani, R. Bukia, M. Chikovani, B.Chkhartishvili,

E. Mitaishvili, Z. Beruashvili, B.Partsvania

Extrinsic modulatory neurons for controlling feeding share similarities in

model invertebrates -----------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-32

M. Alania

Effects of Orexin A on hipplocampal epileptiform activity -----------------------------Biol-34

N. Doreulee, M.Kurasbediani, B. Chkhartishvili, M. Chikovani, , G.Kutelia, T. Kapanadze, M. Alania, B. Partsvania

Application of tissue culture for conservation of plant biodiversity --------------------------Biol-36

Mariam Gaidamashvili and Eka Khurtsidze

The oss Biomonitoring technique for assessing the environmental

situation in Georgia ---------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-38

Sh. Shetekauri, T. Shetekauri, A. Kvlividze, O. Chaligava, T. Kalabegishvili, E.I. Kirkesali, M.V. Frontasyeva, O.E. Chepurchenko

Distribution of Lectin Activity in Organs of Indoor Plants Kalanchoe Diagremontiana -------Biol-40

M. Zarkua

Utilization of agricultural waste through biosynthesis of the metal nano particles ----Biol-42

A. Chirakadze, L. Ghurchumelia, M. Gabrichidze, G. Chiradze, Z.Buachidze

Study of the inertial Mass and cellular elements in Statocysts Distributed

in Georgia's territory, some Species of the Terrestrial Gastropods during their

growth and development ----------------------------------------------------------------Biol-44 G. Gorgiladze, R. Bukia, E. Kalandarishvili, A. Taktakishvili, M. Davitashvili, N. Gelashvili, N. Majagaladze, M.Kurasbediani

Phytopathogenous bacteria phage profile and their sensitivity towards antibiotics -----Biol-46

M. Davitashvili

Alterations of RBC membrane protein content in physiological and

pathophysiological conditions ----------------------------------------------------------Biol-48

T. Sanikidze, G. Lomsadze, E. Shekiladze, S. Turabelidze, T. Gabunia , R. Sujashvili

Pharmacological Evidence of Cholinergic Counterpart in Systemic

Lithium Action -------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-50

M. D. Gedevanishvili, N. I. Mushkiashvili, N. M. Gogitidze

The possibility of bacteriophage use in aerosol form for decontamination of

different surfaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-52

N. Tamarashvili, T. Gabisonia, M. Loladze, N.chakhunashvili, M.Nadiradze, M.Alibegashvili

Technology Protection of Biodiversity of Medicinal, Aromatic, Spicy &

Poisonous Plants -------------------------------------------------------------------------Biol-54

T. Kacharava

The Effect of Mn on Catalase Activiti in Vegetable Plants ----------------------------------Biol-56

N. Mangaladze

Geography

Assessment of the catastrophic events originated in the river Vere basin --------------------------Geogr-1

D. Kereselidze, V. Trapaidze, I. Megrelidze

Modern methods for realization of joint problems of hydronergetic and shore protection -----Geogr-3

L. Matchavariani, G. Metreveli, N. Tsivtsivadze

Landscape Planning of Samtskhe Javakheti ----------------------------------------------------------- Geogr-5

D. Nikolaishvili, V.Trapaidze, B. Kalandadze L.Lagidze, D. Sartania, R. Tolordava

Quantitative evaluation of the impact of heavy metals on soil productivity on

the example of ore dressing and processing industry ------------------------------------------------ Geogr-7

B. Kalandadze, I. Kalandadze

The main features of climate change in Georgia ------------------------------------------------------Geogr-9

M. Elizbarashvili. E. Elizbarashvili, M. Tatishvili, Sh. Elizbarashvili, R. Meskhia

Geo ecological features of landscapes of Georgia ----------------------------------------------------Geogr-11

N. K.Elizbarashvili

Landscape zoning of West Georgia for disseminate Actinidian culture --------------------------Geogr-12

Z. Seperteladze, E. Davitaia, T. Aleksidze, N. Rukhadze

June 1314, 2015, Natural Disasters in Tbilisi, Analysis and Disaster Effective ------------------Geogr-13

Measures to Regulate the River Vere Bed

G. Gavardashvili, G. Chakhaia, L. Tsulukidze, E. Kukhalashvili, R. Deakonidze, Z. Varazashvili

Geology

Assessment of the role of snow in hydrological cycle of the Borjomula Gudjareti

Tskali rivers basin, Georgia, using stable isotope approaches ----------------------------------------Geol-1

G. Melikadze, N. Zhukova, N. Kapanadze, T. Vitvar, L.Holko

Assessment of recharge origin and flowpaths of groundwater in the Alazani Iori Shiraki

basins, eastern Georgia, using isotope aplication ------------------------------------------------------Geol-3

G. Melikadze, T. Vitvar

Mathematics

MATH-1

Recent developments in numerical methods for linear advection, its adjointand their application in atmospheric simulations

R. Botchorishvilia, H.Elbernb, T.Janelidzea,A.Dolidzea,M.Labadzea

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and NaturalSciences, 3, Chavchavadze Avenue, 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

BResearch Center Julich, Institute of Energy and Climate Research 8, 52425 Julich,Germany

Finite volume multischeme approach[1] is extended for linear advection equation in two space dimensionson Cartesian meshes. The approach allows local refinement of selected domains and coupling of differentfinite volume schemes on meshes with different resolution. First order monotone schemes and highresolution MUSCL schemes are coupled. Static and dynamic mesh refinements are considered. In lattercase refined sub domains motion is determined according to prescribed law. A priori estimates are obtainedunder CFL condition and convergence of multischeme is proved in case of sufficiently smooth input data.Rotating cone tests are used for numerical experiments. Comprehensive calculations demonstrate goodcomputational capabilities of multischeme approach, in particular stability even in case of big ratio, e.g.1:50, between step sizes of adjacent meshes, as well as high accuracy at less computational cost whencompared to computations with high resolution, see figure 1 and table 1 for test problem with staticrefinement. These results are much better in case of dynamic refinement when high order scheme and meshrefinement dynamically follow sub domain of interest, i.e. rotating cone.

Figure 1 This is the figure caption.

Table 1 The caption of a table.

Numerical scheme Relative error, infinity norm Relative error, second norm

Multischeme 0.903659 0.864159First order, uniform mesh 0.922803 0.888795High order, uniform mesh 0.714659 0.842192

One of the most important applications of the linear advection equation is in environmental modelingwhere given functions in flux vector are interpreted as velocity vector components and unknown functionis a concentration of some species, see e.g. [2]. The developed approach is used for inverse modeling

MATH-2

with linear advection equation with cost function similar with variational data assimilation. Multischemeis used for the linear advection equation and its adjoint, in latter case via introducing source term.Calculations of numerical test problems show that accuracy of computations can be increased by meansof increasing observation network, as well as using fine mesh and high order schemes in the frameworkof multischeme.

References

[1] R. Botchorishvili, in: Proceedings of the 2nd WSEAS international conference on Finite Differences,Finite Elements, Finite Volumes, Boundary Elements, June 26-29, Tbilisi, Georgia, (WSEAS Press,2009) pp. 200-204.

[2] H. Elbern, J. Schwinger, R. Botchorishvili, Chemical state estimation for the middle atmosphere,Journal of Geophysical Research, 115, (2010).

MATH-3

Logical and relational analysis of immune system

Antonio Di Nolaa, Revaz Grigoliab, Nunu Mitskevichc

aUniversity of Salerno, Faculty of Mathematical, Physical and Natural Sciences, Department ofMathematics,Via Ponte Don Melilo- 84084 Fisciano (SA), Italy, e-mail: adinola@unisa.itbTbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofMathematics, I. Chavchavadze av. 1, 0179, e-mail: revaz.grigolia@tsu.gecTbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, I.Chavchavadze av. 1, 0179, e-mail: nunu.mitskevichi@tsu.ge

We introduce a new logical system on the basis of a system of biology. The first attempt to studya system of biology by means of logic (an axiomatic formal system) belongs to H. Woodger [1]. Heproposed to discuss biology with precision of statements and reliability of reasoning. N. Rashevsky hasfounded relational biology that is the study of biology from the standpoint of definition of relations betweenthe parts of a biological system [2]. In this scientific work we analyze the responses from relationalprocesses when they are represented by relational systems (Kripke frames), which are models of suchbiological system as an immune system.

In order to survive, all organisms must use energy sources present in the environment, and avoiddangers that could destroy them. To that end, they must acquire knowledge about the environment. Allorganisms acquire such knowledge, thanks to which they assume behaviors that, when successful, ensuretheir survival. Knowledge is a natural phenomenon that occurs in all organisms. Knowledge has a biologicalrole, just like other capacities, which ensure the survival of organisms.

Our investigation concerns to study mathematical objects – mathematical logical systems and theirsemantics - relational systems, with application for immune system. In turn the immune system consists ofdifferent kind of special cells - B and T cells, well educated and clever cells, which are interrelated thatafterwards is revealed on their behavior. T cells and their subpopulations form some network like relationalsystems.

In many studies of distributed systems, a multiagent model is used. An agent is a processor, sensoror finite state machine, biological cell, inter-connected by a communication network with other `agents'.Typically each agent has a local state that is a function of its initial state, the messages received from otheragents, observations of the external environment and possible internal actions. It has become customarywhen using formal models of distributed systems to use modal epistemic logics as one of the tools forstudying the knowledge of such systems. The basic of such logic for handling a system with n agents is oneknown as S5n.

It has become customary when using formal models of distributed systems to use modal epistemiclogics as one of the tools for studying the knowledge of such systems.

Recent advances in Multiagent Systems and Epistemic Logic, within Distributed Systems Theoryhave used the Kripke model structure of models for the logic. In [3] it is examined one of the simplerversions of these models, interpreted systems, and the related Kripke semantics of the logic S5n (anepistemic logic with n agents).

`Knowledge operators',i (i = 1, … , n) model a community of ideal knowledge agents, who havethe properties of veridical knowledge (everything they know is true), positive introspection (they knowwhat they know) and negative introspection (they know what they do not know). These properties arereflected in the axiom system for the logic.

The knowledge operators permit the following interpretation:i - "the agent i knows proposition"; i - "the agent i does not know that proposition is false", i = 1, … , n.

MATH-4

We can understand the set of T-cells as the set of agents. Laboratory experiments provide largequantities of data, allowing components (agents (T-cells), state of the agents (T-cells)) within the black boxto be identified, but there remain many details of how the components (agents (T-cells), state of the agents(T-cells)) of the system carry out their functions, or on the nature of interaction between components.Multimodal logic and corresponding to it Kripke model are ideally suited to describing immune system atthis level: they may be represented as a relational system of interacting elements (components), where thecomponents themselves may have complex, non-deterministic, individual behavior. Moreover, the usageof multimodal logic and Kripke model gives access to a range of investigatory techniques, includingsimulation, verification via logical properties.

References

[1] H. Woodger, The Axiomatic Method in Biology, Cambridge University Press, (1937).[2] N. Rashevsky, Organismic Sets, J.M. Richards Lab, Grosse-Pointe Park, MI, (1972).[3] Timothy Porter, Geometric Aspects of Multiagent Systems, Electronic Notes in Theoretical ComputerScience 81 (2003), URL: http://www.elsevier.nl/locate/entcs/volume81.html.

MATH-5

On one Mathematical Model for Water Basin Pollution by HarmfulSubstances

David Gordeziani, Teimuraz Davitashvili, Tinatin Davitashvili

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, 13 University Str.

For the last decades intensive growth of pollution of the Black Sea by highly toxic substances of ananthropogenic origin and respective sharp deterioration of an ecological situation of the sea basin has madeactual the study of spatial-temporal distribution of polluting substances and development of forecastingmethods of pollution dispersion processes in the Black Sea. These toxic substances impact perniciously onthe organic world of the seas and oceans. The formation and evolution of any substances of theanthropogenic or natural origin getting in the oceans and seas is a complex process and in general it iscaused by simultaneous by actions of the following factors: physical (transition in other state of matter,radioactive disintegration, etc), chemical (chemical disintegration, chemical reaction with othersubstances), biological (accumulation, carrying over of substances by live organisms) and hydrodynamicones.

Distribution of the pollution in the sea environment is subject to complex laws. Upon the formation oftoxic substances under influence of gravity viscosity and surface tension forces, advection and turbulentdiffusion - migration and changes its sizes and configurations due to hydrodynamic factors start.Simultaneously toxic substances formed on the polluted sea surface, undergo physical and biochemicaltransformations (evaporation, dispersion, emulsification, sedimentation, microbiological decomposition,etc).

A numerical model presented in this study is based on the nonstationary 2-D advection-diffusionequation for nonconservative substance. The model takes into account hydrodynamic factors – advectivetransfer and turbulent diffusion processes. The change of toxic substances concentrations owing to differentfactors is taken into account parametrically by inclusion of a term, which contains a parameter expressingnon-conservatively of substance, in the transfer-diffusion equation. This paper considers the followingsimplified two-dimensional equation:

,0,,

,,

21

2122

2

21

2

22

11

TtDxx

txxfKxxx

Vx

Vt

, (1)

with initial conditions

,,,,0,, 2121021 DDxxxxxx (2)boundary conditions

,0,,,,,,, 12121121 Ttxxtxxtxx (3)

,,,,,,, 2122121 txxtxxqtxxn

Tt 0 , ,, 221 xx ,, 221 xx (4)

where D is a two dimensional domain with boundary , 21 ( 1 and 2 are adjoining parts of ),

MATH-6

is averaged over time, the concentration of dissolved substances; is coefficient of turbulent diffusion,t is time, T = const >0; in our case D is a part of the marine environment, in which the process of pollutionis simulated; V are time-averaged velocity components along the axes x ; K0 is a coefficient,

which characterizes nonconservatism of pollutant; txxf ,, 21 - total intensity of external sources. It isbelieved that 2,1V are known and they can be functions of 21, xxx and t. q,, are

parameters, whose values will be will be clarified for the concrete problem; n is an external normal to 2

; D2 , is located inside D and is abutted from within 1 against at the points A and B ; 2 and

1 at the points A and B are not tangents to each other; 2 and 2 are diffeomorphic curves and

,22 is a diffeomorphism.

In some cases, we assume that 02 is a boundary of some region DD 0 and the distance

between 0 and is equal to 0 ; 10 , and 2 are the given sufficiently smooth functions(Fig.2).

In this paper the non-local in space initial-value problem (1)-(4) is stated and investigated; the iterativeprocedure for reducing non-classical problems to a sequence of classical initial-boundary value problemsof Cauchy-Dirichlet is proposed. The convergence of iterative process is proved and estimation of the speedof convergence in certain cases is given. Using the operator decomposition method for the original problemthe absolutely monotone averaged additive difference scheme of parallel calculation is constructed andinvestigated. The questions of stability, convergence and accuracy of such scheme are discussed.

References

[1]Te.Davitashvili. Numerical and Theoretical Investigation of Speeding Oil Filtration in Soils for theCaucasus Region // Geography and Natural Resources, Novosibirsk, Russia, pp.215-226, (2004).[2] D.Gordeziani, E.Gordeziani. Mathematical Modeling and Numerical Solution of some Problems ofWater and Atmosphere Pollution // NATO Security through Science Series – C: Environmental Security;Air, Water and Soil Quality Modeling for Risk and Impact Assessment, Edited by Adolf Ebel, TeimurazDavitashvili, Springer, pp.195-210, (2007).[3] D.Gordeziani, E.Gordeziani, T.Davitashvili, H.Meladze. On the solution of some nonlocal boundaryand initial value problems // Electronic Scientific Journal: “Computer Sciences and Telecommunications”,№3(26), pp. 161-169, ( 2010).

Figure 1 Figure 2

MATH-7

On One Generalization of Contact Problem for Poisson's Equation inRectangular Area

Tinatin Davitashvilia, Hamlet Meladzeb, Iulia Meladzeb

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Chavchavadze Ave.3, Tbilisi, Georgia

bSt. Andrew the First Called Georgian University, Faculty of Informatics, Mathematics and NaturalSciences,Chavchavadze Ave.53a, Tbilisi, Georgia

In this paper one generalization of contact problem for poisson's equation in rectangular area isconsidered. Let D is a rectangle domain in two-dimensional space 2R :

bxaxxxD 2121 0,0, with piecewise boundary 4

1

i

i , where

.0,,,0,0,

,,0,,0,0,

2121421213

2121221211

bxaxxxbxxxx

bxaxxxxaxxx

Let us consider also the segments: ,0,0,, 200

1210 bxaxxx

.,,,0,,

,,0,,0,0,

210

212210

211

20

121220

1211

bxaxxxxaxxx

bxxxxxxxx

111 and 222 .

,,1,0,0,, 20

121 nibxxxx iii ,0 011

nn

,0,,, 20

121 bxaxxx jjj mj ,1 , .210 bm

0 , ,,1, nii and ,,1, mjj intersect 1 and 2 , respectively, in the points (Fig.1):

0,00 A , bB ,00 , 0,iiA , bB ii , , 0,

iiA and bB ii , .

It is obvious that 0 divides the domain D into two parts (domains) D and D , where bxaxxxDbxxxxD

210

2120

121 0,,,0,0, .

We consider the following problem: find in D a continuous function 21, xxu ,

,,,,,,,,,,,,

,

2121

02121

02121

21

Dxxifxxuxxifxxu

Dxxifxxuxxu (1)

,,,,,, 021

0221

221 CxxuDCxxuDCxxu

which satisfies the equations

Figure 1.

MATH-8

Dxxxxfxxu 212121 ,,,, , and Dxxxxfxxu 212121 ,,,, (2)

where 21, xxf and 21, xxf are known, sufficiently smooth functions.The function 21, xxu also satisfies the boundary conditions

,,,,, 321212121 xxxxxxu ,,,,, 421212121 xxxxxxu (3)

the nonlocal contact conditions

00

11

000

j

m

jii

n

ii uuuuu , (4)

and the coordination conditions

00

11

0 AAuAuAu j

m

jii

n

ii

, 00

11

0 BBuBuBu j

m

jii

n

ii

(5)

where 0 consti , 0 constj , 1011

m

jj

n

ii , ,0 and are known

sufficiently smooth functions.We will call the problem (1)-(5) nonlocal contact one since it is generalization of a classical contact

problem [1].

Theorem 1. If 1011

m

jj

n

ii , ,,, ff are sufficiently smooth functions, then

problem (1)-(5) has the unique regular solution.

Let us consider the following iteration process for solution of the problem (1)-(5):

Dxxxxfxxu k2121

)(21 ,,,, , Dxxxxfxxu k

2121)(

21 ,,,, , (6)

,,,,, 3212121)(

21 xxifxxxxu k(7)

,,,,, 4212121)(

21 xxifxxxxu k(8)

00

1

)1(

1

)1()(0)(00)(

m

j

kji

n

i

kii

kkk uuuuu , (9)

where ,2,1,0k and 0)1(

iu , .,1,,1,0)1( mjniu j

.

Theorem 2. If the solution of problem (1)-(5) exists, then the iteration process (6)-(9) converges to thissolution at the rate of an infinitely decreasing geometric progression.

Remark. By using the iteration algorithm (6)-(9) the solution of a nonclassical contact problem (1)-(5)is reduced to the solution of a sequence of classical Dirichlet problems. The algorithm is suitable for parallelrealization [2].

References[1] D.Gordeziani, I.Meladze, “On a Nonlocal Contact Problem”, Bulletin of the Georgian Academy of

Sciences, 8, no. 1pp.40-46, (2014).[2] Гордезиани Д.Г., “О методах решения одного класса нелокальных краевых задач”, г.Тбилиси,

изд. Тбил. гос. университета, (1986).

MATH-9

The problems of stresses optimal distribution in an elastic body

Nana Odishelidze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Interdisciplinary (Mathematics, Computer Science) Department, Tbilisi 0179,

Georgia e-mail: nana.odishelidze@tsu.ge

The problems of stress concentration control on the hole boundary of elastic body are theimportant problems from the applied viewpoint. These problems for infinite domains take their origin inthe 60s of the past century and are reflected in the works of G. Cherepanov, N.Banichuk, S. B. Vigdergauz,etc.

The problems for finite double-connected and multi-connected domains bounded by broken lines,are of special interest, whose investigations started in the 80s of the past century and have been stillcontinued nowadays. R. Bantsuri with his pupils have made a valuable contribution to the solution of theseissues [1-3]. Their solvability provides controlling stress optimal distribution selecting the appropriate holeboundary.

In general, tangential normal stresses and tangential normal moments whose values depend onexternal loads and hole shapes, play an important role in the plate destruction and in the formation ofplasticity zone at the neighborhood to the plate’s hole boundary. Proceeding from the above-mentioned,the following tasks were assigned: in conditions of provided external loads to the shapes of the holes inplates should be chosen so that on the boundaries tangential normal stresses (tangential normal moments)module’s maximal value will be the same and minimal in the same body in all other possible holestangential normal stresses (tangential normal moments) maximal value of module. It’ s proven that forinfinite domains the minimum of maximal values of tangential normal stresses (tangential normalmoments) to be obtained on such contours, where this value maintains the constant value; this contours arenamed full-strength contours. The bodies possessing such contours redistribute an optimal stress in thewhole bodies, so that the plasticity zones primarily appear simultaneously along whole contour. Thesolution of this problem provides the rise of the construction strength and minimization of its weight.

The method (the problems of linear conjugation, Riemann-Hilbert, Dirichlet) of analyticalfunctions theory turned out the most effective to solve the problem of finding of full-strength contours.

The paper addresses a problem of plane elasticity theory for a doubly connected body, whoseexternal boundary is a regular polygon, the internal boundary is required to have full-strength holeincluding the origin of coordinates. The full-strength hole is cycle symmetric. It is assumed, that to everylink of the outer boundary of the given body absolutely smooth rigid punches with rectilinear bases isapplied. Force are exerted to the midpoints of these bases. There is no friction between the surface of thegiven elastic body and the punches. The edge of unknown full-strength contour is subject to uniformpressure Q. Using the methods of complex analysis, the analytical image of Kolosov-Muskhelishvili'scomplex potentials and unknown parts of its boundary are determined. Similar problem is considered fora square and an equilateral triangle, which are weakened with full-strength holes. The analytical view offull-strength contours are performed efficiently. Numerical analysis are carried out and the correspondingdiagrams are provided.

As an illustration, some graphics of full-strength contours are presented for the differentparameters:

097.15,24

,9,3.0,2

32 KPQa

MATH-10

Figure 1

676.654,9

,777,1,3 2 KPQa

Figure 3

References

[1] R. Bantsuri, On one mixed problem of the plane theory of elasticity with a partially unknown boundary,Proc. A. Razmadze Math. Inst., 140, 9–16 (2006).

[2] R. Bantsuri, Solution of the mixed problem of plate bending for a multi-connected domain with partiallyunknown boundary in the presence of cyclic symmetry, Proc. A. Razmadze Math. Inst., 145, 9–22(2007).

[3]N. Odishelidze, F. Criado-Aldeanueva, F. Criado and J. M. Sanchez. On one contact problem of planeelasticity for a doubly connected domain: application to a hexagon, Zeitschrift Für AngewandteMathematik Und Physik, 64 (1), p. 193-200 (2013).

MATH-11

Some combinatorial problems concerning with infinite mono-unary algebras

Archil Kipiani

Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University

Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Mathematics

E-mail: archil.kipiani@tsu.ge

We consider some mono-unary algebras and relational structures that are built with the aid of thistree, and some of their applications to combinatorial problems considered in [1]-[5]. In the papers [6] - [8],for any infinite cardinal number κ, we have constructed a root tree of power κ, which has the trivialautomorphisms group.

Theorem1. Let κ be an infinite cardinal , and n is a positive integer. Then there are 2κ

isomorphism types of connected mono-unary algebras (κ, f) such that, each of this has exactlyn automorphisms.

Theorem2. For any infinite group G of power κ there exists an undirected graph H of thesame power κ with Aut(H) G.

Corollary. There are 2 κ isomorphism types of symmetric binary relations on the set κ; eachof them have exactly n automorphisms for any positive integer n and for any infinite cardinal κ.

Theorem3. Let κ ≠ 0 be a cardinal. Then the proposition ω < κ < 2 ω is equivalent to theconjunction of the following two propositions:

a. There exists a function f : κ → κ whose one level has κ many elements; the other levels have atmost two elements and Aut(κ, f )=1,

b. There is no a mono-unary algebra which has precisely κ many automorphisms".

Theorem 4. The following two conditions are equivalent:1) CH ;2) There are exactly two cardinals κ each of them is equipped with a rigid tree structure that has onevertex of degree κ, and all other vertices have degrees at most three.

Theorem5. The following two conditions are equivalent:1) GCH;2) For any ordinal number , there is a tree which has exactly automorphisms.

References

[1] C.M. Bang, Isomorphism types of infinite symmetric graphs, Proceedings of the AmericanMathematical Society, 35, no. 1, pp. 31-33,(1972).

[2] S.D. Comer and J.J. Le Tourneau, Isomorphism types of infinite algebras, Proceedings ofthe American Mathematical Society, 21, pp. 635-639, (1969).

[3] B. Jonsson, Topics in universal algebra, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, (1972).[4] G. Sabidussi, Graphs with given infinite group, Monatshefte für Mathematik, 64,64–67, (1960).[5] S. Ulam, A Collection of Mathematical Problems, New York, Interscience Publishers, 1960.6 A. Kipiani, Uniform sets and isomorphisms of trees. Preprint no 107, Mathematical

Institute University of Wrociaw, 10 p.1989.7 A. Kipiani, One abstract characterization of intervals of cardinal numbers, Acta Univ. Lodz.

Folia Math., no. 9, pp. 55—61,(1997).[8] A. Kipiani, On automorphism groups of ω-Trees, Georgian Mathematical Journal, 15, No. 1, (2008).

MATH-12

Application of new mathematical models for design and analysis of some thin-walled flexible composite structures applicable to high altitude unmanned air

vehicles

TamazS.Vashakmadze*,UnverKaynak**,Mehmet Ali Guler**

* Vekua IAM Javakhishvili Tbilisi SU** TOBB ETU Ankara

The classical theories that are uniformly used in design of aircraft structures may fail due to theirshortcomings. The method of construction of refined theories for thin-walled structures (TWS)and new models (without simplifying hypotheses with arbitrary control parameters and havingcontinuum capacity) were elaborated by Vashakmadze [1]. The three-dimensional modelsdeveloped by Vashakmadze contain as particular cases the refined models of Coleman-Noll (inthe terms of elasticity theory), Griffith, Kobayashi, Atluri (in case of cracks and inclusions), Biot(in case of porous-elastic media), Green, Naghdi, Steele (in case of binary mixtures). In the modelsof Vashakmadze it is easy to deduce corresponding models either by variation of controlparameters or by extending the optimization methods of Bellman-Pontriagin for two dimensionalboundary-value problems (BVPs). Many principal authors in this field (including Euler, Bernoulli,Germen, Navier, Kirchhoff, Love, Filon, Poincaré, von Kármán, Timoshenko, Reissner, Henky,Mindlin, Gol’denveiser, Landau, Donnell, Vorovich, Vekua, Koiter, Naghdy, Ambartsumian,Washizu, Lucasievich, Antman, Ball, Ciarlet, Destuynder and others) assumed that their theoriesgave an approximation (in physical, geometrical, asymptotic or other sense) to initial threedimensional BVP for TWS of theory of elasticity. Prof. Vashakmadze proved that for all well-known theories the transition error is bounded from below.Within the Newtonian and Truesdell-Noll axiomatics, Vashakmadze created a uniform dynamic system of pseudo-differentialequations, which is three dimensional with respect to spatial coordinates, contains as a particularcase both Navier-Stokes and Euler equations, systems of PDEs of Solid Mechanics, Maxwell’sdynamical systems with electro-magnetic fields acting in the continuum media, principles of themass and of energy conservations, Saint-Venant-Beltrami continuity equations. Such uniquerepresentation of this system allows us to prove that the nonlinear phenomena observed inproblems of solid mechanics can also be detected in Navier-Stokes type equations,and vice versa.Thus, Vashakmadze in actuality showed an important principle: that any appearance of a separatekind of a matter has the universal nature.The numerical methods developed by Vashakmadze (seefor example [1-3]) for BVPs in Mechanics has higher level of accuracy, convergence, stability andwider class of applicability than the classical methods. The practical advantages are implementableby creating fast software via parallelizing corresponding processes.The application of the theoryof Vashakmadzeis especially crucial at presence of inhomogeneity, anisotropy, piecewiseheterogeneities in the thin-walled structures, which are encountered frequently in aircraft structurelike unmanned air vehicles (UAV). This research proposes to develop a novel application ofmathematical theory of plates and shells, constructed on the basis of exact nonlocal representations(free of simplifying hypotheses of geometric and physical character) for calculation andcomparative analysis of the existing theories as applied to investigations with thermo-dynamicbehaviour of the principal elements of UAV.

Mathematical theory of plates and shells by means of precise nonlocal representations show thatthe equations of existing refined theories lack certainterms, which can have very importantinfluence on behaviour of thin-walled structures in certain conditions:

MATH-13

We discuss the following results : 1.in the nonlinear dynamic equations of von Kármán type terma member describing wave propagation in the longitudinal direction is absent. The influence ofthis term can be proved to be very important at the description of behaviour of wings and tail partsof aircraft construction. Analogous phenomenon holds in the statically problems too. Introductionof the corresponding needed terms eliminates the well-known problem of “Physical Soundness”by Truesdell-Ciarlet. 2. The proposed theory allows to refine the description of thermo-piezo-electric and electrical-conductive and porous processes in elastic composite s and binary mixtures.3. The equations of the proposed theory point to presence of the two-dimensional soliton wavesof sound frequencies, which can cause significant changes in the calculation of the stress-strainstate of the principal elements of aircraft (for example in junctions of wings with fuselage). 4.The extreme importance in applications of proposed theory must be especially emphasized atpresence of inhomogeneity, anisotropy, piecewise heterogeneity in the thin-walled structures. 5.The corrections, introduced according to the proposed theory, in the average boundary conditions,consist in a refinement of the influence of boundary layer. It can cause significant changes in theneighbourhood of cuts (porthole, doors and etc.). Introduction of this term also explains andresolves set of paradoxes usually characteristic to existing refined theories (e.g. Kirchhoff, vonKármán, Mindlin-Reissner and all others). 6. Two-dimensional mathematical models (with respectto spatial coordinates) and corresponding numerical schemes will provide the possibility of findingapproximate solution in a fast manner, in the sense of Fast–Fourier Transform.Expected results are: Novel and optimal design and analysis of main structural parts of the UAV,Ready to use algorithms and programs by end users in aircraft design and construction companies.The optimal design will provide with enhanced possibility for end users to construct high altitudeUAVs.

[1]T. S. Vashakmadze, The Theory of Anisotropic Elastic Plates. Springer; Second Edition,December 2010, 256p.[2]T. S. Vashakmadze, To approximate solution of ordinary differential equations, I, Advances inAppliedMathematics and Approximate Theory: Contributions from AMAT-2012, Springer, Proceedingsin Mathematics and Statistics, 2012, 167-184.[3] T. S. Vashakmadze, Y. F. Gülver, Approximate solution of some BVP of 2Dim refined theories.Journal ofApplied Functional Analysis, 2012, 12p.

MATH-14

Comparison of heat waves in Tbilisi and Paris in August 2003 using fuzzymethods

T. Kiseliova, M. Fandoeva, A. Sikharulidze

Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, University St.2, 0145 Tbilisi, Georgia

The paper concerns comparison of heat waves in Tbilisi and Paris in one of the most dangerous periodAugust 2003, where there was many thousands of excess deaths particularly of elderly people in Paris andthe most hot period for Tbilisi [1]. We consider an important parameter of global warming – a heat index[4] – that is a characteristics of a human thermal comfort and represents a combination of air temperatureand relative humidity. Based on the heat indexes, we propose a new approach – the fuzzy methods [5] – toinvestigate heat waves [7] which, if defined properly, can be used to assess the potential impacts of climatechange on human health, e.g., in the heat-health warning systems.

We find typical characteristics of heat indexes during the day, using most typical fuzzy expected values([10]). In particular, two methods of a finding of the most typical indistinct value, so-called, fuzzy expectedvalue (FEV [11-12] and clustering fuzzy expected value (CFEV 0) are used and developed. We use thesetypical characteristics to process heat waves. One month data for Paris and Tbilisi allow only illustrationand possibility to show ways of applications (Figure 1).

Figure 1. CFEV (a) and FEV (b) for Paris and Tbilisi in August, 2003.

References

[1] T. Kiseliova, M. Fandoeva, A Sikharulidze “Investigation of heat waves with fuzzy methods”.International Journal of Applied Soft Computing, 19, 102-111( 2014)

[2] T. Holt and J. Palutikof. The effect of global warming on heat waves and cold spells in theMediterranean. Climatic Research Unit, University of East Anglia, Norwich, UK.http://prudence.dmi.dk/public/publications/D5A4.doc.

[3] I. Vachiberidze, Boomerang Principle. Climate Change and Health Care (in Georgian). SecondNational Communication to the UNFCCC, Tbilisi, 2008.

MATH-15

[4] R.G. Steadman, The assessment of sultriness. Part I: a temperature–humidity index based onhuman physiology and clothing science, Journal Applied Meteorology 18 (7) 1979, 861-873.

[5] M.S.K. Awan and M.M. Awais, Predicting weather events using fuzzy rule based system,Applied Soft Computing 11(1), 56-63 (2011)

[6] L.A. Zadeh, Toward a generalized theory of uncertainty (GTU) – an outline, InformationSciences 172, 1-40 (2005)

[7] E.H. Bowles, Classifying heat waves in the United States, 2009, Kansas State University,Manhattan, KS, USA, (Ph.D. thesis).

[8] P. Robinson, On the definition of a heat wave, Journal of Applied Meteorology 40, 762-775(2001)

[9] A. Tamrazian, S. LaDochy, J. Willis, W.C. Patzert, Heat waves in southern California: are theybecoming more frequent and longer lasting?, APCG Yearbook 70, 2008, 59-69, DOI:10.1353/pcg.0.0001.

[10] A. Kandel, Fuzzy Expert Systems, 1991, CRC Press Inc.; Boca Raton, FL.[11] G. Sirbiladze and A.Sikharulidze, Weighted fuzzy averages in fuzzy environment. Part I:

insufficient expert data and fuzzy averages, International Journal of Uncertainty, Fuzziness andKnowledge-Based Systems 11 (2), 139-157 (2002)

[12] M. Friedman, M. Schneider and A. Kandel, The use of weighted fuzzy expected value (WFEV)in fuzzy expert systems, Fuzzy Set Syst. 31, 37-45 (1989)

[13] S. Vassiliadis, G. Triantafyllos and G.G. Pechanek, A method for computing the most typical fuzzyexpected value, In: Proceedings of the Third IEEE Conference on Fuzzy Systems, 2040-2045(1994)

MATH-16

Number of representations of a positive integer by a binary quadratic form

Teimuraz Vepkhvadze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Department of Mathematics, 3, Tchavtchavadze Ave., Tbilisi 0179, Georgia

Let 2 2, ,a b c ax bxy cy be a primitive, integral, binary quadratic form of discriminant d ,

which is positive-definite, so that 0d . The positive integer n is said to be represented by the form , ,a b c ,if there exists ,x y ( x and y are integers) such that 2 2n ax bxy cy . The number of

representations of n by the form , ,a b c is denoted by ; , ,r n a b c . It is well known (see e.g. Ref. 1) that

for binary forms belonging to a genus consisting of exactly one class 1; , , ; , ,2

r n a b c n a b c , where

; , ,n a b c is “singular series”. Convenient formulas for obtaining of values of the function ; , ,n a b c

are given in [1]. No formula is known for ; , ,r n a b c for an arbitrary form , ,a b c However, a number

of authors have obtained formulae for ; , ,r n a b c for certain special forms 2 2ax bxy cy , which

belong to genera having at least two classes. In most cases their formulae for ; , ,r n a b c depend upon thecoefficients in the expansion of certain products of simple theta functions. Using the simple theta functionsPeterson [2] obtained formulae for ; , ,r n a b c function in the case of the binary forms with discriminant-44. These forms and some other ones were considered by P.Caplan and K.S.Williams [3]. Their proof forodd number n is based on Dirichlet's theorem. In the same work in case of forms with discriminants equalto 80, -128 and -140 application of this theorem did not succeed and formulae only for even n have beenreceived.

Using modular properties of generalized theta function with characteristics defined in [1] by meansof the analytical theory of quadratic forms, we obtain formulae for the number of representations of apositive integer by all primitive binary quadratic forms with discriminants -80, -128 and -140. For example,in case of the binary forms with discriminant -140 we prove the following

Theorem. Let

2 5 7 , ,70 1.n u u

Then

MATH-17

1 35 11 1 1 1 if =0,6 5 7 3

1 35;3,2,12 1 1 1 1 if 2 ,2 5 7

0 if 2 ,

u

u

u u nk

u ur nk

ł

Where5u

,7u

and35

are Jacobi symbols and

2 23 3 ,21 .x

n x xy y yłn

References

[1] T. Vepkhvadze, Modular properties of theta-functions and representation of numbers by positivequadratic forms. Georgian Math. J. 4, pp. 385-400 (1997).

[2] H. Peterson, Modulfunktionen und quadratische Formen. Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrerGanzgebiete, 100 (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1982), p.300.

[3] P. Kaplan and K.S. Williams, On the number of representations of a positive integer by a binaryquadratic form. Acta Arith. 114, pp. 87-98 (2004).

MATH-18

On the space of spherical polynomial with quadratic forms of five variables

Ketevan Shavgulidze

Ivave Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,

Department of Mathematics 13University st., Tbilisi, Georgia

Let ( ) =be an integer positive definite quadratic form in an even number of variables with the matrix ( =2 , = = ,where < ) and ∗ is the element of matrix .

A homogeneous polynomial ( ) of degree with complex coefficients, satisfying the condition∗ 2 = 0,is called a spherical polynomial of order with respect to ( ) (see [1]), and( , , ) = ( ) ( )∈ℤ , = , ∈ ℂ, Im > 0,is the corresponding generalized - fold theta-series.

Let ( , ) denote the vector space over ℂ of the spherical polynomials P(X) of even order with respectto ( ). Hecke [2] calculated the dimension of the space ( , ). Let ( , ) denote the vector space overℂ of generalized multiple theta-series, i.e.( , ) = { ( , , ) ∶ ∈ ( , )}.

Gooding [1] calculated the dimension of the space ( , ) for reduced binary quadratic forms . In[3-5] the dimension of the space ( , ) for ternary and quaternary quadratic forms is established.

In this paper the spherical polynomials of order with respect to quadratic form of five variables areconstructed and the basis of the spaces of these spherical polynomials is established. The upper bound fordimension of the vector space of theta-series ( , ) for quadratic forms of five variables is considered.We have proved the following theorem.

Theorem 1 The polynomials (the coefficients of polynomial are given in the brackets)( , , . . . , −2, −2, −2 −2, 1,0,0, . . . , 0),( , , . . . , −2, −2, −2 −2, 0,1,0, . . . , 0),. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MATH-19

( , , . . . , −2, −2, −2 −2, 0,0,0, . . . , 1),where the first + 24 coefficients from to , , , are calculated through other+ 44 − + 24 = coefficients, form the basis of the space ( , ).Theorem 2 The maximal number of linearly independent theta-series with spherical polynomial P of order

and diagonal quadratic form of five variables is + 33 .References

[1] F. Gooding, Modular forms arising from spherical polynomials and positive de_nite quadratic forms, J.Number Theory 9, pp.36-47, (1977).

[2] E. Hecke, Mathematische Werke. Zweite Auage, Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht, Gottingen, 1970.[3] K. Shavgulidze, On the dimension of some spaces of generalized ternary theta-series, Georgian

Mathematical J. 9, pp.167-178, (2002).[4] K. Shavgulidze, On the dimension of spaces of generalized quaternary theta-series, Proceedings of I.

Vekua Institute of Applied Mathematics, 59-60, pp. 60-75, (2009-2010).[5] K. Shavgulidze, On the dimensions of some spaces of generalized theta-series, Lithuanian Mathematical

J. 53, pp. 235-240, (2013).

MATH-20

Potential method in the theory of thermoviscoelasticity for Kelvin-Voigtmaterials with voids

Maia M. Svanadze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,University Str., 2. Tbilisi 0186, Georgia

Viscoelastic materials play an important role in many branches of engineering, technology andbiomechanics. In the last decade there has been interest in formulation of the mechanical theories ofviscoelastic and thermoviscoelastic materials with microstructures of differential type. Iesan [1] extendstheory of elastic materials with voids, the basic equations of the nonlinear theory of thermoviscoelasticityfor Kelvin-Voigt materials with voids are established and the linearized version of this theory is derived.

The investigation of BVPs of solid mechanics by the classical potential method has a hundred yearhistory. The main results in this subject are given in [2]. On the basis of above mentioned method theexistence and uniqueness theorems in the classical theories of viscoelasticityand thermoviscoelasticity forKelvin-Voigt materials without voids are proved in [3, 4]. Recently, this method is developed in the theoriesof viscoelasticity and thermoviscoelasticity for Kelvin-Voigt materials with voids [5, 6]. The fundamentalsolution of the system of equations of steady vibrations in the linear theory of thermoviscoelasticity forKelvin-Voigt materials with voids is constructed by using elementary functions and the representations ofsolutions of this system of equations are obtained in [7].

In this paper the linear theory of thermoviscoelasticity for Kelvin-Voigt materials with voids [1] isconsidered. The basic internal and external BVPs of steady vibrations are formulated. The uniqueness andexistence theorems for classical solutions of the above mentioned BVPs are proved by using the potentialmethod and the theory of singular integral equations.

Let = ( , , ) be a point of the Euclidean three-dimensional space , = , ,. We consider an isotropic homogeneous thermoviscoelastic Kelvin-Voigt material with voids that

occupies the region Ω of . Let = ( , , ) be the displacement vector, is the volume fractionfield, is the temperature measured from the constant absolute temperature ( > 0).

The system of equations of steady vibrations in the linear theory of thermoviscoelasticity forKelvin-Voigt materials with voids has the following form [1]( ∆ + ) + ( + )∇div + ∇ − ∇ = ,( ∆ + ) + − div = 0, (1)( ∆ + ) + + div = 0,where is the Laplacian operator, is the reference mass density ( > 0), = , is the equilibratedinertia ( > 0), is the oscillation frequency ( > 0), and= − ∗, = − ∗, = − ∗, = − ∗, = − ∗= − ∗, = − , = , = − , = .Here λ, μ, α, β, ξ, a, b, m, k, ∗, ∗, ∗, ∗, ∗and ∗ are the constitutive coefficients. We assume that theconstitutive coefficients satisfy the inequalities [1]∗ > 0, 3 ∗ + 2 ∗ > 0, ∗ > 0, > 0, > 0, (3 ∗ + 2 ∗) ∗ > 34 ( ∗ + ∗) .

MATH-21

Let S be the closed surface surrounding the finite domain Ω in , Ω = Ω ∪ , Ω = \Ωand Ω = Ω ∪ .

Definition 1. A vector function U = (u, φ, θ) =( , , … , ) is called regular in Ω (or Ω ) if∈ (Ω ) ∩ (Ω ) (or ∈ (Ω ) ∩ (Ω )), ( ) = (| | ), ( ) = (| | ), where| | ≫1, = 1, 2, … , 5, = 1, 2, 3.The basic internal ( ) and external ( ) BVPs of steady vibrations in the linear theory of

thermoelasticity for Kelvin-Voigt materials with voids are formulated as follows: Find in Ω± a regular(classical) solution U = (u, φ, θ) to system (1) satisfying the boundary conditionlim±∋ → ∈ ( ) ≡ { ( )}± = ( ).

We introduce the notations: ( ) ( , ) = ∫ ( − ) ( ) is the single-layer potential,( ) ( , ) = ∫ , ( ) ( − ) ( ) is the double-layer potential, where = ( ) ×is the fundamental solution of system (1) [7], = × is the first order matrix differential operator[6], is a five-component vector-function, be the transpose of matrix .

We have the following results.

Theorem 1. The internal BVP ( )+has one regular solution.

Theorem 2. The external BVP ( )−has one regular solution.

Theorem 3. If ∈ , , ∈ 1, 2( ), 0 < 2 < 1 ≤ 1, then a regular solution of problem ( )exist, is uniqueness and represented by the double-layer potential U(x) = ( )( , ) for ∈ , whereis a solution of the singular integral equation ( ) + ( )( , ) = ( ) for ∈ which is alwayssolvable for an arbitrary vector .

Theorem 4. If ∈ , , ∈ 1, 2( ), 0 < 2 < 1 ≤ 1, then a regular solution of problem ( )exist, is uniqueness and is represented by the double-layer potential U(x) = ( )( , ) for ∈ , where

is a solution of the singular integral equation − ( ) + ( )( , ) = ( ) for ∈ which isalways solvable for an arbitrary vector .

The theorems 1 to 4 are proved by using the potential method and the theory of singular integralequation.

References

[1] D. Iesan, J. Elast. 104, 369 (2011).[2] V. D. Kupradze, T. G. Gegelia, M. O. Basheleishvili, and T.V. Burchuladze, Three-Dimensional

Problems of the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity and Thermoelasticity (North-Holland,Amsterdam, New York, Oxford, 1979). p. 929.

[3] M. M. Svanadze, Proc. Appl. Math. Mech. 12, 283 (2012).[4] M. M. Svanadze, Tech. Mech. 32, 554 (2012).[5] M. M. Svanadze, J. Elast. 114, 101 (2014).[6] M. M. Svanadze, J. Thermal Stress. 37, 905 (2014).[7] M. M. Svanadze, J. Thermal Stress. 37, 253 (2014).

MATH-22

On the maximum likelihood estimation in an infinite dimensional spaceGrigol Sokhadze, Petre Babilua, Elizbar Nadaraya

Iane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Department of Mathematics, 13 University st., Tbilisi, Georgia

Let { , , , ∈ Θ} be the statistical structure corresponding to a random element = . Hereis a separable, real, reflexive Banach space, is the -algebra of Borel sets. Θ ⊂ is a compact subset ofthe separable real Banach space . We assume that the regularity conditions 1–5 are fulfilled (see [1]).

Let ( ) = ( ), where : → is a measurable mapping (statistics).

Theorem (Cramer-Rao Inequality).

( ) ≥ ( )( ; ),where is the derivative along (see [2]) and ( ; ) is the logarithmical derivative by parameter alongthe vector of the family probability measures , ∈ Θ.

Consider the equation

( ; ) = 0.If there exists a solution = of this equation, when ∈ Θ, than we call MLE for .

In this work the problem of consistency and asymptotical normality of the MLE is investigated.

References

[1] P. Babilua, E. Nadaraya, G. Sokhadze, Georgian Mathematical Journal. 22, p. 171-178 (2015).[2] V. I. Bogachev, Differentiable Measures and the Malliavin Calculus, Math. Surveys Monogr. 164,

American Mathematical Society, Providence, (2010).

MATH-23

Martingale integral representation and its application in financialmathematics

Omar Purtukhiaa,b, Besarion Dochvirib

a Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofMathematics, 3 Chavtchavadze Ave, Tbilisi 0179, Georgia

b Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, A.Razmadze Institute of Mathematics, 6 Tamarashvili Str.,0177 Tbilisi, Georgia

In the 80th of past century, it turned out,that the martingale representation theorems (along with theGirsanov's measure change theorem) play an important role in the modern financial mathematics. We havedeveloped some methods of obtaining the stochastic integral representation of non-smooth (in the Malliavinsense) Wiener functionals and their applications in the problems of hedging of European Options. In turn,for receiving obvious integral expressions, we use the result of stochastic integral representation proved byus earlier [1], which demands smoothness only a conditional mathematical expectation of the consideredfunctional, instead of the usual requirement of smoothness of the functional (as it was in the well-knownClark-Ocone formula [2]. The offered method allows one to remove integral representation for the indicator

}{ bSa TI (which it is known that is not differentiable in Malliavin sense [3], for the functional of integral

type T

bSa dtIt0 }{ (which, as proved, is not differentiable in Malliavin sense neither) and others.

We consider an Exotic Option, which is a certain combination of the Binary and Asian Options andinvestigate the hedging problem. In particular, we study the European Option with payoff function

T

bSa dtIt0 }{ and for this purpose we give the Clark stochastic integral representation of such kind payoff

function with the explicit form of integrand.

Let on the probability space ),,( P the standard Wiener process )( tww is given, ],0[ Tt and

)( wt , ],0[ Tt is the natural filtration generated by the Wiener process w . Consider the Bachelier

market model with risk-free asset price evolution and risky asset price evolution described correspondinglyby

dtrBdB tt , 10 Band

tt dwdtdS , 10 S(where 0r is interest rate, R is appreciation rate and 0 is volatility coefficient).

Let ttt dwZrdZ ]/)[( , dPZPd T . From Girsanov's Theorem it follows [4] that under the

measure P (martingale measure) /)( trww tt is the standard Wiener process and

ttdS rdt d w .We will denote by 1,2D the adherence of the class of so-called smooth random variables F with

respect to the norm]),0[,()(1,2 222

|||||||||||| TLLL FDFF ,

MATH-24

where FD is the stochastic (Malliavin) derivative of F .Consider the problem of "replication" the European Option of Exotic Type with the payoff of integral

type TbSa dtIF

t0 }{ (where a and b are some positive constants, ba ), i.e. one needs to find a

trading strategy ),( tt , ],0[ Tt such that the capital process ttttt SBX , FXT under theself-financing condition ttttt dSdBdX .

Theorem 1. For any real number ba the functional TbSa dtIF

t0 }{ is not in the 1,2D space.

Theorem 2. In the above mentioned scheme the functional F admits the following stochastic integralrepresentation

T T

uu

bax

uT

bax

T

bSa wdtdut

wrtxut

dtt

rtxdtIt

000}{ |)]1([1|)]1([

(where is the standard normal distribution function and is the standard normal distribution densityfunction).

Theorem 3. In the case 0r the component t of the hedging strategy ),( tt , ],0[ Tt is definedby the relation

T

t

bax

tt du

tuwx

tu|)]1([11

,

the second component tttt SX (where the capital process is equal )|( wtt FEX ) and the

price of this option FEC .

Acknowledgements. The research was partially supported by Shota Rustaveli National ScientificGrant No FR/308/5-104/12.

References

[1] O. Glonti and O. Purtukhia, About one integral representation of Brownian functional (in Russian), toappear in: SIAM, Theory Probab. Appl. (2015).

[2] M.C. Clark, The representation of functionals of Brownian motion by stochastic integrals, Ann. Math.Stat., 41,1282-1295 (1970) and 42, 1778 (1971).

[3] D. Nualart, The Malliavin calculus and related topics (second edition).Springer-Verlag, Berlin (2006).[4] A.N. Shiryaev, Essentials of Stochastic Finance, Facts,models, theory,(Translated from the Russian by

N.Kruzhilin.

MATH-25

Forecasting of risky asset price in the model withGaussian martingale

Zaza Khechinashvili

IvaneJavakhishviliTbili State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,

Department of Mathematics

On the probability space ),)(,,( 0 PFF Nnn we consider the following real valued stochastic process in discretetime as a model of risky asset evolution

,0 nHn eSS (1)

where 0S is positive constant and

n

nnn hH

1(2)

with,nnn Mh (3)

1 nnMbnn ea . (4)

Here 11 )(,)( nnnn ba are positive sequences of real numbers, ,0,,...,2,1,0),,( 0 MNnFMM nn is the

Gaussian martingale withquadratic characteristic 2nn EMM ([1]).

Theorem 1.In scheme (1)-(4) for any moment of time n , kurtosis coefficient of logarithmic return1

ln

n

nn S

Sh

is positive.Theorem 2.In scheme (1)-(4) the covariance ),cov( 1 nnh between logarithmic return 1nh at moment 1nand volatility n at next moment n is negative for any Nn ,...,2,1 , so model (1)-(4) has fixed so calledleverage effect ([2]).Theorem 3.In the model (1)-(4) one step optimal in mean square sense forecasting estimation has the following form

},2

)exp{()/()1(ˆ 211

1 nMbnn

Snnn

MeaSFSES nn

where },{ nkSF kS

n ([3]).

References

[1] Omar Glonti, ZazaKhechinashvili. Geometric Gaussian martingale with disorder. Theory of StochasticProcesses, 16(32),pp. 44-48 (2010)

[2] A.N. Shiryaev. Essentials of Stochastic Finance.Facts, models, Theory.WorldScientific.Singapure,1999.

[3] E.Taylor. Modeling.Financial Time Series.Wiley, New York, 1986.

MATH-26

Biofilms occupying thin prismatic domains

Natalia Chinchaladze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,2 University st., Tbilisi, Georgia

A biofilm is a complex gel-like aggregation of microorganisms like bacteria, cyanobacteria, algae, protozoaand fungi. They stick together, they attach to a surface and they embed themselves in a self-producedextracellular matrix of polymeric substances, called EPS. Even if a biofilm contains water, it is mainly ina solid phase. Biofilms can develop on surfaces, which are in permanent contact with water, i.e. onsolid/liquid interfaces or on different types of interfaces such as air/solid, liquid/liquid or air/liquid (see [1]and references therein).To describe the complex structure of biofilms, we consider, four different phases: Live cells ( B ), Deadcells ( D ), Extra cellural matrix of polymetric substances – EPS ( E ), and Liquid ( L ). We denote theconcentration of biomass by C , where is the mass density of the phase in [g/cm3] and

LEDB ,,, is the volume fraction of the phases. We assume that the biomasses are incompressibleand Newtonian, therefore B , D , L , and E are positive constants, and also the phases have all thesame constant density. Since EPS encompasses the cells, we can assume that live cells, dead cells, and EPShave the same transport velocity sv . We denote by Lv the velocity of liquid, and by , with (

LEDB ,,, ), the mass exchange rate. The equations expressing mass balance with the equations forthe velocity and pressure P give the following system (see [1])

),()( DBst kLkBBvB ,)( NDst DkBkDvD

,)( EBLkEvE Est ,1)( EDkLkLkkBLvL NEBDLt

,1)1(1 sLLssst MvvMPLvvLvL ,)( sLLLLLt MvvMPLvLvLv

,)1( LLss vLvvvLP

where Bk and Dk are respectively a birth term and a death term for the active bacterial cells, α is thefraction of active cells that gives rise to dead cells (the remaining proportion becomes liquid), Nk is the

natural decay of dead cells, Ek represents the production of EPS, and E , with constant, is the naturaldecay of EPS. We assume, for simplicity, that Bk , Dk , Nk , Ek are constants. M is a Darsy constant and is a stress function

)1(: L , const .

Assuming the volume constraint (see [1])

1 LEDB .

L is given by the expression

MATH-27

EDkLkLkkB NEBDL 1: .

On the boundary, we impose Neumann conditions for the volume ratios and no-flux boundary conditionsfor the velocities:

,0 bbb nDnEnB

0 bb nvnv Ls .

For the sake of simplicity we consider the case when 0D , 0E .1D and 2D problem for the biofilm occupying thin prismatic domain are considered. 2D problem is solvedusing Vekuas dimension reduction methods (see, e.g., [2]-[4]).

Acknowledgements. The work was supported by the Consiglio Nationale di Ricerca (Italy) and ShotaRustaveli National Science Foundation (Georgia) within the framework of the joint project (No. 09/04)”Some classes of PDE and systems with applications to mechanics and biology” (2012/2013).

References

[1] F. Clarelli, C. DI Russo, R. Natalini, M. Ribot, Mathematical models for biofilms on the surface ofmonuments, Applied and Industrial Mathematics In Italy III, proceedings of SIMAI Conference 2008,Series on Advances in Mathematics for Applied Sciences - 82 (2009).

[2] I. N. Vekua, On a way of calculating of prismatic shells (in Russian), Proceedings of A. RazmadzeInstitute of Mathematics of Georgian Academy of Sciences. 21, 191-259 (1955).

[3] I. N. Vekua, Shell Theory: General Methods of Construction, Pitman Advanced Publishing Program,Boston-London-Melbourne, 1985.

[4] N. Chinchaladze, Hierarchical models for biofilms occupying thin prismatic domains, Bull. TICMI. 18,No. 2, 102-109 (2014) .

MATH-28

On the summability of Fourier series

T. Akhobadze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural sciences,Chavchavadze str. 1, Tbilisi 0128, Georgia

Let ( )n be a sequence of real numbers, where 1,n 1, 2,... .n Suppose

1

1( , ) : ( , ) / ,n n n

n

n n nx f A S x f A

where

:( 1)( 2) ... ( ) / !nk n n nA k k

and ( , )S x f are the partial sums of the Fourier series of f with respect to the trigonometric system (see[1]-[6]).

If ( )n is a constant sequence ( , 1, 2,... )n n , then ( , )nn x f coincides with the usual Cesáro

( , )n x f means [7, Ch. III].One of the most general test of convergence of Fourier series at a point x was given by Lebesgue [8].Theorem A (Lebesgue). Let f be 2 periodic locally integrable function ( ([0, 2 ]))f L and at

a point x the following conditions are fulfilled:

1

0

| ( , ) | (1)h

h x t dt o and

1 | ( , ) ( , ) | (1), 0 ,h

t x t x t h dt o h

(1)

where( , ) ( ) ( ) 2 ( ).x t f x t f x t f x

Then the trigonometric Fourier series of f convergence at the point .xIn 1930 Gergen [9] improved the last Lebesgue statement. In particular, he provedTheorem B (Gergen). Let f

0

( , ) ( , ) .t

x t x u du If ([0, 2 ])f L and at a point x relations (1) and

1 ( , ) (1), 0 ,h x h o h (2)are valid, then the Fourier series of f convergence at the point .x

Zhizhiashvili ([10], [11, Theorem 2.2.1]; see, also, [12]) gave analogous of the last theorem for Cesárosummability method.

Theorem C (Zhizhiashvili). Suppose 1 1. Then under assumptions (2) and

1 | ( , ) ( , ) | (1), 0 ,h

h t x t x t h dt o h

the Fourier series of f is Cesáro ( , )C summable at point x .

The object of this paper is to generalize the above result for ( , )nC summability method.

MATH-29

Theorem 1. Let 1 1,n 1, 2,... ,n and

0( , ) sup | ( , ) | .

u tx t x u

Suppose that

3

1 ( , ) (1),(1 )n

n

x t dt on t

(3)

1

0

1 sup | ( , ) ( , ) | (1), ,(1 )

n

nn h

n n

t x t x t h dt o nn

(4)

hold true. Then the trigonometric Fourier series is ( , )nC summable at .x Summability is uniform overany closed interval of continuity where (3) and (4) are satisfied uniformly.

Using the last statement it is easy to prove:Corollary 1. Let 0 [0,1) and for all n natural number 0( ,1).n Then for almost all x thetrigonometric Fourier series is ( , )nC summable at .xCorollary 2. Theorem C in the case 1 0 is a consequence of Theotem 1.

References

[1] I. B. Kaplan, On the Cesáro means of variable order, Izv. Vyssh. Uchebn. Zaved., Mat.,18, 62-73 (1960).

[2] T. Akhobadze, On Generalized Cesáro Summability of Trigonometric Fourier series,Bulletin of the Georgian Academy of Sciences, 170, 23-24 (2004).

[3] T. Akhobadze, On the Convergence of Generalized Cesáro Means of Trogonomertc FourierSeries. I, Acta math. Hungar., 115, 59-78 (2007).

[4] T. Akhobadze, On the Convergence of Generalized Cesáro Means of Trogonomertc FourierSeries. II, Acta math. Hungar., 115, 59-78 (2007).

[5] T. Akhobadze, On a Theorem of M. Satô, Acta math. Hungar., 130, 286-308 (2011).[6] Sh. Tetunashvili, On the Summability Methods Defined by Matrix of Functions, Proc.

A.Razmadze Math. Inst. 148, 141-145 (2008).[7] A. Zygmund, Trigonometric Series, I (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1959), p.383.[8] H. Lebesgue, Recherches sur la Convergence des Séries de Fourier, Math. Ann., 61, 251-280

(1905).[9] I.I. Gergen, Convergence and Summability Criteria for Fourier Series, Quar. Jour. Math., 1,

252-275 (1930).[10] L. Zhizhiashvili, On Some Properties of ( , )C -means of Trigonometric Fourier Series and

Conjugate Trigonometric Series, Matem. Sb., 63, 489-504 (1964).[11] L. Zhizhiashvili, Trigonometric Fourier Series and their Conjugates (Kluwer Acad. Publ.,

1996), p.308.[12] B.N. Sahney and D. Waterman, On the Summability of Fourier Series, Rev. Roum Math.

Pures et Appl., 26, 327-330 (1981).

MATH-30

About structure and some geometric characteristic of the bulk links whichappear after cutting of generalized mobius-listings bodies

Ilia Tavkhelidze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences , Departmentof Mathematics, University St. 2, Tbilisi 0186, Georgia - E-mail: ilia.tavkhelidze@rsu.ge

Natural forms affect all of us, not only for their beauty, but also for their diversity. It is still notknown whether forms define the essence of the phenomena associated with them, or vice versa – that is,forms are natural consequences of the phenomena. The essence of one “unexpected” phenomenon is asfollows: Usually after one “full cutting”, an object is split into two parts. The “Mobius strip” is a well-known exception, however, which still remains whole after cutting. In the previous articles author foundthe class of surfaces, which have following properties – after full cutting appears more then two surfaces,but this is a result for specific class of pure mathematical surfaces [2]. It turns out that three-dimensional

Mobius Listing bodies, nmGML , which is a wide sublclass of the “Generalized Twisting and Rotated"

figures - shortly nmGTR (Generalized Twisting and Rotated figures), which was defined by author through

their analytic representation [1], could yield more than two objects with only single cutting [3]. These arenot theoretical results, as real-life examples were demonstrated. Many classical objects (torus with different

form of radial cross sections, helicoid, helix, Möbius strip ... etc.) are elements of this vide class of nmGTR

figures, so it is importnt to study the similarity and difference between these figures.In the present report we study the questions of similarity and difference in the cases of the “cut” of

Generalized Mobius-Listing’s figures - surfaces and solids ! Based on analytical representation,

gpKZgpRYgpRX

sin,,),,(sincos,,),,(coscos,,),,(

and on the definition of operation of cutting defined earlier by the author, some basic questions to beanswered appear, for example:1. How many objects appear after cutting of the n

mGML surfaces or bodies?

2. What type of the ??GML surfaces or bodies appear after cutting ?

3. What is a link-structure of the surfaces or bodies, which appear after cutting ?4. What are shapes of radial cross sections of the bodies those appear after cutting of n

mGML surfaces orbodies?5. How many different combinations of shapes of the bodies appear after cutting for specific number m?6. What are differential geometric characteristics of n

mGML surfaces or bodies?

We should mention that the answers on the some questions for specific m are given in the articlesof the author and his colaborators [1]-[3], but unfortunately, general answers on these questions forarbitrary m and n don’t exists. In the present paper we show that :

If m is even number, then for different n (more precisely, gcd(m.n)=1) – after one full cutting ofnmGML bodies maximum m/2 +1 independent geometric objects appear (this number depends also

MATH-31

on geometric place of the cutting line in the cross section of body), i.e. link- (m/2+1) appear andonly one of the element has structure similar to figure before cutting!

If m is odd number, then for different n (more precisely gcd(m.n)=1)– after one full cutting ofnmGML bodies, maximum [m/2] +2 independent geometric objects appear (this number depends

also on geometric place of the cutting line in the cross section of body), i.e. link - ([m/2] +2) appearand only one of the elements has structure similar to figure before cutting!

If m is even number, then there exist some values of n, when after one full cutting of nmGML bodies

only 1 independent geometric object appears (for this cutting line should include center of simmetryof the radial cross section of body), i.e. knot (link (1) appears, index of wich is defined by gcd(m.n)!

If m is odd number, then there exist some values of n, when after one cutting of nmGML –at least 2

independent geometric object appear (for this cutting line should include center of simmetry of theradial cross section of body), i.e. (link (2) appears), index of wich is defined by gcd(m.n)!

Figure 1 The case, when after cutting of 35GML

four different objects appear – link 5 .Figure 2 The case, when after cutting of 2

6GML only oneobject – knot (link 1).

Acknowledgement. The author is grateful to Ph.D.Student of St. Andrew the First-Called GeorgianUniversity of the Patriarchate of Georgia Levan Roinishvili for creating the convenient program fordemonstration of the obtained mathematical results. The project has been fulfilled by a financial supportof Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation (Grant SRNSF/FR/358/5-109/14).

References

[1] I.Tavkhelidze, P.E.Ricci , Rendiconti Accademia Nazionale dell Scienze detta dei XL Memorie diMatematica a Applicazioni , 1240 vol. XXX, fasc.1, 191-212, (2006)[2] I. Tavkhelidze, About Connection of the Generalized Möbius-Listing's surfaces with Sets of RibbonKnots and Links, Український Математичний Конгрес-2009, Секція 2. Топологія і геометрія,Збірник праць, Iн-ту математики НАН України pp. 177-190, (2011)[3] I. Tavkhelidze, C.Cassisa, J.Gielis and P.E.Ricci, About “Bulky” Links, Generated by GeneralizedMëbius-Listing's bodies GMLn

3, Rendiconti Lincei Mat. Appl. 24 pp. 11-38, (2013).

MATH-32

Weakly independent random elements, Gaussian case

Giorgi Chelidze a), Badri Mamporia b)

a) Ivane Javakhishvili state University,b)Niko Mukhelishvili Institute of Computational Mathematics, Technical University of Georgia,

Tbilisi

In this work we concern to the question of weakly independence of the random elements. As it is

known, the random elements 1 and 2 are independent if and only if for any linear functionals 1f and

2f , the random variables ,1 1f and ,2 2f are independent. If we weaken this condition and

demand independence of the random variables ,1 f andf,2

for all linear functionals f , we

obtain weakly independence of the random elements 1 and 2 . The main is that weakly independentrandom elements keep many behaviors of the independent random elements.

The effect, discussing in this work, takes place for even two dimensional vectors, but according tothe theoretical interests we consider random vectors with values in arbitrary separable Banach spaces.

Let be a real separable Banach space, X*-its conjugate, B(X) - the Borel -algebra of . (

,, ) –a probability space. A random element (measurable map) X: is said to have a weak

second order if for all x* *X , E *, x 2 . The mean of is an element m of such that E *, x

= *, xm .

Definition 1. X-valued random elements 21, , n, are called weakly independent, if for all** Xx , the real random variables ,, *

1 x **2 ,,,, xx n are independent.

Let 1 and 2 be weak second order X-valued random elements. Consider the bilinear formxr (12 ,*

1 )*2x =E *

22*

11 ,, xx -E 1,1 x E*

22 , x . There exists (see [1]) a continuous linear

operator 12R from*X to , such that for all

*2

*1 , xx from

*X , *2

*112

*2

*112 ,),( xxRxxr .

The operator 12R is called operator of cross-covariance of the random elements 1 and 2 .Without loss of generality, we consider the random elements with mean 0.

Proposition 1. If 1 and 2 are weakly independent, then the cross-covariance operator of them

is antisymmetric. That is **12

**12 ,, xyRyxR .

Proposition 2. Let Nii )( be a sequence of weakly independent X -valued random elements,

Nii )( be the sequence of independent X -valued random elements such that i and i have the

identical distributions, ,2,1i . Let nnS 21: and nS = n 21 . Then nS

and nS , as well as mn SS and mn SS have identical distributions For all nm1 .Weakly independent Gaussian random elements. In this case correlation operators allow to

Characterize weakly independence of random elements; the following proposition is true

MATH-33

Proposition 3. Let 1 and 2 be X -valued Gausian random elements. They are weaklyindependent if and only if there cross-covariance operator is anti-symmetric. (see [2])

Let us introduce some notations. Let R is the covariance operator ofnX -valued Gaussian random

vector ),,( 1 n with weakly independent elements

R

nnnn

n

n

RRR

RRRRRR

21

12212

11211

.

For arbitrary positive numbers ncc ,,1 denote by cR the following operator fromnX )( *

tonX

cR

nnnnn

n

n

RcRR

RRcRRRRc

21

122212

112111

.

Theorem 1. Let ( Nnn ) -be the sequence of weakly independent Gaussian random elements.

If there exists a sequence of positive numbers Nkkc )( , such that for all natural n , operator ncR

is Positive defined and the seriesk

kkc

1

1converges in probability, then the series

1kk

convergesa. s..

Therefore, to obtain the result for a.s. convergence ore strong law of large numbers, same to thecase of central limit theorem, the main problem is to find a sequence of bounded positive numbers

Nkkc )( such that ncR is Positive defined. This problem is unsolved for this moment, but the followingresult is true.

Theorem 2. Let and be natural numbers, and let , , … , be dimensional symmetricmatrices, with eigenvalues from the interval ( , ), where > 0. Also, let , 1 ≤ < ≤ bedimensional anti-symmetric matrices.

Then there exists positive number which depends only on , and , such that from the positive

definiteness of the matrix = − ⋯⋯⋮ ⋮− − ⋱ ⋮⋯ follows the positive definiteness of the

matrix .

References

1. Vakhania N.N., Tarielalze V.I., Chobanian S.A. Probability distributions on Banachspaces, D. Reidel Publishing Company, Dortricht, 1987.2. Baxendale P. Gaussian measures on function spaces, American Journal of Mathematics,1977, 98, 4, p. 891-952.

Computer

Science

CS-1

The Role of Mobile Computing in Climate protection

Lela Mirtskhulava

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofComputer Science, 13 University str., 0186, Tbilisi, Georgia

Global warming and climate change - the main critical issues of the globe. Evidence of the global warmingis increasing and its impact on our planet and our day life is huge. The researchers at the University ofCambridge believe that the future of the globe is at risk and computing could play major role to save ourplanet. Their research is focused on major problems such as traffic congestion, pollution to more sustainablemanufacturing and reduced power consumption [1]. In this respect there was developed a device analyzer,an android app aiming to collect a large-scale research data-set of phone usage. Device Analyzer gathersdata about running processes, wireless connectivity, the phone’s location, GSM communication, batterystate and a number of system parameters [2]. Today’s smart phones are able to capture much richer datathan was available some years ago while at the same time the Android Market allows us to distribute theapp to a broader audience than was possible before [3].

Smartphones are highly capable computing platforms containing a wide range of sensors andcommunications interfaces [4]. Understanding how effectively use mobile apps is important for developerswhen attempting to build better applications and to help device manufacturers in designing new handsetsand for network operators attempting to provide a competitive high quality service to subscribers [5].

Most Android based devices are supported with built-in sensors measuring motion, orientation, and variousenvironmental conditions. These sensors are capable of providing raw data with high precision andaccuracy. They are useful to monitor three-dimensional device movement or positioning, changes in theambient environment near a device. A weather application uses a device's temperature sensor and humiditysensor and could calculate and report the dewpoint. A travel android application might use the geomagneticfield sensor and accelerometer to report a compass bearing [6].

The evolution of mobile phones is based on Moore’s Law. According to Moore’s Law, the number oftransistors that can be inexpensively placed on an integrated circuit is doubling every 18 months. Over thelast years mobile phones have been provided with better hardware and are becoming more powerful dayby day. But the problem that mobile phones’ manufacturers have to face because unfortunately not allaspects of computing technology develop according to Moore’s law, and one of these is the battery. Mostmobile phones are powered by lithiumion batteries. These batteries are popular because they can offermany times the energy of other types of batteries in a fraction of the space. In the current state of the art,chemists cannot sufficiently increase the amount of energy created by the chemical reactions. At themoment the only way to create more powerful batteries is to make them larger [7].

The battery life in operating time is shorter when smartphone is connected to 3G networks (5 hours on 3Gand 10 hours on 2G). Data load is faster when using 3G cellular networks, but mayo decrease battery lifein areas with limited 3G coverage. As shown in figure 1.

The radio is off in the IDLE state. DCH is the high throughput state where packets are transmitted. Afterstopping packet transmission the device remains in DCH for 5 seconds in case more packets arrive. If no moredata arrives, the radio switches to a shared channel called FACH (CELL_FACH). The FACH state canhandle signaling packets, but if more data comes in, the radio switches back to the DCH state. If no packetsarrive after 12 seconds in the FACH state, the radio returns to the IDLE state and turns off.

CS-2

Figure 1. In case of 3G network (UMTS).

Our study is focused on Monitoring Wireless Networks (UMTS, LTE and GSM) signal strength usingandroid app. Mobile devices are becoming more and more power-deficit causing a reduction of user’soperational time. Reducing power consumption makes a device reliable. The need for devices that consumea minimum amount of power is a major issue for mobile operators and main purpose of our study in thegiven paper. We have developed android based application monitoring phone usage for UMTS and LTEnetworks. Telephony Manager in android platform based smartphones provides access to information aboutthe telephony services on the device. Our application uses the methods in this class to determine telephonyservices and states and to access some types of subscriber information. Applications can also register alistener to receive notification of telephony state changes.

References

[1] A. Hopper, A. Rice, A. Beresford, R. Harle. Computing for the Future of the Planet. Brochure.Computer Laboratory. University of Cambridge, Cambridge, UK (2008).

[2] D. Wagner, A. Rice and A. Beresford, Device Analyzer. University of Cambridge ComputerLaboratory (2013).

[3] J. Rana, J. Bjelland, T. Couronne, P. Sundsøy, D. Wagner and A. Rice, A Handset-centric View ofSmartphone Application Use, 9th International Conference on Future Networks andCommunications (2014).

[4] D. Wagner, A. Rice and A. Beresford, Device Analyzer: Understanding smartphone usage, 10thInternational Conference on Mobile and Ubiquitous Systems: Computing, Networking and Services,Tokyo, Japan (2013).

[5] D. Wagner, A. Rice and A. Beresford, Device Analyzer: Large-scale mobile data collection, Big DataAnalytics workshop (in conjunction with ACM Sigmetrics), Pittsburgh, PA, USA (2013).

[6] http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/sensors/sensors_overview.html[7] G. P. Perrucciy, F.H.P. Fitzeky, G. Sassoy, W. Kellererx and J. Widmerx. On the Impact of 2G and

3G Network Usage for Mobile Phones’ Battery Life. European Wireless (2009).

CS-3

Pollutants Revealing Nano-sensor Systems Planning using EnvironmentalAssessment Concepts

Manana Khachidze, Magda Tsintsadze, Gela besiaSvili, Maia Archuadze

I.Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of ComputerSciences, Tbilisi, Georgia

Nanotechnologies are providing new perspectives for processes associate with physical, chemical andbiological sensing, widely applied for health, security and pollution issues. Nanotechnology has greatpotential of application in development of the basic portable devices, capable of rapid detection ofbiological or chemical substances, their identification and quantitative determination. Nanosensor’scheapness and portability makes it possible to create a complex system of different nanosensors, which canbe adjusted to the specific "environment", considering the potential risks of this "environment" [1].

It is possible to develop a method giving an opportunity to select a set (group) of nanosensors revealing thephysical, chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear agents for a specific environment, according to thepossible danger types. Nanosensors contained in this set will be selected considering their physical andchemical characteristics. The expected level of risk will be counted (considered) as well.

In the design of instruments for integrated and portable multi-model, multi-analytical Nanosensory,significant position is devoted to development of specific information systems, allowing gathering, analysisand transfer of large amount of data from sensors long with the decision-making support in some cases aswell. On the basis of various nanaosensor tools data, the diagnostic system should not discover only onespecific "pollutants", but it should provide the environment assessment according to discovered variouspollutants.

Figure 1.

The planning of system development consists of various stages:

1. Nanosensor system contained nanosensor type and characteristics defining method developmentaccording to system’s functional goals

The characteristics of nanosensors are studied not only from point of view of polluting element discovery,but also from discovering the concentration range of this polluter. Nanosensors united in one array mightbe able to discover chemical, biological and radioactive pollutions along with their concentration range (foreach polluter) [2, 3].

The application of Analytical Heuristics method, defining the state of complex system, will give anopportunity to develop the knowledgebase describing useful sensor groupings, along with theircharacteristics, for various possible pollutions discovery.

CS-4

2. knowledge ascquizition method development for various purpose sensor systems in accordance ofcontained sensors characteristics.

The knowledge base, that has to provide the Nano-sensor systems planning and management should containtwo types of knowledge: 1. Knowledge for selection of nanomaterials for nanosensors according tospecified (stated) goals, and 2. Knowledge to perform the assesment, based on signals supplied byNanosensors.

For knowledge ascquizition, the conceptualization method (based on complex system state generalizedrepresentation with help of concet paterns) might be applied.

3. The knowledge base formation generalized method development for various Nano-sensor systems.

The process of knowledge base formation and the development of appropriate management system mightbe presented in form of software system development in soft engineering. MDA (Model DrivenArchitecture) - one of the perspective models in development of software systems based on informationmodels transformation and interpretation, is used as a methodologic basement [4]. The environmentalassessment appropriate classified concept patterns are placed in knowledge base.

The developed product is presented as an Information System allowing: the useful nanomaterial selectionfor Nano-sensors in order to discover the pollutant of a specific types in accordance with the environmentaltypes and pollution concentrations; Nanosensor group selection for detection of multiple pollutants; theenvironmental assessment based on Nanosensory networks adopted signals.

References

[1] Kervalishvili P., Khachidze M. Quantum Information Technology and Modeling of Disasters.Improving Disaster Resilience and Mitigation. New Means and Tools, Trends. NATO AdvancedResearch Workshop. November 6-8, 2013, Iasi, Romania.

[2] M.khachidze, G.Besiashvili. Pollution and Pollution Source Definition on the Basis of Data ConceptualAnalysis. International Conference “TBILISI-SPRING-2014” - Nuclear Radiation Nanosensors andNanosensory Systems.

[3] M.khachidze, G.Besiashvili, M.Archuadze M.Tsintsadze . Sensor data Full Application CirclePlanning International Conference “TBILISI-SPRING-2014-Nuclear Radiation Nanosensors andNanosensory Systems (2014).

[4] M. Khachidze, M.Tsintsadze, M. Archuadze, G. Besiashvili. Complex system state generalizedpresentation based on concepts. Application of Information and Communication Technologies(AICT), IEEE 8th International Conference on, At Astana.DOI: 10.1109/ICAICT.2014.7035999 (2014).

CS-5

Spin qubits based model of quantum information nanosystem

Paata J. Kervalishvilia, Manana G. Khachidzeb

aGeorgian Technical University, 77 Kostava street, Tbilisi, GeorgiabTbilisi State University, Department of Computer Sciences, Ilia Chavchavadze Ave., Tbilisi 0179,

Georgia

Information processing methods based on quantum effects is believed to be closer to nature, whichpromises to open a whole new world of opportunities. We see information processing based on quantumapproaches as the future of information science [1-3].

The outline of this problem includes: a) Quantum computation (QC) quantum bit (qubit) andentanglement; problems in experimental realization of QC; b) Spin-based QC nuclear spin and electronspin in semiconductors as qubits; neutron-transmutation-doped Si and SiGe structures as a material forQC; 31P nuclear spin qubits in a 28Si nanowire: a scalable unit for quantum computation [2-9].

A challenging problem is to use the reach world of correlations in quantum systems in a controllablemanner to process information. This would result in creation of a quantum computer.

A quantum particle with two steady state levels can be used as a quantum bit qubit

Examples are: ground and excited states of an atom; vertical or horizontal polarization of a single photon;superconducting and normal state; spin 1/2 particles in a magnetic field.

Classical bit can represent at the moment either 0 or 1. Most general qubit state is a superposition of twobasic states:

For two bits there are four possibilities: 00, 01, 10, 11. In contrast, two qubits are in general in a state of aform

Figure 1. The general state of Nqubits is specified by a 2N- dimensional complex vector.

Qubits in this state display a degree of correlations impossible in classical physics.This phenomenon is called entanglement and is a crucial property for the success of

quantum computing.

CS-6

The main requirements for the implementation of a quantum computation are:

1. A scalable physical system with well characterized qubits: Two-level systems - spin 1/2 particle in amagnet field where one is ground and excited states of an atom, the second – superconducting and normalstate.

2. Long relevant decoherence times: at least 104-105 times longer than the gate operation time.This is necessary for successful application of the quantum correction procedure.

3. The ability to initialize qubits to a ground state, such as 000…: registers should be initialized beforethe start of computation.

4. A “universal” set of quantum gates: two-qubit interactions: CNOT (control not) or SWAP gates(universal quantum gates).

5. A qubit-specific measurement capability: the result of computation must be read out.

Figure 2. Candidate for a qubit needs phasecoherence during quantum computation.

Among many suggestions for realizing the basic unit for Quantum Computation, the most exciting avenueis using spin-1/2 particles (electrons, some nuclei) embedded into a semiconductor device which allows toutilize the tremendous resources of silicon based industry for scalable fabrication technologyUsing nuclear spin looks preferable because they are well insulated from environment, have longdecoherence time which results in the low error rate. This leads to the idea of Nuclear-Spin-Quantum-Computer (NSQC).

References

[1] P. Kervalishvili, Quantum Information Science: Some Novel Views. In Book Computer ScienceTechnology and Applications. Nova Science Publishers, Boston, USA, 518, (2011).

[2] P. Kervalishvili, Philosophy of quantum information science. NATO Science series, IOS press, 93, 55,(2012).

[3] P. Kervalishvil, Rev. Adv. Mater. Sci. (RAMS), 14, 371 (2007).[4] B. Kane, Nature 393, 133 (1998).[5] I. Shlimak, I. Vagner, Phys. Rev. B. 75, 045336 (2007).[6] P. Kervalishvili, Nexus Research News, 1, 23 (1999).[7] Г. С. Карумидзе, П. Дж. Кервалишвили, Физика и химия обработки материалов, 4, 17 (1989).[8] P. Kervalishvili, Proceedings of the XVI Pan Hellenic conference on Solid State Physics, 7 (2000).[9] P. Kervalishvili, Soviet Atomic Energy, 68, 46 (1990).

CS-7

Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy of Nano-Bio-Materials

Mehran Mostafavia, Abderrahmane Tadjeddinea, Christophe Humberta,

Paata Kervalishvilib, Tamar Bzhalavab, Tamar Berberashvilib

aLCP CNRS - University Paris 91405 CEDEX, Orsay, FrancebGeorgian Technical University, 77 Kostava str.Tbilisi, Georgia

Large bio-molecules, pathogenic micro-organisms, especially viruses may be considered as nano-sized bio-particles, physical-chemical properties/characteristics of which are depended on size, shape, structure aswell as on bio-components. Structure of nano-particles takes an important role in defining the physical andfunctional properties of virus-like particles of any origin (natural or artificial). As a case, are consideredthe viruses, the intracellular pathogenic submicroscopic organisms, ranging in size from 20 to 300 nm [1,2].

It is known, that the bonds formed between atoms have specific vibrational frequencies that correspond tothe atom's masses and the strength of the bond between them. Complex molecules therefore exhibit manypeaks and can be readily identified by the pattern or "fingerprint" created by those peaks. Raman scatteringof light is interacted with vibrational modes of the molecule, a vibrational spectrum may be obtainedallowing for identification of molecules and their functional groups. Raman scattering is strongest whenvibrations cause a change in the polarizability of the electron cloud around the molecule. Therefore, thedifference in energy between the incident and scattered photons is a characteristic of and provides structuralinformation about the irradiated molecule. In purpose to study the vibrational/spectral characteristics ofnano-bio-particles are considered the two-color sum-frequency generation (2C-SFG) nonlinear opticalspectroscopy as well as IR-visible sum-frequency generation (SFG) spectroscopy, as the versatiletechniques with various applications to biointerfaces. SFG is more than a complementary probe to classicalIR and Raman spectroscopies. It possesses specific assets, which make it a fully original tool: sensitivityto orientation, order, and symmetry; absolute intensity measurements; ultrashort temporal resolution;vibrational microscopy below the Rayleigh limit; and the possibility to study couplings between molecularlevels at identical or different energy scales [3, 4]. Experimental data obtained by applying exquisitetechniques and outcomes of theoretical or simulation models will complement each other and verify factorsunforeseen in simplified approaches.

Geometry (size, shape, structure), optical (index of refraction) and electrical (dielectric constant ( ) )characteristics, IR-visible-UV spectrum, vibrational modes/frequencies of nano-bio-particles, especiallyviruses are considered as a set of characteristics of particular interest and importance.

Study of vibrational modes/frequencies and spectrum of nano-bio-materials [4], like pathogenicmicroorganisms, including viruses using advanced spectroscopic techniques, preferably sum-frequencygeneration (SFG) and two-color sum-frequency generation (2C-SFG) nonlinear optical spectroscopies,providing vibrational spectroscopic information for determination of vibrational fingerprints are proposed.

CS-8

References

[1] K T. Tsen, Shaw-Wei D Tsen, Otto F Sankey, “Selective inactivation of micro-organisms with near-infrared femtosecond laser pulses”, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter, 19, 472201 (2007).[2] C.Humbert, B.Busson, “Biointerface Characterization by Advanced IR Spectroscopy”, ELSEVIER,279, (2011).[3] P. Kervalishvili, T. Berberashvili, T. Bzhalava, A. Tadjeddine, C. Humbert “Study of BiomedicalSensory Systems by Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy”, International Scientific Conference eRA – 9,organized by Piraeus University of Applied Sciences, (2014).[4] P. Kervalishvili, “Study of Vibrational Properties of Viruses by Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy”,Sensor+Test 2015, Forum Innovative Testing, Nuremberg (2015).

CS-9

Case Based Reasoning approach for prediction of the possibility ofearthquake occurrence

Irina Khutsishvili, Gia Sirbiladze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Department of Computer Sciences, University St.13, 0186Tbilisi, Georgia

In the tasks of decision making the description of complex objects is impossible without introduction offuzzy representations. Many authors clearly support the use of the fuzzy sets theory and soft computingmethods to expand human ability in making optimal decisions involving uncertainty [1-6].

In the process of decision making experience can play an important role when facing new problems. CaseBased Reasoning (CBR) is an approach of problem solving in Artificial Intelligence [7-9]. This is amethodology to model human reasoning and thinking based on the hypothesis that the solutions of previousproblems can be helpful in solving a current problem whenever there is any resemblance between them.

Thus, CBR deals with solving a new problem based on past experiences - by remembering a previoussuccessful similar situations and adapting solutions to a new problem [10].

Important phases in the CBR cycle are the retrieval and the reuse phases, which are based on thecomputation of similarities between target and source cases. In our work we focus exactly on these twophases. To receive a correct new result of decision-making or forecasting, we search through existingknown cases analogues to a newly introduced one and accept decision correct for those cases.

Proposed CBR approach is applied in concrete forecasting task - decision-making regarding the possibilityof earthquake occurrence. As the factors-precursors some geophysical activities of an atmosphere aretaken: value of intensity of the electric fields (volt/m); temperature of air (in degrees of Celsius);temperature of ground (in degrees of Celsius); atmospheric pressure (in mb); absolute humidity (elasticitywater pair in mb); relative humidity (in %); general overcast (in points); bottom overcast (in points); speedof a wind (in m/s). Values of factors were measured during the day in three hour interval [11].

Some modifications of the “classical” variant of CBR method are made, which became necessary to solvethe specific forecasting problem [12].

Historical data comprises the earthquakes’ statistics in the Dusheti Region of Georgia received fromnational Center of Seismic Monitoring.

The efficiency of the methodology was tested on eighty cases without earthquake and twenty arbitrarilytaken earthquakes. The method proved approximately 70% accuracy, which is the satisfactory result takinginto account the fact that geophysical activities of an atmosphere are not the principal factors-precursors.

References

[1] R. E. Bellman, L.A. Zadeh, Management Science 17(4), B141- B164 (1970).[2] A. Kandel, IEEE Trans. Systems Man Cybernet 8, 396-401 (1978).[3] G. J. Klir and H. J. Wierman, Uncertainty-Based Information: Elements of Generalized Information

Theory, Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing 15, 170 (1999).[4] G. Sirbiladze, T. Gachechiladze, Information Sciences 169 (1-2), 71-95 (2005).[5] G. Sirbiladze, I. Khutsisvili and P. Dvalishvili, Decision Precising Fuzzy Technology to Evaluate the

Credit Risks of Investment Projects, In Proceedings of IEEE 10-th International Conference onIntelligent Systems Desigh and Applications (ISDA 2010), Cairo, Egypt, 103-108, (2010).

CS-10

[6] G. Sirbiladze, I. Khutsishvili and B. Ghvaberidze, European Journal of Operational Research 232,169-177 (2014).

[7] F. Marir, I. Watson, The Knowledge Engineering Review 9, 327-354 (1994).[8] I.Watson, Applying Case-Based Reasoning: Techniques for Enterprise systems, Morgan Kaufmann,

San Mateo, CA, 290 (1997).[9] N. H. Phuong, V. V. Thang, K. Hirota, Journal Biomedical Soft Computing and Human Sciences 5(2),

37-44 (2000).[10] Sankar K. Pal and Simon C. K. Shiu, Foundations of Soft Case-Based Reasoning, John Wiley & Sons,

Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, 274 (2004).[11] I. Khutsishvili, The Combined Decision Making Method based on the Statistical and Fuzzy Analysis,

In Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Computational Intelligence, Tbilisi, Georgia,309-316 (2009).

[12] I. Khutsishvili, WSEAS Transactions on Systems 8(7), 891-901 (2009).

CS-11

New Invariants for the Graph Isomorphism Problem

Alexander Gamkrelidzea, Günter Hotzb and Levan Varamashvilic

a I. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Departmentof Computer Science

b University of Saarland, Department of Computer Sciencec Google Inc., Zürich, Switzerland

The computational complexity of graph isomorphism remains unresolved for over three decades now.No polynomial-time algorithm deciding whether two given graphs are isomorphic is known; neither couldthis problem be proved to be NP-complete. Because of important theoretical results and of many failedattempts to develop an efficient algorithm for graph equivalence or prove its NP-completeness, it couldbe one of the intermediate problems that are neither in P nor NP-complete, P not equal NP assumed.

Despite these facts, efficient algorithms are known for several special classes of graphs such planargraphs, random graphs, graphs with bounded eigenvalue multiplicity, graphs of bounded genus and graphsof bounded degree. In some cases, like trees, or graphs with colored vertices and bounded color classes,even NC algorithms for isomorphism exist [2].

As was shown by Paul Erdös [1], the graph isomorphism problem can be solved efficiently for almostall graphs. The problems arise only considering special cases. The most efficient system known for todayis Bredan McKay's Nauty [3]. It is very efficient for most known hard graphs but has exponential runningtime on special family of graphs of bounded degree called Miyazaki graphs [5].

Besides this, most known systems have significant problems with the graphs originated from projective

planes [4].

Here we introduce the results of our novel algorithm for graph isomorphism based on a modifiedrandom walk approach. For each graph with n vertices we build a set of n(n-1)/2 quadratic polynomialsthat builds a graph invariant. The upper bound of the time complexity for the developed algorithm is O(n5),but in most cases it can be reduced to O(n4).

Table 1 Computation results for Miyazaki graphs

Size Matrix dimensionsTime in sec.

10 200 x 200 915 300 x 300 2620 400 x 400 6025 500 x 500 13330 600 x 600 106935 700 x 700 194040 800 x 800 5755

Table 2 Computation results for projective plane graphs

Order No. of planes Matrix dimensions Iteration steps Time in sec.

9 4 200 x 200 2 911 1 300 x 300 2 2613 1 400 x 400 2 6016 22 500 x 500 1 13325 195 600 x 600 1 1069

CS-12

For plane order n=27, the computation times were different for different graphs shown in the following table thatshows the computational time for each 1415x1415 graph matrix in seconds.

Table 3 Computation results for projective plane graphs of order 27

Andre Hering Sherk Flag 4 Flag 6

104962.5

47882.96 54175.14 44818.87 44654.86

Andredual

Hering dual Sherk dual Flag 4 dual Flag 6 dual

104962.5

47882.96 54175.14 44818.87 44654.86

Conclusions

In this paper, we have developed an O (n5 ) polynomial-time algorithm that computes graph invariant forgraphs with n vertices. The main approach is based on random walks on graphs with the probability to stayin the actual node. Due to this, we generate a set of n (n - 1) / 2 quadratic polynomials of one variable.Comparing these sets we can distinguish different graphs. In some cases, two iterations of the algorithmare needed. The experimental results on some hard graphs (Miyazaki graphs as special Fürer gadgets andpoint-line incidence graphs of finite projective planes of higher degrees) show that our system candistinguish non-isomorphic graphs of this kind in reasonable time.

References

[1] L. Babai, P. Erdös, S. M. Selkow. Random Graph Isomorphism. SIAM Journal on Computation, 9,826 - 635 (1980)

[2] Jin-Yi Cai, Martin Fürer, and Neil Immerman. An optimal lower bound on the number of variablesfor graph identification. Combinatorica, 12(4): 389 – 410 (1992).

[3] McKay, B., The Nauty System: http://cs.anu.edu.au/\textasciitilde bdm/nauty[4] Eric Moorhouse Projective planes of small order. http://www.uwyo.edu/moorhouse/pub/planes[5] Miyazaki, T., The complexity of McKay's canonical labeling algorithm: In Groups and computation,

II, volume 28 of DIMACS Series in Discrete Mathematics and Theoretical Computer Science,American Mathematical Society, pages 239 - 256 (1995)

CS-13

Affine hom-complexes

M. Bakuradzea, A. Gamkrelidzea, and J. Gubeladzeb

aFaculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi

State University, 3 Chavchavadze Ave., Tbilisi 0179, GeorgiabDepartment of Mathematics, San Francisco State University, 1600 Holloway

Ave., San Francisco, CA 94132, USA

For two general polytopal complexes the set of face-wise affine maps between them is shownto be a polytopal complex in an algorithmic way. The resulting algorithm for the affine hom-complex is analyzed in detail. There is also a natural tensor product of polytopal complexes, whichis the left adjoint functor for Hom. This extends the corresponding facts from single polytopes,systematic study of which was initiated in [5, 11]. Explicit examples of computations of the resultingstructures are included. In the special case of simplicial complexes, the affine hom-complex is afunctorial subcomplex of Kozlov’s combinatorial hom-complex [13], which generalizes Lovasz’well-known construction [14] for graphs.

For two (convex) polytopes P and Q , the set of affine maps between them is a polytope in anatural way. We denote it by Hom ,P Q . The software Polymake [1, 10] has a module forcomputing these hom-polytopes. A systematic theory for hom-polytopes was initiated in [5]. Ingeneral, the construction Hom ,P Q is very fragile in the sense that a small ‘perturbation’ of theinput P and Q may change even the combinatorial type of the hom-polytope. Our treatment ofthe category of polytopes and their affine maps, denoted by ,Pol is motivated by a conjecturalfusion of algebraic and geometric aspects of Pol into a homological theory of polytopes. One ofthe initial observations here is that there is a symmetric tensor product of polytopes, satisfying theusual conjunction ⊣Hom and there is a parallel theory for cones [5, 20]

Determination of the facets of Hom ,P Q is straightforward. On the other extreme,determination of the vertices of Hom ,P Q is a real challenge [5]. Simplices are the free objects in

:Pol every map from the vertices of a simplex to a polytope P extends uniquely to an affinemap P , i.e., #vertHom , P P . However, just outside the class of simplices, already forhigh dimensional cubes and cross-polytopes, one is lead to surprisingly rich combinatorics [11].

One can trace the relevance of the concept of polytopal hom-objects, without introducing themexplicitly, to triangulation theory [4], statistics [16], and quantum theory [18]. More recently, the homand tensor functors for general convex cones in the context of nonlinear optimization problems werestudied in [21].

The categories of polytopes Pol is a full subcategory of the category of polytopal complexes andtheir affine maps, which we denote by Pol ©. Here an affine map between two complexes means amap between the support spaces which is affine on each face.

We show that for two general polytopal complexes 1 and 2 the set of facewise affine mapsbetween them is a polytopal complex and there is a tensor product complex Π1 ⊗ Π2 so that thetwo constructions form a pair of adjoint functors. In deriving these properties, the embeddingPol ©into the category of conical complexes Cones© via the coning functor is very useful.

In particular, for Euclidean complexes the process of determination of the hom-complex can besubstantially simplified. Furthermore, the hom-complex between simplicial complexes iscompletely transparent - it turns out to be a functorial subcomplex of Kozlov's combinatorial hom-complex between simplicial complexes [13, Ch.9.2] - a higher dimensional version of Lovasz’ hom-

CS-14

complex between graphs [14]. The latter concept has initiated the subject of topological methods inthe study of chromatic numbers of graphs [3, 9, 13].

References

[1] Polymake. http://polymake.o rg/doku.php.[2] Homology. http://www.eecis.udel.edu/∼dumas/Homology/.[3] E. Babson and D. N. Kozlov. Ann. Math. 165, 965–1007 (2007).[4] Louis J. Billera and Bernd Sturmfels. Ann. Math. 135, 527–549, (1992).[5] T. Bogart, M. Contois, and J. Gubeladze. Math. Z., 273 1267–1296, (2013).[6] W. Bruns and J. Gubeladze. Polyhedral algebras, arrangements of toric varieties, and

their groups. In Computational commutative algebra and combinatorics (Osaka, 1999),volume 33 of Adv. Stud. Pure Math., pages 1–51. Math. Soc. Japan, Tokyo, 2002.

[7] W. Bruns and . Gubeladze. Polytopes, rings, and K -theory. Springer Monographs inMathematics. Springer, Dordrecht, 2009.

[8] D. A. Cox, J. B. Little, and H. K. Schenck. Toric varieties, volume 124 of Graduate Studies inMathematics. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2011.

[9] A. Dochtermann and C. Schultz. Israel J. Math., 187, 371–417, (2012).[10] E. Gawrilow and M. Joswig. Polymake, a framework for analyzing convex poly- topes. In

Polytopes—combinatorics and computation (Oberwolfach, 1997), volume 29 of DMV Sem.,pages 43–73. Birkhauser, Basel, ( 2000).

[11] J. Gubeladze and J. Love. Geom. Dedicata, 2014 (Published electronically).[12] G. M. Kelly. Repr. Theory Appl. Categ., (2005). Reprint of the 1982 original [Cambridge

Univ. Press, Cambridge].[13] D. Kozlov. Combinatorial algebraic topology, volume 21 of Algorithms and Computation

in Mathematics. Springer, Berlin, 2008.[14] L. Lovasz. Kneser’s J. Combin. Theory Ser. A, 25, 319–324, (1978).[15] Saunders Mac Lane. Categories for the working mathematician, volume 5 of Graduate

Texts in Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, New York, second edition, 1998.[16] D. Mond, . Smith, and D. van Straten R. Soc. Lond. Proc. Ser. A Math. Phys. Eng. Sci.,

459:2821–2845, (2003).[17] J. Pfeifle and Gu. M. Ziegler. Math. Ann., 330 829–837, (2004).[18] P. G. L. Porta Mana. Conjectures and questions in convex geometry (of interest for

quantum theory and other physical statistical theories). Preprint,http://arxiv.org/abs/1105.3238/.

[19] Richard Stanley. Generalized H -vectors, intersection cohomology of toric varieties, andrelated results. In Commutative algebra and combinatorics (Kyoto, 1985), volume 11 ofAdv. Stud. Pure Math., pages 187–213. North-Holland, Amsterdam, (1987).

[20] L.Valby. A category of polytopes. available athttp://people.reed.edu/~davidp/homepage/students/valby.pdf.

[21] Mauricio Velasco. Linearization functors on real convex sets. SIAM J. Optim., 25(1):1-27, (2015).

[22] Gunter Ziegler. Lectures on polytopes, volume 152 of Graduate Texts in Mathematics.Springer- Verlag, New York, 1998, Revised edition.

Physics

Phys-1

Condensed Matter Physics and Nanotechnology at TSU: superconducting,semiconducting and magnetic materials

A. ShengelayaDepartment of Physics, Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University,

Chavchavadze Ave. 3, GE- 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

Materials—both very simple ones and composite or advanced ones—have always been importantto human society. The remarkable progress in development of new instrumentation for materials synthesisand characterization in last three decades, resulted in a nearly explosive growth in materials scienceresearch, which provides the basis for modern technologies. In this talk I will review our recent efforts atthe Chair of Condensed Matter Physics at TSU to find novel ways of synthesis and characterization ofadvanced materials such as complex oxides, magnetic nanoparticles and semiconducting nanowires.

Stimulated by the discovery of high-temperature superconductivity in cuprates, tremendousprogress has been achieved in the physics and technology of oxides over the past three decades. This hasled to numerous scientific and technological breakthroughs, such as optically-transparent conductors, high-temperature superconductivity, colossal magneto-resistance, multiferroicity, diluted magneticsemiconductors, etc. Complex oxides with spin, charge, and orbital degrees of freedom display asurprisingly rich variety of novel electronic states. Oxides are most commonly prepared by solid-statereaction involving the repeated grinding and heating of the reactant powders of oxides, carbonates, etc.This implies long-term (tens of hours) heating of reactants in powder form at high temperatures (800º –1200ºC) in a furnace, which is a highly time- and energy-consuming process and increases product costs.Moreover, the long-term high-temperature synthesis may result in deviations from stoichiometry.

Recently we developed a new method for fast synthesis of bulk complex oxide materials includinghigh temperature superconductors, which we called Photostimulated Solid State Reaction (PSSR) [1, 2].The essence of this method is the irradiation of the mixture of starting oxides by light in a broad spectralrange from infrared to ultraviolet with intensity sufficient for starting the solid state reaction between thereagents contained in the powder mixture. We have shown that the rate of the resulting reaction exceedsthe conventional thermal solid state reaction rate in furnace by about two orders of magnitude. This allowsdramatic increase of the reaction speed and will significantly reduce the cost of synthesis of advanced oxidematerials.

As an illustration of the advantage of the PSSR synthesis, Fig. 1 shows the superconductingtransitions of the technologically important high temperature superconductor YBa2Cu3O7-x (YBCO)samples obtained at 900°C during 30 min using different methods. One sample was irradiated by both UVand halogen lamps. The second sample was irradiated only by halogen lamps. The control sample wasinserted into a conventional furnace pre-heated to 900°C and quickly removed after 30 min. All reactionswere performed in air. To ensure maximum oxygen content, all samples were annealed in flowing oxygenat 550°C for 3.5 h after the reaction. One can see from Fig. 1 that a good-quality supercoducting samplewith Tc = 93 K is obtained after the PSSR process using a combination of UV and halogen lamps. Thevolume fraction of the superconducting phase estimated from the ZFC magnetization is about 85%. Thesample irradiated only by halogen lamps has 20% of the superconducting phase and exhibits a broadsuperconducting transition. This demonstrates the crucial role of UV photons in the synthesis process ofYBCO. Figure 1 also shows that the conventional solid-state reaction in a furnace at the same temperatureand time is ineffective because the sample obtained under these conditions has only about 2% of thesuperconducting phase. In fact, it is known that it takes about 30 h to obtain YBCO at 900°C. With PSSRusing a combination of UV and halogen lamps, it takes only 30 min as evidenced by Fig. 1.

Phys-2

Fig. 1. Temperature dependence of the zero-field-cooled (ZFC) magnetic moment of the YBa2Cu3O7-x samples ina magnetic field of 20 Oe. The samples were synthesized at T = 900°C during 30 min [1].

Recently we have also investigated carbon nanoparticles doped with magnetic clusters andnanostructural cobalt powders by using magnetometry and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) [3, 4].Carbon nanoparticles were synthesized by the ethanol vapor pyrolysis method and the chemical vapordeposition process in a horizontal continuous reactor with certain temperature gradients and controlledpartial oxygen pressure. The structure and composition data of the synthesized magnetic carbonnanopowders showed that they consisted of randomly distributed carbon nanoparticle aggregations that are200 nm in diameter doped with magnetic clusters. The magnetometry and NMR data are in agreement withthe results of the structure analysis, pointing to the existence of a significant superparamagneticcontribution to the synthesized carbon nanoparticles doped with cobalt nanoclusters. In another work,complex structure, magnetometry and NMR investigation of nanostructural cobalt powders synthesizedusing electron-beam technology was carried out. It was shown that the developed technology makes itpossible to synthesize X-ray-amorphous nanosized cobalt powders containing highly anisotropic hexagonalclose packed phase which does not require additional passivation measures.

Finally, I will mention theoretical efforts to understand electrical and optical properties ofsemiconducting nanowires and quantum dots [5].

References1. D. Daraselia, D. Japaridze, Z. Jibuti, A. Shengelaia, and K. A. Müller, J Supercond Nov Magn. 26,2987-2991 (2013).2. D. Daraselia, D. Japaridze, Z. Jibuti, A. Shengelaia, and K. A. Müller, “Rapid solid-state reaction ofoxides with ultraviolet radiation”, European Patent Application PCT/EP2013/050664.3. T. Gegechkori, G. Mamniashvili, E. Kutelia, L. Rukhadze, N. Maisuradze, B. Eristavi, D. Gventsadze,A. Akhalkatsi, T. Gavasheli, D. Daraselia, D. Japaridze, and A. Shengelaya, Journal of Magnetism andMagnetic Materials 373, 200 (2015).4. G. Mamniashvili, T. Gegechkori, M. Okrosashvili, E. Kutelia, A. Akhalkatsi, T. Gavasheli, D. Daraselia,D. Djaparidze, A. Shengelaya, A. Peikrishvili, D. Lesuer, Journal of Magnetism and Magnetic Materials373, 177 (2015).5. F. Vietmeyer, T. Tchelidze, V. Tsou, B. Janko, and M. Kuno, ACS Nano 6, 9133 (2012).

Phys-3

R&D of GaAs oxide with stimulated UV plasma anodizing

A. Bibilashvili, Z. Kushitashvili

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Department of Physics, Condensed Matter Physics, 13, I.Chavchavadze ave., Tbilisi, 0179,

Georgia,

Formation of oxide films in the world happens in a high temperatures (11000C). At this temperatures takeplace diffusion of unwanted impurities, increasing porosity, becoming worst adhesion to the substrate andetc. All of this influences badly on the parameters of nano-scale devices. Progress in the development ofnanotechnologies the high temperature became unsupportive process [1], because reducing the size of thenanostructures it changes physical and chemical properties of the material [2]. The processes, which arerelated to the low-temperature technologies, requires expensive and high budget technologies. Forexample, for thermal formation of silicon dioxide (SiO2) is needed about 11500C and 40 minutes to getthe 100 nm thick dielectric film. Such silicon dioxide are distinguished by good physical and chemicalproperties and still widely used in microelectronic devices. However, formation same thickness silicondioxide by plasma anodizing can be taken 3-5 minutes at a temperature 4000C and the study such materialsproperties is the scientific challenge.

In the current researches it is actual to increase the switching speed of integral circuits. For this purposethe GaAs is a perfect material, which has good electrical and physical properties. Such as high electronmobility and their saturation high speed. But the silicon technology is not useful for GaAs based integralcircuits technology, because more than 5000C temperatures take place destroying of GaAs structure.

In this paper we offer low temperature technology receiving GaAs oxide. For this purpose we use plasmaanodizing [3] with ultraviolet irradiation. It is well known that achieve native oxide of GaAs is a problem[4]. Solving this problem is a low temperature technology. The scientific essence of the plasma anodizingis as following: in the general case plasma anodizing is performed under positive voltage applied to thematerial to be oxidized, which leads to oxidize samples with negatively charged oxygen ions extractedfrom the plasma. In this process, oxidation current contains many electrons, compared to negativelycharged oxygen ions and therefore the process efficiency becomes low [5]. For this reason and forincreasing process efficiency in the process of anodizing simultaneously is switched on UV irradiation.UV irradiation acts as a stimulation of plasma anodizing process.

Irradiation by UV spectra creates in the oxide-semiconductor interface small energetic levels and smallpositive charge. Beside of this effect the oxide layer thickness is more uniform.

Also we suggest the mechanism of oxidizing semiconductors by stimulated plasma anodizing, which isbased on UV irradiation. It causes electron transfer from bonding to antibonding zone, which increasesdiffusion coefficient. Uniformity of the thickness is caused by UV ionizing on the surface of the sample.

Phys-4

We have studied electrical, optical and structural properties of GaAs oxide. Electric properties werecharacterized by Capacitance-Voltage measurement, for structural - XRD diffractometer, Augerspectroscophy, SEM measurements.

Fig.1 shows the xGa2O3+yAs2O3 native oxide surface profile and calculated thickness and roughness.

Figure 1. xGa2O3+yAs2O3 and GaAs surface profile.

Fig.2 shows distribution profile of elements by Auger Spectroscopy.

Figure2. Distribution profile (Auger-spectroscopy) of elements (1-O; 2-Ga; 3-As) of plasma anodizing GaAs(without stimulation process; — with UV stimulation).

References

[1] R. Davinder, S. K. Arya, K. Mukesh, World Journal of Nano Science and Engineering 1, 84 (2011).[2] L. Pauling and P. Pauling, Chemistry (Freeman, San Francisco, 1975; Mir, Moscow, 1978).[3] V. P. Parthutik and V. A. Labunov, Plasma Anodization: Physics, Technology and Application inMicroelectronics, p. 276 (Naika I Tekhnika, Minsk,1990).[4] A. M. Tonejc, I. Djerdj, Journal of Alloys Compd., 413, 159 (2006).[5] A. P. Bibilashvili and A. B. Gerasimov, Semiconductors, 38, 1263 (2004).

Phys-5

Analysis of hole conductivity in ZnO quantum structures

T. Tchelidze, T. Kereselidze, T. NadareishviliFaculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Ivane Javakhishvili State University, 3

Chavchavadze Ave. 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

ZnO is a key technological material. The lack of a centre of symmetry in wurtzite, combined with largeelectromechanical coupling, results in strong piezoelectric and pyroelectric properties. ZnO is a direct wideband-gap (3.37 eV) compound semiconductor that is suitable for short wavelength optoelectronicapplications. ZnO is transparent to visible light and can be made highly conductive by doping.Especially importance for optoelectronic application is very high exciton binding energy – 60 meV.Excitonic recombination in semiconductors is the most efficient radiative process and can facilitate low-threshold stimulated emission. To achieve efficient excitonic laser action at room temperature, the bindingenergy of the excitons must be much greater than the thermal energy at room temperature (26 meV). Becauseof high exciton binding energy ZnO is a very good candidate. However, ZnO suffers from the dopingasymmetry problem, in that it can be doped n-type rather easily, but highly p-type doping is still problematic.This fact continues to impede the development of ZnO-based light emitters.Proceeding from this many efforts have been directed towards p-conductivity in ZnO. There have been alot of attempts to increase hole conductivity using various dopants and codopans [1], as well as a lot ofattempts to explain why these dopings and codopings were not desirably effective [2]. Hole concentrationsmeasured in samples doped with as I as well as V group elements do not exceed 61017cm-3, which isinsufficient for applications in light-emitting devices.In the present paper we investigate theoretically silver doping of ZnO quantum wells and free-standingnanowires in order to find out the way dimensionality alters compensation processes, and to reveal optimalsizes for which it can be suppressed.Compensating processes is strongly affected by electronic structure of system: band gap, ionization energiesof donors, acceptors and their compensation centers. In the presented work we at the first stage calculatedenergy levels of electron bound to Coulomb impurity that is incorporated in semiconductor nanowire andquantum well taking into account the effects of space and dielectric confinement; the results of thecalculation were then used for analyzing perspectives of suppressing processes of compensation andachieving low ohmic p-conductivity in these structures, for which the Kroger method of quasi-chemicalreactions was used [3]. This analyses gives the range of growth/processing parameters, at which suppressingof compensating defects creation is possible. For bulk ZnO these parameters come out of thermodynamicrange of existence oxygen gas, which makes achievement of p-conductivity impossible.Fig. 1. Shows ionization energies of Ag acceptor and compensating donor (VO) in dependence onnanowire radius. One can see that ionization energy of oxygen vacancy remains higher thancorresponding bulk value until 8a nm , while ionization energy of acceptor impurity returns to itsbulk value for 3.5a nm . The reason for this is that in ZnO the effective mass of holes is larger thanthe effective mass of electrons. On Fig. 2 donor and acceptor ionization energies of ZnO quantum wellfor difference well thickness are shown. On Fig. 3 the result of thermodynamic analyses - thedependence of oxygen partial pressure on temperature for nanowires and bulk material – is given.

Phys-6

Figure 1 Dependence of ionization energies on nanowire radius for a) donor (oxygen) vacancy, b) acceptor ( ZnAg )impurity; horizontal lines show ionization energies in bulk samples

ConclusionWe studied defect structure in Ag doped ZnO quantum wells and nanowires. It was shown that innanowire with radius ranging between 4÷7 nm oxygen pressure, that is needed for suppressingoxygen vacancy creation is strongly reduced and it is possible to suppress the creation of ionizedoxygen vacancies, which compensates hole conductivity. Consequently for this range ofnanowire radius one can expect the improvement of hole conductivity. In ZnO Quantum wellsthe range of well thickness for which the donor ionization energy is higher, is very narrow andoccurs for very thin wells, where acceptor ionization energy still considerably exceeds bulk value.

References

[1] C. W. Zou, X. D. Yan, J. Han, R. Q. Chen, W. Gao, and J. Metson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 94 171903 (2009).[2] X. Tang, G. Li, and Sh. Zhou, Nano Lett. 13 5046 (2013).[3] F. A. Kröger, The Chemistry of Imperfect Crystals, North-HollandPublishing Company,Amsterdam, 1964.

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.50.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

(b)

Ioni

zatio

n En

ergy

(eV

)

Well Thickness (nm)

(a)

Figure 2 Dependence of ionization energies on wellthickness for a) donor (oxygen) vacancy, b) acceptor

( ZnAg ) impurity

Figure 3 The dependence of oxygen partial pressurethat guarantee the achieving p-conductivity in ZnO forbulk samples and nanowire of different radius.

( ) impurity

Phys-7

The quantum group and the structure of Bloch eigenstateson a honeycomb lattice

M. Eliashvilia,b, G. I. Japaridzec and G. Tsitsishvilia,b

aTbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of PhysicsChavchavadze Ave. 3, Tbilisi 0179 Georgia

bTbilisi State University, Razmadze Mathematical Institute, Department of Theoretical PhysicsTamarashvili Str. 6, Tbilisi 0177 Georgia

cIlia State University, College of Engineering, Cholokashvili Ave.3-5,Tbilisi 0162 Georgia

The problem of quantum particles in the presence of a periodic potential and a uniform magnetic field hasbeen the subject of intensive studies for the decades. Azbel [1] was the first who pointed out that the spectralproperties of two-dimensional lattice particles have a sensitive dependence on the flux through the plaquette.This observation has been exploited later by Hofstadter [2] who found the exotic structure of the one-particleenergy spectrum of planar particles on square lattice in magnetic field. The same study was extended laterto triangular lattice [3], generalized square lattices [4,5] and to honeycomb lattice [6,7]. These studies firmlyestablished the fractal structure of the aforementioned energy spectrum, whose rich and complex natureoriginates from the presence of two, not necessarily commensurate periods. First is given by the latticestructure and the other is determined by the magnetic field. The relevant parameter determining the band

structure is the ratio where is the magnetic flux per elementary plaquette, and is themagnetic flux quantum.

In 1994 Wiegmann and Zabrodin found out [8] that the Hamiltonian responsible for the original result ofHofstadter is closely related to the quantum group . Namely, the Hamiltonian takes the form

where are the generators of with a deformation parameter determined bythe applied magnetic field. Employing the functional representation of in the space of polynomials,the eigenvalue equation was reformulated into the functional form where the one-particle eigenstatesappeared as polynomials. Zeros of polynomials unambiguously specifying the one-particle wave functionswere shown to be determined by the Bethe ansatz equations.

Later on the similar approach was applied to honeycomb lattice by Kohmoto and Sedrakyan. In contrast tosquare lattice, a honeycomb is not a Bravais lattice, but consists of two interpenetrating Bravais triangularlattices.

Figure 1. Interpenetrating Bravais triangular lattices.

Phys-8

Therefore the one-particle Hamiltonian possesses additional -matrix structure

and is anti-diagonal with respect to the -matrix indices. Correspondingly, the eigenvalue problemconsists of two entangled equations. In order to overcome this obstacle Kohmoto and Sedrakyan considered

instead of since the former is diagonal in -matrix indices. In this approach they obtainedthe analogue of the Bethe ansatz equation derived in [8] for square lattice. The Hamiltonian describesparticle hoppings from a site to the three nearest neighboring ones. The squared operator containssecond-order terms describing double-hoppings and . As a result, the Bethe-likeequations derived in [9] are rather cumbersome and less appropriate for further analysis.

In the given work developed the distinct approach to the eigenvalue problem by revealing its hiddensymmetry, which allows to reduce the system of entangled equations to a single equation thus avoiding thenecessity of involving . The obtained single equation corresponds to the elementary hoppingsand is perceptibly simpler than the one derived from in [9].

References

[1] M.Ya. Azbel, Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 46 (1964) 929; Soviet Physics JETF 19, 636 (1964).[2] D.R. Hofstadter, Phys. Rev. B, 14, 2239 (1976).[3] F.H. Claro and G.H. Wannier, Phys. Rev. B, 19, 6068 (1979).[4] F. Claro, Phys. Status Solidi B, 104, K31 (1981)[5] Y. Hasegawa, P. Lederer, T.M. Rice and P.B. Wiegmann, Phys. Rev. Lett. 63, 907 (1989).[6] G.W. Semenoff, Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2449 (1984).[7] R. Rammal, J. Physique 46, 1345 (1985).[8] P.B. Wiegmann and A.V. Zabrodin, Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 1890 (1994).[9] M. Kohmoto and A. Sedrakyan, Phys. Rev. B, 73, 235118 (2006).

Phys-9

Determination of the magnetic nanoaterials anisotropy constant usingmeasurements of the heat capacity

A.Ugulava, S.Chkhaidze

I. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of exact and nature science, 0179, Tbilisi,I. Chavchavadze av. 3.

In recent years [1-12], the development of magnetic nanomaterials is demonstrating dramaticchanges. This is due to the development of efficient methods for preparation of nanometer sized magneticparticles (nanoparticles) and physical methods to study them. When nanostructuring magnetic materials tosingle-domain nanoparticles with magnetic moments m equal in magnitude to saturation magnetization, asuperparamagnetic state is formed . Due to thermal fluctuations, the direction of the magnetic moments ofsuperparamagnetic nanoparticles varies randomly, almost similarly to the change in the direction of themagnetic moments of atoms or ions in a conventional paramagnetic under the influence of heat.

The difference between superparamagnetics and conventional paramagnetics is determined by themagnetic anisotropy of magnetic nanoparticles which are the building blocks of superparamagnetics. In thecase of uniaxial magnets, magnetic moments of the particles m tend to be oriented along or opposite thedirection of the easy axis defined by the total magnetic anisotropy of the particles. To change the m vectordirection, it is necessary to overcome the energy barrier V SA K V K S , where VK and SK are theconstants of volume and surface anisotropy, V is the volume of the particles, and S is the surface area ofthe particle. For bulk samples, the volume anisotropy exceeds significantly the surface anisotropy, whereasin the case of magnetic nanoparticles, they are of the same order. The appearance of the surface contributionin the anisotropy coefficient greatly complicates the development of theoretical methods of calculation ofthis coefficient.

In this article, we suggest an idea of defining the anisotropy constant from heat capacitymeasurements. In the investigation of the heat capacity of the superparamagnetic system of nanoparticles atlow temperatures, precision adiabatic calorimetry has been successfully used . In the present article we shawthe contribution of the anisotropy energy 2

AU Asin leads to significant changes in the heat capacityvs. temperature relation at low temperatures. We also propose a method of determining the anisotropyconstant from heat capacity measurements. We have calculated the heat capacity

2

1 21 112 2 2

S a aR aCD a D a

, (1)

where aD a Erfi a e is the Dawson function, and 2

0

2 expx

Erfi x t dt

.

Assume that the heat capacity vs. temperature curve (Fig.1) has been obtained experimentally andnumerical values of the maximum heat capacity maxC R and temperature T0 at which it is achieved areknown. The presence of a sharp maximum allows us to determine these values to a high degree of accuracy.The expression for maxC R , determine, in principle, the relationship of the heat capacity with anisotropyconstant A .

Phys-10

Figure 1. maxC is maximal value of molar heat capacity

However, due to the complexity of the Dawson function ( )D a , Eq.1 can not be solved for a and thus,a simple algorithm for the anisotropy constant at a given temperature can not be obtained from the data ofheat measurements. To overcome this difficulty, we can write the condition for finding the maximum heatcapacity 0C a . We get:

2

0 0 200 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0

1 2 1 11 2 1 2 1 2 02 2 44

a DD a D a a D a D a Da

, (2)

where 0 0D D a , 0a is the value of a at which the maximum heat capacity is obtained.

Eq. (1) when 0a a and eq.(2) are a two-equation system in two unknowns 0a and 0D . Solving itfor 1 3maxC R . (Fig.2с and Fig.2е), we find 0 5 5a . . Then, taking into account 0 5 8T . K for the heatcapacity maximum, we obtain the value 0 0 32A a T k k for the anisotropy constant. Recall that the“experimental” heat capacity curve (Fig.1) was plotted precisely for 32A k .

References[1] B. D. Cullity, C. D. Graham. Introduction to Magnetic Materials (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,

Hoboken, New Jersey. 2009).[2] S. P. Gubin, Yu. A. Koksharov. G. B. Khomutov, G. Yu. Yurkov. Russian Chemical Reviews,

74 (6), 489 (2005).[3] S. P. Gubin, Yu. A. Koksharov. Anorganic Materials, 38(11), 1085-1099 (2002).[4] I. Volkov, M. Chukharkin, O. Snigerev, A. Volkov, S. Tanaka, C. Fourie. J. Nanopart. Res.,

10, 487-497 (2008).[5] A.Tari. The Specific heat of matter at low temperatures (Imperial College Press, London, ( 2003).[6] C. L. Snow, C. R. Lee, Quan Shi, J. Boerio-Goates J. Chem. Thermodynamics, 42, 1142 (2010).[7] N. X. Sun, K. Lu. Phys. Rev. B, 54, 6058 (1996).[8] J. Majzlan, A. Navrotsky, B. F. Woodfield, B. E. Lang. J. Low Temp. Phys. 130, 69 (2003).[9] A. Navrotsky. J. Chem. Termodyn. 39, 2 (2006).

[10] J. Boerio-Goates, G. Li, L. Li, T. F. Walker, T. Parry, NanoLetters, 6, 750 (2006).[11] A. Navrotsky, L. Mazeina, J. Majzlan. Science (Washington, DC, US) 319, 1635 (2008).[12] S. J. Smith, B. E. Lang, S. Liu, J. Boerio- Goates, B. F. Woodfield. J. Chem.

Thermodynamics, 39, 712 (2007).

Phys-11

Theory of Magnetization of Supermagnetics. Curie Law for Magnetic Fluid

A. Ugulava, S. Chkhaidze, D. Daraselia, D. Japaridze

I. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of exact and nature science, Department of Physics, 3, I.

Chavchavadze av. 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

The internal energy of magnetic anisotropy for some nanoparticles dominates over the thermal energyeven at room temperature. Strong magnetic anisotropy of nanoparticles can significantly affect the processof magnetization of the magnetic fluid. In this work, it is shown that the magnetization curve of the magneticfluid containing strongly anisotropic nanoparticles differs from that of Langevin [1-4]. It is located betweenthe Langevin and hyperbolic tangent curves.

The magnetization process of the macrosystem of nanoparticles depends essentially on the orientationof anisotropy axes of nanoparticles. In powder samples or samples with solid-state matrix the axes areoriented randomly and are “frozen”. The consistent account of magnetic anisotropy showed that because ofthe random character of orientations of the axes of nanoparticles, the effect of the magnetic anisotropy isinhibited. As a result, the magnetization curve in such samples takes Langevin shape which is independentof the anisotropy constant.

In magnetic fluids, the system of nanoparticles is “unfrozen” and the axes of the particles can rotateunder the influence of a magnetic field and random collisions of molecules of the fluid. Under the influenceof a sufficiently strong magnetic field there is a possibility of alignment of the anisotropy axes - thepossibility of establishing a mechanical anisotropy state. The shape of the magnetization curve also changesconsiderably. At the beginning of the process the axes of the nanoparticles are not polarized, and the shapeof the magnetization curve is similar to the Langevin shape. We shou that in the saturation area where themechanical anisotropy state is achieved, it approaches the courve

1 2

2 2 2 2f b b

b sh bP a,ba a e D a b a e D a b a

, (1)

where 2 2

0

xx tD x e e dt is the Dawson function , a A kT , b Bm kT , where A is the anisotropy

constant depending on the nanoparticle size, B -magnetic induction, k- Boltzmann constant, T -absolutetemperature, fP M Nm -magnetic polarization, N - number of particles per unit volume, m - magneticmoment of nanoparticles.

Using the method of vibration magnetometry, the dependence of the magnetization of the magneticinduction for the aqueous suspension of the magnetite nanoparticles of the aforementioned size has beenexperimentally studied.

As a result, the Curie coefficient for the magnetic fluid of nanoparticles with magnetic anisotropy ismodified, and the saturation phase occurs much earlier than it follows from the Langevin theory. For themagnetic fluid polarization from (1) in the weak magnetic field limit we get

, 1 13FbP a b a , (2)

Phys-12

where2

0

3m NC

kT is the Curie constant and

3 3122

D aaaa

a D a

determines the correction to

the Curie law.

-0 .5 -0 .4 -0 .3 -0 .2 -0 .1 0 .0 0 .1 0 .2 0 .3 0 .4 0 .5-0 .2 5

-0 .2 0

-0 .1 5

-0 .1 0

-0 .0 5

0 .0 0

0 .0 5

0 .1 0

0 .1 5

0 .2 0

0 .2 5

-0.01 0.00 0.01-0.1

0.0

0.1Ma

gneti

c mom

ent, e

mu

Magnetic Fie ld, TMagn

etic m

omen

t, emu

M a g n e tic F ie ld , T

T = 2 9 0 K

For the magnetite suspension at room temperature with nanoparticle sizes 11md nm and 15d

nm, we have 8.2 0.15D , and for the correction 8.2 0.11 . The number of nanoparticles in the

sample will be determined by the saturation magnetization 0SatMN

m . For our samples used in the

experiment 30.25 10SatM Аm2 and 150 10N . Then, for the Curie constant we have

20.764 10 /C A m T , and for the Curie constant allowing for the changes caused by the magneticanisotropy 2 2

.1 8.2 0.71 10 /

theorM B C A m T .

The Curie coefficient calculated from our experimental data is estimated to be 2 2

exp0.75 10 /M B A m T , which is in agreement with theoretical calculations.

References

1. B. D. Cullity, C. D. Graham. Introduction to Magnetic Materials (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,Hoboken, New Jersey. 2009).

2. S. P. Gubin, Yu. A. Koksharov. G. B. Khomutov, G. Yu. Yurkov. Russian Chemical Reviews,74 (6), 489 (2005).

3. S. P. Gubin, Yu. A. Koksharov. Anorganic Materials, 38(11), 1085-1099 (2002).4. I. Volkov, M. Chukharkin, O. Snigerev, A. Volkov, S. Tanaka, C. Fourie. J. Nanopart. Res.,

10, 487-497 (2008).

Figure 1. Experimental curve formagnetization of the aqueous suspensionof magnetite nanoparticles

Phys-13

Hydrogen atom problem in prolate spheroidal coordinates

T. Kereselidzea, G. Chkaduab

aFaculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Tbilisi State University, 3 Chavchavadze Ave. Tbilisi, GeorgiabDepartment of Mathematics, King’s College London, Strand, London, WC2R 2LS, United Kingdom

It is known that in addition to spherical and parabolic coordinates, the Schrödinger equation for thehydrogen atom is separable in prolate spheroidal coordinates. In this case one centre of spheroidalcoordinates is at the atomic nucleus and another is located at distance R from the nucleus.The first attempt to study the hydrogen atom problem in spheroidal coordinates was made in [1]. Theimportant result obtained in that work was the termination of the power series for the one-dimensionalfunctions and a derivation of Coulomb spheroidal wave functions for some low-lying eigenstates. Forarbitrary states, the Coulomb spheroidal amplitude functions were found in explicit form in the two limitingcases: at small and large R . The results were obtained with a direct solution of the appropriate equations,or, in an indirect way, making use of additional integrals of motion. In our paper [2] a simple andstraightforward scheme of calculations is suggested; Coulomb spheroidal functions for some states areobtained in an explicit algebraic form at arbitrary separation R . Despite substantial progress, a generalsolution of the problem has not been obtained. This outcome is attributed to the fact that solutions of theappropriate one-dimensional equations were not recognized to be expressed in terms of known specialfunctions.

Here we would like to show that the one-dimensional equations obtained after separation of variablesin the Schrödinger equation written for the hydrogen atom in spheroidal coordinates are related with Heun’sconfluent equation. Accordingly, the Coulomb spheroidal functions can be represented through the solutionsof Heun’s confluent equation. Knowledge of the complete set of spheroidal functions is important for thefinding Coulomb Sturmian functions defined in spheroidal coordinates, which in turn are the mostappropriate basis functions for diatomic molecular calculations [3].

The wave function of the hydrogen-like atom in prolate spheroidal coordinates( ) /a br r R , ( ) /a br r R , arctan( / )y x can be represented as a product of three functions

( ) ( )exp( )X Y im , where 0,1,m is the modulus of magnetic quantum number [1]. Substituting( , , ) into the Schrödinger equation one obtains that functions ( ) ( )X W t and ( ) ( )Y W t satisfy

the same equation with distinct domains for the variables (1 and 1 1 ) [2]

2 2 2

2 22 21 1 0

4 1d dW Z R mt t ZRt Wdt dt n t

. (1)

In (1) is the separation parameter and n is the principal quantum number which for given m takes thevalues 1, 2,n m m .

Representing ( )W t as ( 1) / 2 2 / 2( ) e ( 1) ( )ZR t n mW t t t and substituting into (1), we obtain theequation for unknown function ( )t

2

2 2 221 2 1 (1 ) ( 1) 0.d ZR d ZRt m t t m m n m t

n dt ndt

(2)

Finding of the Coulomb spheroidal functions ( , , ) is thus reduced to the solution of one-dimensionalequation (2).

In its standard canonical normal form the Heun’s equation is expressed as [4]

Phys-14

2

2( 1)( ) ( 1)( ) ( ) ( 1 ) ( 1) ( ) ( ) 0

.

d dx x x c x x dx x a b c d x x abx xdxdx

(3)

This equation has three regular singularities 0x , 1x , x and one irregular singularity x ; a , b, c , d are local parameters, is a scaling parameter that determines the location of one singular point and is an accessory parameter.

Heun’s (singly) confluent equation is obtained from the general Heun equation (3) through a confluence.Coalescing singular points x and x ( 1/ , /b p , / , 0 , p , ), weobtain

2

2( 1) ( 1) ( 1) ( ) 0.d dx x c x dx x x a x xdxdx

(4)

Now performing Möbius transformation x t where 2 1t x , Heun’s confluent equation (4) becomeswritten in this form

2

2 22(1 ) 1 1 ( ) 0.

2 2d d at c d t c d t t t

dtdt

(5)

Assuming that1, 1a n m c d m , 22 / , ( 1) / ,ZR n m m ZR n m n (6)

equation (5) converts into equation (2). The solutions of confluent Heun’s equation (4) are hence expectedto coincide with the solutions of equation (2), i.e. ( ) , , ;( 1) / 2t a c d t if parameters a , c , d , and in (4) are defined with equation (6). For any singular points 0x , 1x and x two solutionsof the equation (4) exist. The solution of equation (2) should be polynomial [1]. Therefore, we seek thesolutions of Heun’s confluent equation (4) in a polynomial form. Near singular point 0x the regularsolution is represented as an expansion in power series

00

( , , ; ) , 1.s

ii

ia c d x g x g

(7)

Here s defines the degree of the polynomial and ig are polynomial coefficients that depend on R . For thisto be a solution of (4) the polynomial coefficients in (7) must satisfy the three-term recurrence relation

1 12 21 1 1 2 1 2 1 0,i i i

ZR ZR ZRi i m g n m s m s h i i m g n m i gn n n

(8)

in which ( )( 1)h m s m s . Recurrence relation (8) determines the polynomial coefficients in (7)and yields an equation for the separation parameter h . The explicit expressions for Coulomb spheroidalwave functions will be presented at the conference.

References

[1] C. A. Coulson, P.D. Robinson, Proc. Phys. Soc. 71, 815 (1958)[2] T. Kereselidze, Z.S. Machavariani and G. Chkadua, Eur. Phys. J. D. 63, 81 (2011)[3] T. Kereselidze, G. Chkadua and P. Defrance, Molecular Physics, (2015) (accepted).[4] K. Heun, Math. Ann. 33, 161 (1889).

Phys-15

Unified generalized model of Dynamo and transient flow generation in StellarAtmospheres

Alexander Barnavelia, Nana L. Shatashvilia, b

aI. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Physics,3Chavchavadze Ave., Tbilisi 0179, Georgia

bTSU Andronikashvili Institute of Physics, Plasma Physics Department, 6 Tamarashvili St., Tbilisi 0177,Georgia

We study the unified model of Generalized Dynamo and Reverse Dynamo model in stellar atmospheresbased on Magneto-fluid coupling when the effects of flows are included [1,2].

Recent observations prove that the solar corona is a highly dynamic arena replete with multi-speciesmultiple–scale spatiotemporal structures [3]. While magnetic field was always known to be a controllingplayer the strong flows are found everywhere in the low Solar atmosphere —in the sub-coronal(chromosphere) as well as in coronal regions (loops). In [4] it was shown that the plasma flows maycomplement the abilities of the magnetic field in the creation of the amazing richness observed in theAtmosphere.

The most obvious process for acceleration (when rotation is ignored) is the conversion of magnetic and/orthe thermal energy, turbulence energy to plasma kinetic energy. Quiescent pathway for flow generation canbe maintained by Bernoulli mechanism converting thermal energy into kinetic or by the General magneto-fluid rearrangement of a relatively constant kinetic energy: going from an initial high density–low velocityto a low density–high velocity state [5]. Steady flow generation/acceleration was shown in [1] based onnewly suggested Reverse Dynamo mechanism. The Dynamo mechanism is a generic process of generatingmacroscopic magnetic fields from an initially turbulent system. Standard Dynamo is a generation of macro-fields from (primarily microscopic) velocity (Flow Dominated Dynamo-FDD) &magnetic (MagneticallyDominated Dynamo-MDD) fields. Latest understanding is a coupling of FDD&MDD at different heights(going from lower scales structures to larger scale structures). In the Kinematic dynamo theory the velocityfield is externally specified and is not a dynamical variable. In ”Higher” theories–MHD, Hall MHD, twofluid etc – the velocity field evolves just as the magnetic field does – the fields are in mutual interaction.While process of conversion of short–scale kinetic energy to large–scale magnetic is called ”Dynamo” (D) ,the mirror image process -conversion of short–scale magnetic energy to large–scale kinetic energy is called”Reverse Dynamo” (RD) [1]. Extending the definitions: Dynamo process is a generation of large-scalemagnetic field from any mix of short–scale energy (magnetic & kinetic) while Reverse Dynamo (RD)process is a generation of large-scale flow from any mix of short–scale energy (magnetic & kinetic).Theoryand simulation show [1] that: (1) Dynamo and Reverse Dynamo processes operate simultaneously; (2) thecomposition of the turbulent energy determines the ratio of the large-scale flow/large-scale magnetic field;Dynamo and Reverse Dynamo mechanisms have the same origin –they are the manifestation of the magneto-fluid coupling; Large scale velocity and magnetic fields are generated simultaneously and proportionately.Greater the macro-scale magnetic field (generated locally), greater the macro-scale velocity field (generatedlocally). Growth rate of macro-fields is defined by Double-Beltrami parameters (by the ambient magneticand generalized helicities) and scales directly with ambient turbulent energy. The composition of the ambientturbulent energy determines the ratio of the large-scale flow / large-scale magnetic field. Hence, the findingthe ambient equilibrium state is extremely important in studying the Unified Dynamo and Reverse Dynamomodel in astrophysical conditions – motivation of current study.

Phys-16

In present study we investigated the flow acceleration and magnetic field generation phenomena inatmospheres of compact stars with degenerate electrons based on quasi-equilibrium approach developed in[5]. The obtained parameters will later constitute the equilibrium state-characteristic values to study theUnified generalized model of Dynamo and transient flow generation in such environments – our future studyproblem.

When star collapses and cools down the density of lighter elements increases affecting the total pressure/enthalpy of unit fluid element; beyond the hot, pre-white dwarf stage, photon cooling dominates andgravitational contraction is dramatically reduced leading to a strongly degenerate electron gas. Mechanicaland thermal properties separate; the degenerate electrons provide the dominant pressure; the thermal motionsof ions make a negligible contribution to the mechanical support. The roles of electrons and ions are reversedin their contribution to energy -the only significant source of energy is the reservoir of thermal energy in thenearly classical ideal gas of the ions. In compact stars like white and brown dwarfs, neutron stars, magnetarselectron fluid density is ~1026 -1034cm-3. In [6] it was shown, that for such systems degeneracy pressuredominates the thermal pressure and a nontrivial Beltrami–Bernoulli equilibrium(Double-Beltrami) state ispossible even for a zero temperature plasma(while in classical neutral zero-beta plasmas only the trivial,single Beltrami states are accessible).Degeneracy of electrons automatically introduces the richness in thestructures available in compact objects with degenerate electrons -when degeneracy becomes significantwhile star contraction its outer layers keep the multi-structure character with density defined by electrondegeneracy pressure.

In present study gravity was included as well as electron-ion plasma with degenerate electrons was takencompressible. It was assumed that there exist fully ionized and magnetized plasma structures at some heightso that the quasi-equilibrium two-fluid model will capture the essential physics of flowacceleration/generation. We found, that there is a catastrophe in the system. The distance over which itappears is determined by the strength of gravity. Amplification of flow is determined by local parameter ofdegeneracy μ0= mec2/miVA

2. Significant results of the study include: the finding the appropriate physicalparameter regions for flow generation/acceleration in White Dwarfs outer layers/atmospheres; the morecompact is the layer, the stronger is the flow; the possibility of the super-Alfvenic flow generation in WhiteDwarf outer layer; the simultaneous possibility of flow acceleration and magnetic field generation forspecific parameters of the system; initial background flow can be amplified 10-30 times in specific casesleading to the transient jet formation.

References

[1] S.M. Mahajan, N.L. Shatashvili, S.V. Mikeladze and K.I. Sigua, The Astrophys. J. 634, 419 (2005).[2] S.M. Mahajan, N.L. Shatashvili, S.V. Mikeladze and K.I. Sigua, Phys. Plasmas. 13, 062902 (2006).[3] C. J. Schrijver, A. M. Title, T. E. Berger et al., Sol. Phys. 187, 261 (1999); A. M. Winebarger, E. E.

DeLuca, and L. Golub, Astrophys. J. 553, L81 (2001); M. J. Aschwanden, ibid. 560, 1035 (2001);B. De Pontieu, S.W. Mcintosh, M. Carlssonet al. Science, 331, 55 (2011).

[4] S.M. Mahajan, R.Miklaszewski, K.I. Nikol’skaya andN.L. Shatashvili,Phys. Plasmas. 8, 1340(2001); Z Yoshida, S.M. Mahajan, S. Ohsaki, M. Iqbal andN.L. Shatashvili, Phys. Plasmas 8, 2125(2001).

[5] S.M. Mahajan, K.I. Nikol’skaya, N.L. Shatashviliand Z. Yoshida.The Astrophys, J. Letters, 576,L161 (2002).

[6] V.I. Berezhiani, N.L. Shatashvili, S.M. Mahajan, Phys. Plasmas 22(2), 022902 (2015).

Phys-17

Local linear stability of rheological protoplanetary disk flow with granularviscosity

Luka Poniatowskia and Alexander G. Tevzadzea

a I. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and natural Sciences, Department of Physics,3 Chavchavadze Avenue, Tbilisi 0179, Georgia

We study the linear stability of differentially rotating compressible protoplanetary disk flow, where dust andgas flow around the central gravitating object. We include the effect of dust particle collisions using localrheological model (see Refs. [1]). In this framework we ignore the two component nature of the flow anduse one fluid description with rheological viscosity. Such model can be justified based on the observationalproperties of protoplanetary disk dust (see Ref. [2]) and a low restitution parameter of the dust particlesduring the scattering events.

We use axially symmetric formulation of the equilibrium disk flow complemented with local rheologicalequation of state, when fluid viscosity depends on the pressure and velocity shear tensor. In the describedlimit we derive the equilibrium flow with velocity Keplerian profile. In our model radial viscous stress isbalanced by large scale pressure gradient, while density gradient is set to lead isentropic flow profile.

Obtained equilibrium flow is characterized by radial power law distribution of the pressure and kinematicviscosity. Flow density is then set to obtain isentropic flow, thus canceling baroclinic effects. Linearperturbations are rescaled by power low factors similar to the baroclinic disk analysis (see Ref. [3,4]). Hence,introducing radially normalized perturbation we derive linear dispersion equation as follows:

04 2122222 DDiBkci s

Where is the mode frequency, cs is the local sound speed, B is second Oort constant, is kinematicviscosity parameter and D1, D2 are some constants from rheological properties of the flow. In high frequencylimit solution of this equation describes well known compressible density spiral wave. In low frequencylimit dispersion shows rheological mode. We analyze the stability of low frequency mode and reveal linearexponential instability arising due to the variation of the kinematic viscosity with radial pressure and velocityshear.

We derive instability criterion in different approximations. Figure 1 shows the growth rate of the instability.It seems that instability is local by nature: it occurs for high radial and azimuthal wave numbers. On theother hand instability reveals strongly asymmetric features: it occurs for negative azimuthal wave numbers.In low viscosity limit we can neglect higher terms with respect to and derive the neutral stability curve:

24xy kBk

Where is the radial stratification power law exponent of the rheological viscosity.

Phys-18

Figure 1. Spectral distribution of the growth rate of rheological instability =(kx,ky). Figure show the localasymmetric property of the instability: the growth is maximal at high wave numbers and for ky<0.

Hence, instability develops for spiral perturbations with negative ky, i.e. trailing modes that counter-rotatewith respect to the disk flow. Such perturbations can be generated by reflection of co-rotating spiral armsfrom inner dense boundary of the protoplanetary disks. Compressible nature of instability indicates that itcan lead to the amplification of the dust content and consequent increase of the agglomeration of dustparticles and rapid formation of planetesimals in protoplanetary disk flows.

References

[1] Y. Forterre and O. Pouliquen, Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 40, 1 (2008).[2] A. Roberge et al., Astrophys. J. 771, 69 (2013).[3] A. G. Tevzadze, G. D. Chagelishvili, G. Bodo, P. Rossi, Mon. Not. Royal Astron. Soc. 401, 901 (2010).[4] A. G. Tevzadze, G. D. Chagelishvili, J. P. Zahn, Astron. Astrophys., 478, 9 (2008).

Phys-19

The new technology of preparing nanosized complex phospholipids

T.Mdzinarashvilia,b, M.Khvedelidzeb, E.Shekiladzea,b, L.Cheishvilia

aIv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Tbilisi, GeorgiabIv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Institute of Medical and Applied Biophysics, Tbilisi, Georgia

Presented by us technology gives opportunity to prepare nanosized liposomes, where it may be incorporatedas hydrophobic also hydrophilic molecules for suffer their biological activity when enter living organism.Such packing of molecules into phospholipid liposomes lead to increase possibilities to overcome thedamaged organ cell membrane and penetrate into the cell cytoplasm. Therefore such nanoparticles are moreeffective for treatment diseases. Particularly, by this method we prepared liposomes using DPPC and DPPAlipids, inside of which we incorporated cholesterone, calcium ions and 24nm diameter gold nanoparticles.The common approach were used for preparing all such complex liposomes. Particularly, take into accountwhether the ligand dissolves in water or in organic solvent on the first stage it is necessary the interaction ofligands with lipids, afterwards it should be added the water (buffer) with temperature slightly above of phasetransition temperature of liposomes. Then during one minute the mixture should be shaking intensively. Insuch way we have got the suspension of complex liposomes. At the last stage using the extruder we getcomplex liposomes with wishful diameters. As proof that we have got the complex liposomes with presentedmethod Zetasizer, calorimetric and spectrophotometric method were applied.

At the end we want to mention that the presented method is different from those which were used before forpreparing complex vesicles. This technology is easy, fast and economic, therefore is cheap. The parametersof complex liposomes prepared by our methods are analogous with those liposomes prepared by previousmethods. It needs half an hour to prepare complex liposomes using our method.

We present technology which can create Drug Delivery Nanoparticles wherein any kind of drugs can beplaced. We should note that this technology is different from the current technology, it is fast and a cheapermethod. DPPC and DPPA phospholipids have been used by us , in which water-soluble / insolublepharmaceuticals can be incorporated by our method. Based on drugs solubility in water, we developed twomethods, depending on the incorporation of drugs into phospholipid. Without using evaporator, we placedhydrophobic cholesterol into the structure of DPPC and DPPA liposomes, as well as the incorporation ofwater soluble CaCl2 salt into the structure of DPPC liposomes. Our method also made it possible to prepareDPPA liposomes, into the structure of which there were placed small (24 nm diameter) gold nanoparticles.

A common approach has been used for all the preparation of complex liposomes, in particular, ligandsolubility in water was taken into account. In the first phase ligands interaction with lipids should occur.We showed that in the first phase for the creation of liposomal complex it is very important that lipid-ligand interaction took place, whereupon high temperature water(or buffer) should be added, and by intenseshaking. for at most one minute, in order to form liposomes. In the last phase, to obtain desired diameterliposomal complexes,extruder must be used. This procedure lasts for a maximum of 30 minutes. By using avariety of physical methods,the obtraining of liposomal complexes has been proved.The Zetasizer`s experiments confirmed that , by our method, we created liposomes with gold nanoparticles.

Based on the obtained results in calorimetric studies, we can conclude that it was possible to implementcholesterol molecules into the structure of pure liposomes(made of phospholipids (DPPC and DPPA) ),which confirm the difference between calorimetrically obtained heat capacity peaks of pure and complexliposome suspensions.

Phys-20

If we summarize the experimental results, the technology through which it is possible to place the drug inliposomes, in contrast to already existing technologies, it represents a new method. This technology isdifferent from the current technology, it is fast and at the same time cheaper. We used DPPC and DPPApospolipids, which are to be used as drug carriers.

References

[1] M. Riaz, Pak J Pharm Sci 9, 65 (1996).[2] A. Himanshu, P. Sitasharan, A. K. Singhai, IJPLS 2, 945 (2011).[3] S. Kataria, P. Sandhu, A. Bilandi, M. Akanksha, B. Kapoor, G. L. Seth, S. D. Bihani, IJRAP 2, 1534

(2011).[4] L. D. Mayer, M. B. Bally, M. J. Hope, P. R. Cullis, Chem Phys Lipids 40, 333 (1986).[5] R. L. Hamilton, L. S. S. Guo, J Clin Biochem Nut, 7, 175 (1984).[6] U. Pick, Arch Biochem Biophys 212, 186 (1981).[7] T. Ohsawa, H. Miura, K. Harada, Chem Pharm Bull 33, 3945 (1985).[8] L. Liu, T. Yonetaini, J Microencapsulation 11, 409 (1994).[9] D. L. Danilo, “Liposomes in Gene Delivery”. CRC press (1997).

Phys-21

Fundamental studies of charge transfer mechanisms within the interfacialbiomimetic nanodevices intended for nanotechnological applications

Dimitri E. Khoshtariyaa,b, Tina D. Dolidzeb, Tanya Tretyakovaa,b, Mikhael Shushanyanb,Jianjun Weic, David H. Waldeckd and Rudi van Eldike

aI. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Department of Physics, Institute for Biophysics andBionanosciences, Tbilisi 0128, Georgia

bI. Beritashvili Center for Experimental Biomedicine, Department of Biophysics, Tbilisi 0160, GeorgiacUniversity of North Carolina, Departtment of Nanoscience, Greensboro, NC 27401, USA

dUniversity of Pittsburgh, Department of Chemistry, Pittsburgh, PA 15260, USAeFriedrich-Alexander University of Erlangen-Nürnberg, Department of Chemistry

and Pharmacy, 91058 Erlangen, Germany

Redox-active proteins can be diversely functionalized at metal-deposited self-assembled monolayers(SAMs) of widely variable composition and thickness. The voltammetric methodology in combination withthe advanced data processing procedures allow for comprehensive kinetic data analyses within the congruentseries of nano-devices and the subsequent calculation of the key physical parameters, such as the mediumreorganization energy of ET, the donor-acceptor electronic coupling, effective relaxation time (related to theprotein’s and environment’s fluctuational dynamics), etc. In this report, the cutting edge results of in-depthmechanistic protein-film voltammetry studies of the last decade, Refs. [1-14] (see [9] for a comprehensivereview), for a number of representative interfacially functionalized archetype redox-active proteins,cytochrome c, azurin, myoglobin, glucose oxidase, as well as for a few of bio-mimicking assemblies, willbe presented and elucidated.

Figure 1. Schematic presentation of the arrangement of representative redox-active proteins at self-assembledalkanethiol film - gold electrode (Au/SAM) junctions for mechanistic studies of biological ET by the method of protein-film voltammetry: (a) Azurin (Az) immobilized through the hydrophobic interaction involving protein’s hydrophobicpatch and the SAM’s solvent-exposed –CH3 groups; (b) Cytochrome c (CytC) immobilized through the specificcoordination of a terminal Py group with the heme iron; and (c) Myoglobin (Mb) immobilized through the electrostaticinteraction of protein’s lysine groups with SAM’s functional carboxylate groups.

Au

(a) (b) (c)

Phys-22

Figure 2. (Left) Hypothetical arrangement of the polymer modified carbon nanotube (CNT) matrix at glassy carbon(GC) electrode to illustrate the possible configuration of glucose oxidase (GOx) molecules that are directly wired to theGC electrode via CNTs’ contact with FADs inside GOx. (Right) Typical cyclic voltammetry (CV) signal for the Azelectron exchange at Au/SAM junctions (see Fig. 1 a). (a) CV for cases of thin (red curve), and thick (blue curve)SAMs; acetate buffer, pH 4.6, T=3 oC, P=150 MPa (high pressure experiment); scan rate: 5 V s-1; (b) CVs for a mid-thick SAM, Scan rates: 5, 20, 40 and 60 V s-1.

Acknowledgements. Financial support (research grants and fellowships) from the Alexander vonHumboldt Foundation (Germany), National Research Council (USA), NATO, Cariplo Foundation (Italy),DAAD (Germany), Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation (Georgia), Volkswagen Foundation(Germany), and Fulbright Foundation (USA) is kindly acknowledged.

References

[1] D.E. Khoshtariya, J. Wei, H. Liu, H. Yue and D.H. Waldeck, J. Am. Chem Soc. 125, 7704 (2003).[2] D.E. Khoshtariya, A. Zahl, T.D. Dolidze, A. Neubrand and R. van Eldik, J. Phys. Chem. B 108, 14796(2004).[3] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze, D. Sarauli and R. van Eldik, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 45, 277 (2006).[4] T.D. Dolidze, S. Rondinini, A. Vertova, D.H. Waldeck and D.E. Khoshtariya, Biopolymers 87, 68(2007).[5] T.D. Dolidze, D.E. Khoshtariya, P. Illner, L. Kulisiewicz, A. Delgado and R. van Eldik, J. Phys. Chem.B 112, 3085 (2008).[6] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze and R. van Eldik, Phys. Rev. E 80, 065101, (2009).[7] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze and R. van Eldik, Chem. Eur. J. 15, 5254 (2009).[8] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze, M. Shushanyan, K. Davis, D.H. Waldeck and R. van Eldik, Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 107, 2757 (2010).[9] D.H. Waldeck and D.E. Khoshtariya, in: Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry. Applications ofElectrochemistry and Nanotechnology in Biology and Medicine (Edited by N. Elias, Ed.) Springer, NewYork, p.105 (2011).[10] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze, T. Tretyakova, D.H. Waldeck and R. van Eldik, Phys. Chem. Chem.Phys. 15, 16515 (2013).[11] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze, M. Shushanyan and R. van Eldik, J. Phys. Chem. B 118, 692 (2014).[12] Y. Liu, T.D. Dolidze, S. Singhal, D.E. Khoshtariya and J. Wei, J. Phys Chem. C 119, 14900 (2015).[13] D.E. Khoshtariya, T.D. Dolidze, T. Tretyakova and R. van Eldik, J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 48, 255402(2015).[14] T.D. Dolidze, M. Shushanyan and D.E. Khoshtariya, J. Coord. Chem.DOI:10.1080/00958972.2015.1068937 (2015).

-2.5E-06

-1.5E-06

-5.0E-07

5.0E-07

1.5E-06

2.5E-06

-0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4

E (V)

I(A

)

(a)

-2.5E-05

-1.5E-05

-5.0E-06

5.0E-06

1.5E-05

2.5E-05

-0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4

E (V)

I (A

)

(b)

Phys-23

Magnetoplastic Effect and Charged Dislocations in LiF Crystals

M.V. Galustashvili, M. G. Abramishvili, F. Kh. Akopov, D. G. Driaev,V. G. Kvatchadze and S. D. Tsakadze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Andronikashvili Institute of Physics, 6 Tamarashvili St, Tbilisi,0186 Georgia

This work belongs to a new direction in the physics of plasticity, namely, spin micromechanics that studiesmicroscopic spin-dependent processes which influence the mechanical properties of solids [1]. They are:− the plasticization (or hardening) of a crystal due to the spin-dependent transformation in the dislocation-stopper complex immediately during its exposure to a magnetic field and− the “magnetic memory” effects which take place after exposure to a magnetic field and are due to thetransformation of dislocation stoppers in the magnetic field.

We studied the effect of a weak magnetic field (B = 0.9 T) on the processes related to the existence of chargeson point and linear defects in alkali--halide crystals, namely, on the polarization and depolarization of a LiFcrystal upon local deformation (indentation).

Since both the process of charging dislocations and the process of establishing the charge equilibrium arerelated to the state of impurity ions, it can be suggested that the modification of magnetically sensitivecomplexes under action of a magnetic field can influence these processes and can be observed as a magneticmemory.

Charge transfer hosted by "sweeping vacancies» as lying in the dislocation slip plane and migrating to itfrom the volume; the degree of" sweeping "and, consequently, the amount of the charge depends ondislocation velocity v.

The existence of magnetically sensitive complexes was determined using the measurements ofmicrohardness H and yield strength σ of the LiF sample. The results are given in Table.

Тable 1. Yield stress, diagonal of indentation and microhardness of the samples.

Yield stress, MPa Diagonal of indentation d,10-6 m

Microhardness H, MPa

Reference sample 3.5 80.0 1390After exposition in dc MF (В= 0.9 Т)

1.6 86,5 1189

The exposure to the dc magnetic field for 30 min decreases microhardness H and yield strength σ; thedislocation ray length around the indentation increases substantially (Fig. 1), which indicates the increase inthe dislocation mobility.

The polarization of the crystal occurs for two stages (Fig. 2): at the instant of indentation, potential differenceU increases abruptly (stage I, ~10 ms); thereafter, the signal continues to increase slowly (stage II, 90 s).Then, the depolarization of the crystal occurs.

Phys-24

a) b) с)Figure 1. Dislocation rosette on the (001) face of LiF crystals: a) reference sample after indentation and etching; b) thesample after 30min exposure to magnetic field (B = 0.9 T). с) Dislocation rays in the volume of the sample, causing apotential difference U.

Figure 2. Dependence of potentials difference U on the time t afterindentation: 1 - initial sample, 2 - exposed to dc MF (B=0.9T, 30 min).

It is seen that the degree of polarization of the sample exposed to themagnetic field is substantially higher than that of the initial sample,and the charge equilibrium (depolarization) establishes sooner in theexposed sample. Based on the experimental data, we calculated thedislocation velocity (v ~ 0.05 m/s at stage I and v ~ 10—6 m/s at stageII) and concluded that the higher potential difference observed in themagnetically treated sample at stage I (Fig. 2) is due to a higher

charge transferred by dislocations which take the charges, coupling isolated cation vacancies met with themin the dislocation glide plane. Indeed, the linear dislocation charge density q=8 x 10-13 C/m of the exposedsample calculated using the procedure proposed in [2] is higher than that of the initial sample.

Actually, an analysis of the depolarization curves (the right wing in Fig. 2) shows that the charge equilibriumis established by an exponent; relaxation time τ of this process is 310 s for the initial sample and 200 s forthe sample exposed to magnetic field. According to the theory, insulators with one type of carrier have τ ~1/n (n is the concentration of carriers (in our case, cation vacancies). The comparison of above-mentionedrelaxation times shows that the concentration of cation vacancies in the sample exposed to the magnetic fieldis almost half as much again that in the initial sample. The phenomena observed, namely, the increase in thedislocation mobility and dislocation charge and high degree of polarization which are dependent on the stateof magnetically sensitive impurity show that magnetic field causes the decomposition of coarse complexesslowing-down a dislocation into finer complexes. Note that the dislocation charge as an indicator of actionof a magnetic field on the diamagnetic alkali-halide crystal is a fairly informative parameter, which makesit possible to conclude that cation vacancies form a significant part of the multitude of defects which areproducts of the decomposition of impurity-vacancy complexes caused by magnetic field.

Acknowledgment The work was supported by AFOSR (Air Force Office of Scientific Research - U.S.Air Force) through a grant ISTC G1966p.

References

[1] V. I. Alshits, E. V. Darinskaya, M. V. Koldaeva, and E. A. Petrzhik, in: Dislocations in Solids, editedby J. P. Hirth, (Elsevier, Amsterdam), 14, 333 (2008).[2] M.V. Galustashvili, D.G. Driaev, F. Kh. Akopov, and S.D. Tsakadze. Phys.Solid.State 55, 1565 (2013).

Phys-25

Transformations in magnetic fluids caused by activities of magneticnano-particles

K.V. Kotetishvili, G.G. Chikhladze, N. Kobalia

Georgian Technical University (GTU), Faculty of Informatics & Control Systems, Department ofEngineering Physics, 0175, 77, M. Kostava str., Tbilisi, Georgia

IntroductionIn MRI three kinds of magnetic flux density are applied: the first – strong B0 field in z-direction, the

second – B1 transverse radio-frequency wave and the third – space-coded fields (G gradients) in z-directionsas well. In the paper low (sick) fields of 0.1 Tl – 0.35 Tl are considered. In such kind of low fields the fluidis unable to reach saturation and nano-particles revolve in additional rotating magnetic field. Themagnetization in magnetic fluids increases in spiral form.

Magnetization in sick fields. Basic equationsUnder an action of a magnetic field the expression for relaxation of the magnetization for magnetic fluids isgiven as follows ∂M∂t + υ ∙ ∇M − ω × M + 1τ M − M = 0, (1)which at the same time provides as the magnetization, as the re-orientation of given field. is the vector oflinear velocity of the magnetic fluid, while the vector of spin velocity of the magnetic fluid and − itstime of relaxation [1, 2].

The left-hand-side of (1) is straightly dependent on velocity of the linear motion and on angular(spin) velocity. The equation of state in the magnetic field possesses the time constant characteristic for theequilibrium magnetization, described by the following expression:1 = 1 + 1 , (2), being Brown’s and Neel’s times of relaxation, respectively, given as follows:= 3 , = ∙ , (3)

being the hydrodynamic volume of nano-particles in m3, while − the dynamic viscosity of the givenfluid (ns/m2). If the number of particlesin a magnetic fluid is fixed (for example,being located at its surface), the onlyNeel’s relaxation is in action, whileBrown’s relaxation is absent.

In figure the flux of a magneticfluid is presented in the fixed area (y =0, y = d). The trended flux is pumped byH0 magnetic field acting in z directionand by x directed sinusoidal magneticfield of the sick signal with the complexamplitude ℎ as well, as in y directionby the sinusoidal magnetic fluctuationdensity of the sick signal with the

complex amplitude . In x and y directions the components of the magnetic field vary due to the sinusoidal

ℎ = ℎ

↓xz

y

Hz = H0Vx(y) →

ωz(y)d

0

=

Figure. Flux of a magnetic field

Phys-26

law with ξ frequency. ( ) velocity is directed along x-axis, while the spin velocity ( ) − along z-axisand both are y dependent. As it is seen in figure, the velocity of the flux bleeding is directed only along x-axis while time-average spin velocity – only along z-direction.

Taking into account the distribution of magnetic field strengths (densities) as they are given in figure, and , are space homogeneous due to corresponding zero space derivatives. According to Ampere’s law,

when the conductivity is zero = 0 or the change in current density differs from it ≠ 0 , the field

strength should be zero and given by (4) surely [3]∇ × = + = 0. (4)Gauss’s law regulates densities of the fixed magnetic flux along iy :∇ ∙ = + + ( ) = 0. (5)Then = 0, when = ( ) = 0. Based on this survey we may conclude that by and hx

should be constant in space and independent on y, while hy may be dependent on y, when y itself depends onmy.

The density of total instantaneous magnetic fluctuations , total instantaneous magnetic field andtotal instantaneous magnetization are given as follows = ( ) + + , = ℎ + ℎ ( ) + , (6) = ( ) + ( ) + ,while the relation between , and is given in the following way:= + , (7)

Here , are functions of the spin velocity given by the following expressions:

= ∙ + 1 + ℎ⏞ − ( ) ⏞( + 1) + 1 + + ( ) , = ∙ ( ) ℎ⏞ + ( + 1) ⏞( + 1) + 1 + + ( )ConclusionAnalysis shows that in the case of absence of fixed flux the spin velocity and and are space invariant.When the flux is fixed the spin velocity together with and varies with varying of the width of y. Thesecond term in (1) contributes nothing, as to the velocity of the flux along x and at magnetization iszero. In magnetic fluids the magnetization increases in the rotating (spiral) form, as to at the rotation it itselfis responsible for movement of the fluid with the spin velocity , differing from zero, which itself changesthe magnetization.

References

[1] Giancoli D. G. Physics. Principles with Application. New Jersey, 1995.[2] Koch K.M., Brown P.B., Rothman D. L, de Graaf R. A. Sample Specific Diamagnetic and ParamagneticPassive Shimming.[3] Kotetishvili K. V., Chikhladze G. G. Linearization of Langevin’s Equation in Magnetic Fluids. JournalNano-Studies, № 5, (2013).

Phys-27

Monitoring of biomarkers by biochemical and thermodynamic approaches

N. Sapojnikova, J. Monaselidze, G. Nemsadze, N. Asatiani, M. Abuladze, T. Kartvelishvili,L. Asanishvili, I. Kalandadze, M. Gorgoshidze, D. Khachidze, M. Kiladze, E. Lomidze,

N. Gogelia, Sh. BarbakadzeIv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, E. Andronikashvili Institute of Physics,

K. Madichi Mammalogy Centre, Tbilisi, Georgia

Chromium (Cr) compounds are regarded as a complex genotoxin. Due to its rapid uptake by cellular aniontransporters, soluble Cr(VI) has been considered as the primary carcinogenic form of chromium. Within acell Cr(VI) reduces to lower oxidation states Cr(V/IV/III), accompanied by ROS (reactive oxygen species)production. As the result the harmful redox imbalance can be developed in a cell, and the antioxidant defencesystem is considered among the main stress-response pathways.

At high concentrations Cr(VI) poses serious health hazards in terms of its carcinogenicity. Two different celllines (L-41 and HLF) were studied in concern to long-term low dose chromium action.

The long-term non-toxic chromium action (2 – 5 M of Cr(VI)) causes the activation of the antioxidantdefense system, and it neutralizes the oxidative impact in case of two investigated cell culture models. Theboth investigated cell systems show the similar response to the long-term low toxic chromiumconcentrations: the long-term toxic chromium action (24, 48 h) shifts an oxidant-antioxidant intracellularbalance to oxidized environment inside the cell that results in irreversible growth arrest and massive celldeath by apoptosis. Cr(VI) induces apoptosis with the implication of caspase-3 pathway. The data,concerning the increase of Bax production and the decrease of the heat production (registered by differentialscanning calorimetry) under toxic chromium concentrations, point to mitochondrial apoptotic pathwayinvolved in the cell death under chromium action [1,2].

In both investigated systems, the glutathione dependent defense system is firstly utilized and/or destroyedsystem in response to toxic chromium action. The irreversible inhibition of glutathione-dependentantioxidant enzymes serves as a marker of toxicity. The activity of GPx (glutathione peroxidase) is proposedas a biomarker of oxidative stress caused by Cr(VI), and the GR (glutathione reductase) inhibition isconsidered as a marker of the toxicity developed under the complex Cr(VI) action.

The other example of the consideration of the antioxidant system as a defense biomarker is our study ofplasma antioxidant activity at acute ischemic stroke (IS). Oxidative stress is proposed as a fundamentalmechanism of brain damage at IS. Measurements of antioxidants in plasma can allow revealing a newpathological feature of formation the ischemic stroke and can be considered as noninvasive tools in themonitoring of the disease, as cellular changes may be reflected in body fluids. It was revealed, that amongthe studied spectra of antioxidants the tandem activation of Cu,ZnSOD and catalase is necessary for arecovery after IS and serves as a marker for a favourable outcome in acute ischemic stroke. The behaviourof the non-enzymatic antioxidants (GSSG and total thiols) correlates with the behaviour of the mainenzymatic antioxidants (Cu,Zn-SOD and catalase) in case of the IS positive outcome directed to theprotection against the oxidative stress. The exclusive role of Cu,Zn-SOD is elicited in case of such braindamage localization as PACI (partial anterior circulation infarction) [3].

We also studied the thermodynamic stability of blood plasma major proteins of women with breastcarcinoma (BC), before and post surgery period by DSC method (see Fig.) [2]. We have monitored the same15 patients for periods from one month to 5 and 14 years (median age was 48.4 years). Before surgery,diagnosis of the patients was ductal carcinoma stages I-IV.

Phys-28

It was demonstrated that DSC profile of blood plasma of patients with BC stage I in post-surgical period inremission coincide with DSC profile of healthy women, and in case of relapse, the DSC profiles are similarto one of the BC stage. Besides, in case of BC rick and relapse start, a weak shoulder in temperature range57-60o C appears on DSC curve, but in case of distant metastasis in both cases this shoulder transfers into asharp peak with Tm=59o C and Tm=35±0.5o C, which absents in case of norm. It was supposed that proteinmelting at 59o C may be protein(s) of fibrinogen type and family of teneskins which are tumor biomarkersand which absent in case of healthy adult women, but much more quantities are observed in women in caseof breast cancer [5, 6]. We calculated concentration of a new bio-oncomarker in case of BC, which melts atTm=59 ±1o C, Tm=3.5±0.5o C, according to our DSC data. Taking into consideration the fact that Hm ofalbumin and immunoglobulins at temperature about 60o C is equal to the value 6.0 cal/g, we have obtainedvalues 610±100µg/ml, 180±50µg/ml and 120±50µg/ml for BC stage III, BC relapse – secondary tumor startstages, and BC risk, correspondingly [6].

Figure 1. Differential scanning calorimeter created at Instituteof Physics for study of diluted solutions and complex biologicalsystems. Sensitivity – 0.1 µW, vessel volume – 130 µl,measurement interval - 0°-140° C.

References

[1] N.Asatiani et al. Biol Trace Elem Res 142, 388 (2011).[2] J.Monaselidze et al. Thermochimica Acta 441, 8 (2006).[3] N. Sapojnikova et al. BBA: Molecular basis of Disease 1842, 1379 (2014).[4] F. Brellier et al. BMC Clinical Pathology. 12, 14 (2012).[5] D. F. Mosher, Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol. 26, 1193 (2006).[6] L. Kikalishvili et al. J. Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry. 120, 501 (2015).

Chemistry

Chem-1

Sensitive Nonlinear Multi-Photon Laser Methods for Environmental andBiomedical Applications

William Tong

Chair, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, San Diego State University, SanDiego, California 92182, USA, william.tong@sdsu.edu www.billtong.us

We have developed novel nonlinear multi-photon laser methods for chemical analysis withzeptomole-level (10-21 mole) or sub-parts-per-quadrillion-level detection sensitivity for a widerange of areas including biomedical, environmental and security applications. The TongLab hasbeen funded by various funding agencies including the National Science Foundation, National Institutesof Health (R01), National Institute of General Medical Sciences, U.S. Department of Defense (CCAT),U.S. Department of Homeland Security and various corporate funding sources for studies in analyticalchemistry, bioanalytical chemistry, environmental chemistry, physical chemistry and biophysics.

Laser wave mixing offers comparable or better detection sensitivity levels for biomolecules ascompared to widely used fluorescence-based methods and yet our wave-mixing methods candetect both fluorescing and non-fluorescing molecules with excellent sensitivity levels. Hence,biomolecules could be detected in their native form without using tags or labels (more convenient),with fluorophore tags (using existing labels and procedures) or with chromophore tags (more widelyavailable). The laser probe is very small (picoliter) and it can be positioned precisely inside the analyte(e.g., a single bio cell) for 2D and 3D spatial mapping. The input laser beams create dynamic lasergratings at the atomic or molecular scale and the resulting nonlinear optical effect produces a strongsignal beam that shoots out of the analyte. Unlike currently available techniques such as fluorescencemethods, our laser methods produce a strong coherent laser-like signal beam, and hence, it is easy todetect with excellent signal-to-noise ratios. Picoliter- level probe volumes offer effective interfacing tosensors, microchannels, microarrays, lab-on-a-chip, chip-based electrophoresis systems andmicrofluidic devices that are suitable for studying mechanisms and dynamics of important chemical andbiological processes.

Our patented laser wave-mixing methods can distinguish not only large biomolecules but alsosmall isotopes. Our laser-based detectors are more portable and less expensive than isotope-capablehigh-resolution mass spectrometers. Wave-mixing laser methods yield hyperfine profiles (atomicfingerprints), and hence, unambiguous isotope information from both stable and radioisotopes. Hence,one could use stable isotopes as biotracers instead of radioactive biotracer isotopes. We have alsostudied fast laser-powered pyrolysis with laser-induced diagnostic real-time monitoring of reactionrates, intermediate species and mechanisms of semiconductor materials for better understanding offundamental physical and chemical processes. We use a wide range of lasers with wavelengths fromUV (solid-state lasers) and visible (tunable external cavity diode lasers) to mid-IR (tunable quantumcascade lasers). Potential applications of our ultrasensitive nonlinear laser methods include earlierdetection of diseases (Parkinson’s, Alzheimer’s, cancer, etc.), more sensitive detection of biomarkers,cancer cells and viruses (HPV), better design of cleaner drugs, more sensitive detection of pollutantsand chemicals both inside the human body and in the environment, remote standoff detection ofchem/bio agents, and even authentication of paintings and art objects.

Chem-2

Nano-liquid chromatography, capillary electrophoresis and capillaryelectrochromatography for separation of enantiomers

Bezhan Chankvetadze

Chair of Physical and Analytical Chemistry, School of Exact and Natural Sciences,Tbilisi State University, Chavchavadze Ave 3, 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

Chirality represents increasingly important issue in drug development and use. The world-widemarket for chiral fine chemicals reached US dollar 6.63 billion in 2000 and is expected to grow at 13.2%annually [1]. The drug industry is considered to be the engine that is driving this strong growth,accounting for 81.2% of the total, or US dollar 5.38 billion worth. These numbers become even moreimpressive when transferred to drug formulations. Thus, the world-wide market for dosage forms ofsingle-enantiomer drugs was US dollar 123 billion in 2000, up 7.2% from US dollar 115 billion in 1999[1]. The major current trend in enantioseparations is to leave the classical column size and separationscale in two opposite directions: On the one hand chromatography is becoming a valuable tool forobtaining of enantiomerically pure drugs on preparative and production scale. On the other hand, thetechniques for analytical-scale enantioseparations are continuously miniaturized and microtechnologies,such as nano-liquid chromatography (nano-LC), capillary electrophoresis (CE) and capillaryelectrochromatography (CEC) are gaining importance in this field. In addition, lab-on-chip technologiesare establishing very rapidly. This presentation summarizes new developments for preparation ofeffective chiral stationary phases for liquid phase enantioseparations as well as the innovations from theviewpoint of applied separation technologies.

Enantiomeric impurities, as well as other impurities in active pharmaceutical ingredients and drugformulations shall be determined at the level below 0.1%. This applies very strict requirements to theanalytical technology used for determination of enantiomeric purity of chiral drugs. Together withseparation techniques, some other instrumental techniques such as polarimetry and nuclear magneticresonance (NMR) spectroscopy can be used for determination of enantiomeric purity of chiral drugs.However, chromatographic separation techniques offer important conceptual advantages compared to the“one step” processes such as polarimetry and NMR spectroscopy. In chromatography as in a “multistep”separation method the overall resolution of the solute originates from a large number of stereoselective“one-step” adsorption-desorption cycles. The cumulative nature of the chromatographic separation is thereason that a free energy difference in interactions of enantiomers as small as 0.025 kJ/mol may inprinciple be sufficient for baseline chromatographic enantioseparations, whereas the free energydifference required in “one-step” techniques is several orders higher. In addition, the less strictrequirement to the value of enantioselectivity allows employing effectively a large number of chiralselectors with relatively low chiral recognition ability. In chromatography it is possible to obtain bothenantiomers in the enantiomerically pure from, even when the chiral selector has an enantiomeric purityless than 100 %. Moreover, the absence of irreversible chemical reactions or phase transition duringdirect enantioseparations further favours the application of this technique for analytical and preparativescale enantioseparations.

Recent developments in chiral chromatography (more universal, easily available, stable, tailor-designed chiral stationary phasess) and technology (recycling, displacement and especially, simulatedmoving bed (SMB)) makes chromatography a valuable alternative to the classical techniques for theanalysis and preparation of pure enantiomers.

At present, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with common size columns (250x4.6mm) still dominates chromatographic enantiomeric analysis in industrial laboratories. However,microanalytical techniques such as nano-LC, CE and CEC are progressing very rapidly. It must be notedthat the acceptance of aforementioned microanalytical techniques is not always the same by theconservative community of separation scientists. Thus, despite the early remark by Jorgenson that “The

Chem-3

high theoretical plate counts make CE particularly amenable to separating chiral molecules” [2] thistechnique could not be established as the major technique for enantiomeric purity determination of chiralpharmaceuticals. Nano-LC relies certainly on the same separation principle as HPLC but offers theadvantages of miniaturisation compared to the latter one. In particular, nano-LC requires less amount ofthe packing material, mobile phases and samples. It is cost-effective and environmentally friendlytechnique and offers also the advantage of higher sensitivity when coupled with mass spectrometer.

CE offers higher peak efficiency compared to HPLC. It is clear that even only at the expense ofhigher peak efficiency CE may allow to observe enantioseparations for certain chiral analyte-selectorpairs where the separation power of HPLC is insufficient for achieving this goal. In addition, chiral CEoffers almost unlimited possibility from the viewpoint of adjustment of separation factor and the criticism“The efficiency of CZE is high but, the flexibility of chromatography in adjusting separation factor islost” [3] does not apply at all to chiral CE. Together with aforementioned conceptual advantages CEoffers some favorable technical characteristics for achieving high separation selectivity. Thus, chiralstationary phases (CSPs) in HPLC contain commonly limited and predefined amounts of a chiral selector,whereas the concentration of a chiral selector is easily variable and just limited by the solubility (forcharged selectors also with Joule heating) of a chiral selector in a CE buffer. In addition, the combinationof two or more (chiral) selectors is technically much easier and not associated with instrumentaldifficulties in CE compared to column-coupling in HPLC. Again, two columns are coupled with givenamounts of the chiral selectors in HPLC whereas the ratio of chiral selectors in a combination can beeasily optimized in CE. Thus, chiral CE offers really enormous flexibility from the viewpoint of theadjustment of the separation selectivity. This in combination with the inherently high separationefficiency makes chiral CE a very powerful technique for enantioseparations [4].

Another electromigration technique, in particular CEC most likely does not offer a differentseparation mechanism for enantiomers compared to HPLC but higher peak efficiency. Basically there arethree different effects which may be harnessed in order to obtain higher peak efficiency in CECcompared to nano-LC: a) The plug-like flow profile of the electrically-driven flow; b) the potential of theapplication of smaller particle size materials and longer separation beds and c) the perfussive flowthrough the pores of the particles. As recent comparative studies on nano-LC and CEC indicated, the highplate numbers of CEC may allow observing the enantioseparations in this technique under the conditionsin which nano-LC hardly provides any indication of chiral recognition [5]. In this presentation newlydeveloped particulate and monolithic chiral stationary phases [6-7], and new technologies will bedescribed for liquid-phase enantioseparations

Thus, in the coming years separation science may turn from the workhorse HPLC with standard sizechromatographic columns to microanalytical techniques (CLC, CE, CEC) for enantiomeric puritydetermination of chiral chemicals and drugs.

References[1] S.C. Stinson, Chem. Eng. News, 79 (20), 45 (2001).[2] A. M. Rouhi, Chem. Eng. News, , 81 (18) 56 (2003).[3] G. Guiochon, Int. Lab., , January, 13C (1999).[4] B. Chankvetadze, Capillary Electrophoresis in Chiral Analysis, 1997, Wiley&Sons, Chichester,

UK.[5] B. Chankvetadze, J.Sep. Sci., 24, 691 (2001).[6] B. Chankvetadze, J. Chromatogr. A, 26, 1269, (2012)[7] S. Thürmann, C. Lotter, J. J. Heiland, B. Chankvetadze, D. Belder, Anal. Chem. 87, 5568 (2015)

Chem-4

Reverse microemulsions as nanoreactors for nanoparticles synthesis: Study ofstructural changes of the water droplets under the influence of kosmotropic

and chaotropic additives

Marina Rukhadze

I.Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,3,I.Chavchavadze Ave., Tbilisi, 0179, Georgia

e-mail:marina_rukhadze@yahoo.com

Influence of Anions of Hofmeister Series on Size-Controlling Synthesis of ZnS Nanoparticles viaReverse Microemulsion System (this work was performed with Prof. R. Hempelmann, PhysikalischeChemie, Universität des Saarlandes, 66123, Saarbrücken, Germany).Reversed micelles may be successfully used as refined model for confined water in biological systems,also as templates for nanoparticle synthesis. Reverse microemulsions represent most acceptable systemsfor the synthesis of nanocrystalline materials owing to control both size and shape of nanoparticles. Twoprincipal factors are responsible for properties of nanoparticles obtained via reverse microemulsions:sizes of micelles and structure of water in the water pools of the reverse micelles. Water in the core ofreversed micelle reveals at least two structures. Water that is close to the periphery of the micelle or indirect contact with the barrier molecules i.e. surfactants differs from water nearer the center of thereversed micelle. Both of these structures differ from free, chemically pure water. The ion-waterinteractions affect the structure of water in water pools. Thereby alterations of the exhibited twostructures of water inside reverse micelles take place under the influence of kosmotropic and chaotropicions. The behavior of ions conforms to the Hofmeister series. The goal of the presented work was therevealing of influence of anions of Hofmeister series on the water structure in the water pools of thereversed micelles, which will be reflected in the sizes of both micelles and prepared nanoparticles of zincsulfide. It may be depicted in the morphological properties of nanocrystals [1].

Fig.1. XRDs of ZnS nanoparticles synthesized in microemulsions with 3 mL 0.05 M (A) Zn(OAc)2-, (B)ZnCl2-, (C) ZnBr2-, (D) Zn(NO3)2-, (E) ZnI2- and (F) Zn(ClO4)2-solution in the microemulsion.

Zink sulfide nanocrystals between around 4 and 7 nm were obtained by insufflation of hydrogen sulfidethrough reverse microemulsions, based on aqueous solutions of different zinc salts, nonionic surfactantsand cyclohexane. Influence of the Hofmeister anions acetate, chloride, bromide, nitrate, iodide, andperchlorate on the micelles and thereof formed nanoparticles was studied by means of dynamic lightscattering (DLS), X-ray diffractometry (XRD), UV-Vis spectrometry and transmission electron

Chem-5

microscopy (TEM). Study of influence of different anions on the loading of microemulsion with waterresults in the revealing of interesting dependence, e.g. water with additives of chaotropic salts (zincnitrate, zinc bromide, zinc iodide, etc) is absorbed by mixture of oil and surfactants (cyclohexane + NP-4+NP-10) in quantity 14% (volume percent), whereas maximum value of absorbed water with additives ofkosmotropic salts (zinc fluoride, zinc acetate, etc) at the same salt concentrations reaches approximatelyonly 7%. It was found that sizes of micelles significantly are influenced by kosmotropic or chaotropicnature of the actual anion, present in the water pools of reverse micelles, thus rising the diameter of theuniform ZnS nanospheres follows the direction of the Hofmeister series (Fig.1). Several possiblemechanisms are proposed clarifying the influence of different ions of Hofmeister series on the waterpocket structure of reverse micelles, which then is reflected in sizes of micelles and obtainednanoparticles respectively.

Synthesis of lanthanum phosphate nanoparticles doped with europium (this work was performedwith Prof. Hempelmann, Physikalische Chemie, Universität des Saarlandes, 66123, Saarbrücken,Germany). Generally such synthesis is carried out in various organic solvents with high boilingtemperature. By our approach solvents were selected according two parameters: high boiling temperatureand different proton-donor, proton-acceptor and dipole-dipole interaction properties. Reactions werecarried out in diethylene glycol, modified with aniline, cresol, acetophenone, octanol, dibenzylether, etc.Influence of kosmotropic lanthanum acetate and chaotropic lanthanum nitrate was also studied. It wasfound, that not only the solvent properties affect the size of nanoparticles and their fluorescenceproperties, but the type of anions is also responsible for mentioned effects [2].

Study of structural changes of water encapsulated in the reverse micelles by different instrumentalmethods (this work was performed with my team at Tbilisi State University: Tinatin Butkhuzi, ManoniKurtanidze, Nathia Msareulishvili, Nino Kokiashvili, Manuchar Gvaramia, George Bezarashvili, MakaAlexishvili, Ketevan Sigua).

The goal of the proposed work was to study the structure reverse microemulsions with infrared,ultraviolet-visible and proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy, dynamic light scattering, electricalconductivity and viscosity measurements, etc. Study the influence of different ionic and nonionickosmotropic and chaotropic additives introduced in the water nanocages of AOT and Brij30 reversemicelles on the: ratio of the bound, free and trapped water fractions, binding process of optical probeswith reverse micelles, sizes of the water droplets, density of the water core, etc [3-5].Results may be useful in the investigations of the interface features of reverse micelles as models forbiomembranes i.e. in the investigations of water structure, when it is confined to nanometer-scalecavities, viz. in biological systems. Results also may be informative in the investigations of reversemicelles since several features of reverse micelles remain to be solved, e.g. water structure close to theinterface, water activity, internal pH in the water nanocages, etc.

References:

[1] M. Rukhadze, M. Wotocek, S. Kuhn, R.Hempelmann. Progress in colloid and polymer scienceSpecial issue UK colloids 2011), vol.139, 2012, 120 p.[2]Unpublished results.[3] R. Chaladze, M. Gvaramia, M. Kurtanidze, G. Bezarashvili and M. Rukhadze. Chemistry Letters, 41(2012),No. 10,1035-1037.[4] T.Butkhuzi, R. Chaladze, N. Lominadze, M. Rukhadze, M. Gvaramia, M.Kurtanidze, G. Bezarashvili,K.Sigua. Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects, 442 (2014) 98-104.[5] T. Butkhuzi, M. Kurtanidze, R. Chaladze, M. Gvaramia, M. Rukhadze, G. Bezarashvili, K. Sigua, P.Pradhan. Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects, 460 (2014) 123–129.

Chem-6

Optimization of enantioseparations in high performance liquidchromatography using polysaccharide based chiral selectors

George Jibutia, Tivadar Farkas,b Bezhan Chankvetadzea.

aInstitute of Physical and Analytical Chemistry, School of Exact and Natural Sciences, Tbilisi StateUniversity, Chavchavadze Ave 3, 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia giorgi.jibuti@tsu.ge

bPhenomenex Inc., 411 Madrid Ave., Torrance, 90501 CA, USA

A chiral molecule is a type of molecule that has a non-superposable mirror image. The feature that ismost often the cause of chirality in molecules is the presence of an asymmetric atom – chiral center. Achiral molecule and its mirror image are called enantiomers. The enantiomers have same physical andchemical properties in achiral environment and only way to distinguish between them in suchenvironment is the sign of rotation angle of polarized light. The identity of physical and chemicalproperties makes a separation of enantiomers as very challenging task.

The enantiomers of chiral biologically active compounds often have very different physiologicalproperties; this makes enantioseparation of pharmaceuticals, food additives, agrochemicals and otherbiologically active compounds very important.

Most widely used instrumental technique for separation of enantiomers is high-performance liquidchromatography (HPLC). Despite the fact, that there are more than 100 chiral selectors (CS) described inthe literature for separation of enantiomers using HPLC, still it is difficult to find configuration chiralselector for analysis of wide range of chiral compounds. Polysaccharide based chiral selectors are mostwidely used CS and most commercially available chiral HPLC columns contain polysaccharide based CS[1].

In this work, the ways are described for optimization of HPLC separations of enantiomers of chiralcompounds. In particular, following approaches are described:

Optimizing mobile phase by using normal phase, polar-organic phase, reverse phase and minoradditives to mobile phase [2].

Optimizing inert carrier for coating CS – by optimizing size and morphology of carrier particles,using various types of superficially porous silica gel particles to prepare CS [3].

Optimizing instrumentation – by reducing dead volume by using fused silica capillaries, bypassingseveral areas in flow-path and using of the high-speed detection.

References:

[1] B.Chankvetadze. Recent developments on polysaccharide-based chiral stationary phases for liquid-phase separation of enantiomers. J. Chromatogr. A, 2012, 1269, 26-51.[2] G. Jibuti, A. Mskhiladze, N. Takaishvili, L. Chankvetadze, M. Karchkhadze, T. Farkas, B.Chankvetadze. HPLC separation of dihydropyridine derivatives enantiomers with emphasis on elutionorder using polysaccharide-based chiral columns. J Sep. Sci. 2012, 35, 2529-2537.[3] K. Lomsadze, G. Jibuti, T. Farkas, B. Chankvetadze. Comparative high-performance liquidchromatography enantioseparations on polysaccharide based chiral stationary phases prepared by coatingtotally porous and core–shell silica particles. J. Chromatogr. A, 2012, 1234, 50-55.

Chem-7

Synthesis of novel chiral sulfoxides and study of structure-retention andstructure-enantioselectivityrelationships in high-performance liquid

chromatography

Rusudan Kakava1, Mari-Luiza Konjaria1, Natia Shashviashvili1, Alessandro Volonterio2,Bezhan Chankvetadze1

1Institute of Physical and Analytical Chemistry, School of Exact and Natural Sciences, Tbilisi StateUniversity, Chavchavadze Ave 3, 179 Tbilisi, Georgia

2Dipartimento di Chimica, MaterialiedIngegneriaChimica "Giulio Natta", Politecnico di Milano, viaMancinelli 720131 Milano, Italy

The main goal of the present study was to investigate structure-retention and structure enantioselectivityrelationships in the series of structurally related chiral sulfoxides. In order to achieve this goal 17 novelchiral sulfoxides were synthesized (Fig. 1).Separation of enantiomers of these chiral sulfoxides wasstudied in high-performance liquid chromatography on 16 commercial and non-commercial cellulose-phenylcarbamate-based chiral columns under polar organic and normal-phase conditions. The structuresof chiral selectors in these chiral columns are shown in Fig. 2.

Based on the obtained separation results interesting conclusions regarding the effect of structuralcharacteristics (substituents nature and position) of the chiral sulfoxides and chiral selectors can be drawnthat shall allow further optimization of chiral chromatographic separation systems.

Figure 1 Structure of chiral sulfoxides.

Chem-8

Figure 2Structure of chiral selectors.

AcknowledgementsThis study was supported by SRNSF (ShotaRustaveli National ScientificFoundation) and GRDF (Georgian Research and Development Foundation).

References[1]B. Chankvetadze, Recent developments on polysaccharide-based chiral stationary phases for liquid-

phase separation of enantiomers, J. Chromatogr. A, 1269 (2012) 26– 51.

Chem-9

Study of the behavior of fluorescent pI markers and fluorescent proteinsUsing a newly designed isoelectric focusing method

Nino Kokiashvilia,b, Gyula Vighb, Mingchien Lib

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Department of Chemistry, 3, I. Chavchavadze Ave., 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

b Texas A&M University, College of Science, Department of ChemistryP.O. BOX 30012 College Station, Texas 77842-3012, USA

Capillary isoelectric focusing (CIEF) is the most suited analytical tool to characterize chargeheterogeneity in ampholytic compounds. Fluorescent labeling can improve the detection sensitivity incapillary electrophoretic (CE) separations down to attomolar concentrations. However, most fluorescentlabels are not compatible with CE because their fluorescence properties and charge states are pH-dependent, they are often hydrophobic and have a tendency to significantly change the properties of theanalytes after labeling. A family of fluorescent pI markers specifically suited for use in the CIEFseparation of proteins was developed in Professor Vigh’s laboratory.

The Off-Gel Electrophoretic system (Agilent) can be used for either in-gel or off-gel IEF separation ofampholytes using an IPG dry strip as the pH gradient controlling element. Since the new pI markers canbe easily detected by conventional fluorescence scanners, we tried to use the Off-Gel device in the in-gelIEF mode with nominally identical IPG dry strips from different manufacturers to determine the pI valuesof the markers. We found the even after individual optimization, different IPG strips yielded different pIvalues for the same markers indicating that the actual pH gradient in the strips differed from the claimednominal one. Measurement of the pH of the fractions obtained in the Off-Gel device when operated in theoff-gel mode did not deliver the correct pI value of the markers either, because the concentration of theisolated markers was too low to yield the hydronium concentration that would correspond to the correctpI value (i.e., the measured pH values were much closer to pH=7 than predicted by the true pI value).Therefore, we designed a new pI determination method: we determined the focusing conditions (the timeintegrals of current and separation voltage) and the minimum required carrier ampholyte concentrationsabove which the pH of the isolated carrier ampholyte fractions remained constant. When the pI markerswere co-separated with carrier ampholytes under such conditions, the markers focused into a singlecompartment where they were easily detected due to their visible fluorescence and where the pH of thefraction (containing the trapped carrier ampholyte fraction and the markers together) could be determinedaccurately, independently of their concentration, reflecting their true pI values. By using the maximumnumber of compartments in the Off-Gel device (24 compartments) and stepwisely reducing the nominalwidth of the pH gradient of the dry strips from ∆pH=7 through ∆pH =3 to ∆pH =1.5, a 0.06 wide pHrange could be determined that included the actual pI values of the markers.

AcknowledgementsThe support of N. Kokiashvili by the Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation is gratefullyacknowledged. The authors thank Texas A&M University Gradipore Chair in Separation Scienceendowment for partial financial support of this project.

Chem-10

Synthesis of some bisindolic potential intercalating agents

N.Karchava; Sh.Samsoniya; N.Targamadze; I.Chikvaidze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and natural Sciences, Departmentof Chemistry

nkarchava@gmail.com

In 1987-88, a group (Duocarmicine group) of highly biologically active, anticancer antibiotics wereextracted from the plant “Streptomyces zebensis” and from the bacteria “Streptomyces”. One of theseantibiotics is CC-1065. It consists of three Pyrroloindolic fragments. The biological activity of thiscompound noticeably exceeds activity of other known compounds, including Adriamicine, DistamicineA, Netrophsine, Nogalamicine etc, but the selectivity is extremely weak. Their high toxicity is the reasonwhy none of them is used in practice nowadays.The discovery and research on Duocarmicine group and its properties commenced new wave of studiesdirected toward synthesis of parts of these compounds and its structural analogues. Variety of newcompounds with similar properties has been synthesized ever since, including bisindole andbispyrroloindole analogues. On the other hand many pyridazino [4,5-b] indoles reveal similar biologicalactivities and therefore, we were strongly interested in the synthesis of the corresponding symmetricalbis-tricyclic systems, in which the fragments of pyridazinoindoles are connected either by means ofbenzene or pyridazine rings.

Scheme.1

Chem-11

NH

COOC2H5

CHONHNH2X

2

NH

COOC2H5

HC

X

NH

N NH

N CH

NH

C2H5OOC

X

N NN N

NH

NH

O O

1617,18

19,20

17,19 X=CH2 18,20 X=O

Scheme.2

On the basis of substances 7 and 8 are conducted the following modifications: aromatization andDimethylaminomethylation by Manich. And from the substances 10 and 11 are obtained bishydrazones(12,13).

References:[1] Kalatozishvili A.Z., Samsonia N.Sh., Targamadze N.L., Chikvaidze I.Sh., Samsoniya Sh.A., Wesquet

A.O., Kazmaier Uli, Bisindoles 41. A straightforward approach towads the synthesis of new bis-pyridazinoindoles. International Journal – Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, 515 764-768(2010).

[2] Samsoniya Sh.A., Chikvaidze I.Sh., Ozdesh M. Pyrridazinoindoles, Synthesis and Properties. In:“Heterocyclic Compounds: Synthesis, Properties and Applications”. Editor: Kristian Nylund andPeder Johansson. Nova Science Publishers, New-York, 2010, pp. 147-170

[3] Samsonia Sh.A., Chikvaidze I.Sh., Suvorov N.N., Gverdtsiteli I.M. Bisindoles III. Synthesis of bis-(indolyl-5)methane. Bulletin of the Academy of Sciences of the Georgian SSR. 91, 609-612 (1978).

[4] Chikvaidze i.Sh., Samsoniya Sh.A., kozik T.A., Suvorov N.N. Bis-Indoles 7. Synthesis ofBis(Indolyl-5)Sulphone. International Publishing – Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, №11,pp.1508-1510. (1980).

Chem-12

Preparation of adamantene containing benzimidazoles and dipeptides

Tinatin J. Bukia1, Davit S. Zurabishvili11, Medea O. Lomidze1, Marina V. Trapaidze1,Elizbar N. Elizbarashvili2, Shota A. Samsoniya1, Uli Kazmaier3

1 Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, 3 I. Chavchavadze Ave., Tbilisi 0179, Georgia;3 Institute of Organic Chemistry, 69 M. Kostava Ave., Tbilisi 0175, Georgia;

Saarland University, Saarbrucken 66041, Germany;e-mail: t.bukia@yahoo.com

The present research work is devoted to synthesis of new adamantine fragment containingbenzimidazoles and dipeptides. It is known that adamantane derivatives are characterized by biologicalactivity. Highly effective active substances used in medicine. Furthermore, it has been experimentallyfound that introduction of the adamantane fragment into the molecule of an active substance enhances itsbioactivity and generally reduces the toxicity [1,2]. Also, benzimidazole derivatives are known as abiological activity compounds. They are used in medicine, veterinary medicine, and they are veryimportant for development. Therefore, adamantine containing benzimidazoles are of interest form theview point of searching new compounds with a broad spectrum of pharmacological action.As well known, peptides are biologically active substances, which are presented in all living cellsof organisms. They participate and control a lot of biochemical and physiological processes.Over the last few years peptides, as therapeutical means, were broadly produced.Because of wide spectrum of activity of adamantanе fragment containing compounds, adamantanederivatives were used in the synthesis of peptides and their biological activities were studied [3].At the same time, adamantane-containing peptides synthesized on the basis of isocyanides bymulticomponent reactions are not adequately studied. Issues from this we were interested in thestudy of synthesis and biological activity of adamantane fragment containing peptides via Ugireaction on the basis of isocyanide.The aim of present work was the synthesis of 2-(1-adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazoles [4] and some ofadamantine containing dipeptides .It is known that 2-(1-adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazole (1) is not formed by heating of o-phenylenediaminewith 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid either in polyphosphoric acid or its ethyl ester or in aqueoushydrochloric acid at atmospheric pressure.2-(1-Adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazole (1) was obtained by heating of o-phenylenediamine with 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid in POCl3 medium in 93% yield.Nitration of 2-(1-adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazole (1) with the "nitration mixed acid" was carried outemploying different ratios of the reactants. At a molar ratio of 1:1.1:28 (compound 1 : HNO3:H2SO4), themononitration product 2 was isolated in 92% yield, whereas at a ratio of 1:10:56 (compound 1:HNO3:H2SO4) the dinitration product 3 was obtained in 81% yield. 2-(1-Adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazol-5(6)-amine (4) was obtained by reduction of 2-(1-adamantyl)-5(6)-nitro-1H-benzimidazole (2) withhydrazine hydrate or molecular hydrogen in the presence of Raney Ni in alcohol (Scheme 1). In anattempt to prepare new derivatives of 2-(1-adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazole, the condensation of amine 4with salicylaldehyde, 5-bromo-, 5-nitro-, 5-nitro-salicyl- and 3,5-dibromosalicylaldehyde was carried outby heating in alcohol solution for 1-3 hours. The corresponding Schiff bases 6-10 were isolated in highyields. Condensation of amine 4 with 1-adamantanecarbonyl chloride, Acetic acid anhydride, salicylacid chloride, 4-benzamidobenzoic acid chloride and benzoyl chloride in absolute ether in the presenceof TEA, or by the Schotten-Baumann method in benzene or toluene in the presence of 10% aqueousNaOH led to the formation of the corresponding novel 2-(1-adamantyl)-1H-benzimidazol-5(6)-amineacyl derivatives 11-15.

Chem-13

HNO 3 H 2 SO 4

r t 0

4

11-15

3

6-10

2

1

6 R = 2-HOC6H4, 7 R = 2-HO-5-BrC6H3, 8 R = 2-HO-5-O2NC6H3, 9 R = 2-HO-3,5-Br2C6H2; 10 R=5-O2NC6H3, 11 R1 = Ad, 12 R1 = Ph,13 R1 = 2-HOC6H4, 14 R = CH3, 15 R = C14H11O2N;

Some adamantane fragment containing dipeptides were synthesized on the basis of isocyanidesvia Ugi reaction. Adamantane-1-carboxylic acid, different aryl- and alkyl amines, aldehydes andadamantane-2-on, ethyl isocyanoacetate and benzene isocyanide are used as reacting components.Ugi-reaction was carried out in the area of ethanol in different temperature and the following structuresof dipeptides (1, 2) were obtained [4]:

1 2

R1=C6H4- O-CH3; C6H11; C6H5; C4H9; R2=i-C3H7; C6H4-O-CH3; C10H14; C2H5; m-Cl-C6H4;R3=CH2COOC2H5; Ad.

The structure of the synthesized compounds was proved by IR, UV spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy andmass spectrometry.

Reference

[1] Morozov, I. S.; Petrov, V. I.; Sergeeva, S. A. The Pharmocology of Adamantanes [in Russian];Volgograd State Medical Academy: Volgograd, 2001.

[2] Bagrii, E. I. Adamantanes: Production, Properties, Application [in Russian]; Nauka: Moscow, 1989.[3] Wanka L., Iqbal Kh., Schreiner P. The Lipophilic Bullet Hits the Targets: Medicinal Chemistry of

Adamantane Derivatives. Chem Rev. 113(5), (2013): 3516–3604.[4] Zurabishvili, D. S.; Bukia T. D., Lomidze, M. O. Trapaidze M. V. Elizbarashvili E.N., Samsoniya,

Sh. A., Doroshenko T.V., Kazmaier, U. Chem. Heterocycl. Compd. 2015, 51(2), 139-145. [Khim.Geterotsikl. Soedin. 2015, 51(2), 139-145]

[5] Shota Samsoniya, Uli Kazmaier, Tinatin Bukia, Davit Zurabishvili, Medea Lomidze BULLETINOF THE GEORGIAN NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 8, No.2 2014; pp 85-

Chem-14

Dehydrogeneration of alkanes and alcohols by iridium pincer complexes

Avthandil A. Koridze

Iv.Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, 3 Chavchavadze Avenue, 0179 Tbilisi, Georgiae-mail: avthandil.koridze@tsu.ge

Selective homogeneous dehydrogenation of alkanes is one of the most significant tasks oforganic chemistry and catalysis. Presently the most active and robust homogeneous catalysts for alkanedehydrogenation are iridium pincer complexes [1]. Kaska, Jensen et al. [2], as well as Goldman et al. [3]showed that iridium bis(phosphine) pincer complexes 1 are effective catalysts for alkanedehydrogenation. Later, Brookhart et al. [4] established that iridium bis(phosphinite) pincer complexes 2are approximately an order of magnitude more active than their bis(phosphine) counterparts. Developedin our group [5] iridium bis(phosphine) pincer complexes with a metallocene backbone 3 and 4 havebeen shown to be somewhat more active than type 2 compounds.

Apparently, catalytic activity of iridium pincer complexes should be affected by both a stericfactor (the accessibility of catalytic center for a substrate), and an electronic factor, i.e. the relativeelectron density at the iridium atom. The steric accessibility of the iridium atom is determined by thebulkiness of organyl groups of the phosphorous donor atoms (t-Bu are common groups) and by the valueof the P-Ir-P angle in pincer complexes.

We have prepared a series of new p-flourophenylpalladium complexes with four different pincerligands. The measurement of 19F NMR parameters and PdII/PdIV oxidation potentials allowed us to makeconclusions on the electronic properties of the appropriate ligands [6], which correlate well withpreviously reported data based on νCO stretching frequencies of IrCO complexes with the same pincerligands. The data obtained support our conclusion that the higher catalytic activity of complexes 2, 3 and4 in alkane dehydrogenation versus that of complex 1 have mainly steric reason. Thus, compounds 2 and3 have smaller P-Ir-P angle than 1 (for the respective Ir-CO adducts, the P-C-P angles are 157.55, 157.93and 164.51o), which provides a higher accessibility of the Ir atom for a substrate, while there are clearsimilarity in the electronic properties of the pincer ligands in complexes 1 and 3,4.

Hydrogen is potentially an ideal energy carrier, as it is nonpolluting and has a high energydensity by weight. Significant efforts are devoted to the development of catalysts able to dehydrogenatesome hydrogen-rich liquids such as alkanes, formic acid, nitrogen heterocycles and alcohols. We havestudied dehydrogenation of alcohols by bis(phosphinite) benzene based and bis(phosphine) ruthenocenebased iridium pincer complexes [7].

Chem-15

Dehydrogenation of secondary alcohols proceeds in a catalytic mode with TON up to 3420 (85%conversion) for acceptorless dehydrogenation of 1-phenylethanol. Primary alcohols are readilydecarbonylated even at room temperature to give Ir-CO adducts. The mechanism of this transformationwas studied in detail, especially for EtOH; new intermediates were isolated and characterized.

References

[1] J.Choi, A.H.R. MacArthur, M. Brookhart, A.S. Goldman, Chem.Rev. 2011, 111, 1761-1779.[2] C.M. Jensen, Chem, Commun.1999, 2443-2449.[3] F.Liu, A.S.Goldman, Chem.Commun. 1999, 655-656.[4] I.Gottker-Schnetmann, P.S. White, M.Brookhart, Organometallics 2004, 23, 1766-1776.[5] S.A.Kuklin, A.M.Sheloumov, F.M.Dolgushin, M.G.Ezernitskaya, A.S.Peregudov, P.V.Petrovskii,

A.A.Koridze. Organometallics 2006, 25, 5466-5476.[6] A.V.Polukeev, S.A.Kuklin, P.V.Petrovskii, S.M.Peregudova, A.F.Smol’yakov, F.M.Dolgushin,

A.A.Koridze. Dalton Trans. 2011, 40, 7201-7209.[7] A.V.Polukeev, P.V.Petrovskii, A.S.Peregudov, M.G.Ezernitskaya, A.A.Koridze. Organometallics

2013, 32, 1000-1015.

Chem-16

Wood polymer composites based on the renewable raw materialsO. Mukbaniania,b, J. Anelib, G. Buzaladzeb, E. Markarashvilia,b, T. Tatrishvilia,b

a Department of Macromolecular Chemistry, Iv. Javakhishvili’ Tbilisi State University,Chavchavadze Blvd., 1, Tbilisi 0179, Georgia

bInstitute of Macromolecular Chemistry and Polymeric Materials, , Iv. Javakhishvili’ Tbilisi State University, I.Chavchavadze Blvd., 13, Tbilisi 0179, Georgia

E-mail: omarimu@yahoo.comNovel composites on the basis of renewable raw materials and different organic and inorganic

binders have been obtained. Phenylsiloxane of two types (PhES-50 and PhES-80), polyethylene,colophony, wood glue and liquid glass were used as binders, concentrations of which varied in region 3-15 wt% . By way of dry mix of ingredients there were prepared the composites with 1-4 binders. Thecomposites were prepared by using of method of hot pressing of high dispersed (50 mcm) componentsunder pressures about 150 kg/cm2 and 1300 C in the spatial moulds during 15 min.

Following characteristics were studied for the composites with sawdust: Furie transformation infraredspectra, Mechanical strength on the bending, impact bending (by Sharpy) and thermal stability (by Vica).Mechanical strength of the composites. It was investigated two types of mechanical strength: bendingstrength and impact strength. The testing of composites was provided with use of the standard methods.Analysis of the numerical values of the mechanical strength on the bending allows us to make thefollowing conclusions:

The strength of composite on the basis of sawdust as filler (95 wt %) and PhES-80 (5 wt %) asbinder in general depends on the technological parameters – temperature and pressure. Namely thestrength of composites obtained at increasing temperature in the range 90 - 120o C and fixed pressure (17MPa) monotonically increases in the range 4.5 up to 21 MPa. The composites obtained at increasingpressure (8 -15 MPa) and constant temperature (110o C) exhibit high value of this parameter at relativelylow pressures (22 MPa at technological pressure 8 MPa). Probably more monolith structure in thesematerials creates at optimal conditions of the technological regime. In this case high values of thebending strength (20-22 MPa) have composites, obtained under two type of regimes: when temperature isabout 120o C and pressure-17 Mpa or when T=110o C and P=8 MPa.

The composites obtained in the analogical regime, where PhES-50 is used instead of PhES-80the dependence of the bending strength on the technological regime is less important. This parameter ischanged in the range 12-15 MPa (composites were obtained at constant temperature and differentpressures) and 14-19 MPa (obtained at different temperatures and constant pressures).

The composites contained polyethylene (5 wt %) generally exhibit more high mechanicalproperties and depend on the regime weaker in comparison with ones don’t contenting polyethylene.Obviously the polyethylene in this composite plays the role of additive binder. By more high indexes arecharacterized the composites including high dispersive sawdust and polyethylene. So for compositesbased on high dispersive filler, polyethylene and PhES-80 (3wt%) the strength reaches 33 MPa. Withhigh value (29 Mpa) of this parameter is characterized the composite containing vinyltrietoxisilane andhigh dispersive sawdust. This result may be described with high value of the sawdust particles surfaceand, consequently to creation of high number of bonds between filler particles and binder molecules.

Measurement of thermal stability by method of Vica. There were conducted the investigations onstudy of thermal stability of composites by method Vica. On the basis of investigations with use ofmethod Vica it can be made the following conclusions:

The composites based on PhES-80 with sawdust are characterized with improved thermalstability, when the “technological” pressure increases till definite level. So the softening at increasingtemperatures occurs more intensively in composites obtained at less pressures, by other words the higheris this pressure the lower is softening, or more high thermal stability exhibit the composites obtained atmore high pressures. This result is obvious, because of two reasons: a) the integral volume ofcommunicated micro-empties distributed chaotically in the composite body reduced at relatively high

Chem-17

pressures and, consequently, the rigidity and thermal stability of the material increases; b) FES80 createsintensive heterogeneous chemical bonds in composites.

The composites based on PhES-50 with sawdust are characterized with less thermal stability incomparison with analogues based on PhES-80. Probably the composites based on PhES-50 contain ingreat numbers of the micro-empties and simultaneously less number of heterogeneous chemical bondsthen in case of composites based on PhES-80.

Experimentally is shown the effect of the particles sizes in the softening and thermal stability ofthe composites. The composite containing the particles with sizes up to1 mm is less stable than theanalogue with same sawdust but with particles up to 0.5 mm. This result is interpreted in the same termsas we have considered above (the integral surface of the heterogeneous interaction is more in case ofsmall particles than for big ones).

Investigation of the micro-structure of composites. The micro-structure of the wood compositeswas studied on the optical microscope of type NMM-800RF/TRF. Scanning electron microscopicinvestigation was carried out on high-performance devices (SEM) JSM-6510LV with high resolution of3.0 nm at 30 kV, for fast characterization and imaging of fine structures. The main components of straware in lemma and palea form, which tightly interlock with each other. The surface of composites ishomogeneous and there are not insertions and nor cracks. The particle’s sizes changes in the range 400-500 mcm.

Via SEM investigations it was shown that the main components of straw are in lemma and paleaform, which tightly interlock with each other. Also one can observe the outer epidermis of raw straw,which is well organized and has a corrugate structure. The outer surface of lemma is highly ridged, andthe ridged structures have a linear profile. The epidermal cells of lemma are arranged in linear ridges andfurrows, and the ridges are punctuated with prominent fibrous protrusions [1].

Acknowledgements. The financial support of the Georgian National Science Foundation Grant #STCU5892 is gratefully acknowledged.

References

[1] S. Muraganatham, G. Anbalagan, N. Ramamurthy. FTIR and SEM (EDS) comparative analysis ofmedical plants. Eclipta alba HassK and Eclipta prostrate linn. Rom J. Biophysics, 19, 285-294, 2009.

Chem-18

Non toxic new macrocyclic azo methines

Natia Ochkhikidze, Tea Matitaishvili, Kakha Didebulidze, Elizbar Elizbarashvili

Agricultural University of Georgia, 240 David Aghmashenebeli Alley0159. Tbilisi.Georgia, E-mail: n.ochkhikidze@agruni.edu.ge

Azomethines are used as substrates to prepare a large number of industrial and biologically activecompounds via ring closure, cycloaddition and condensation reactions between primary amines andaldehydes. Moreover, azomethines are also known to have biological activities such as antimicrobial [1],antifungal [2], antitumor biological activities [3] and are used as herbicides. In industry, they have a widerange of application such as dyes and pigments with luminescent properties.Optical imaging with dyes permits visualization of biological activities [1-4]. Among the compoundswith fluorescent properties, azomethines are one of the important dyes.Based on all these observations we consider the synthesis of macrocyclic azomethines, bearing propertiesof both azomethines and macrocyclic compounds highly interesting and beneficial for the fielddevelopment. We have reported the method of synthesis of 20-membered cyclic polyazomethinecompounds [5]. Some chemical and physical properties of these macrocycles have been also investigated[6]. They are excellent azo partners and have ability to give tetrakis azo dayes via one-pot azo couplingreaction.There is a need to design stable dyes that possess desirable photophysical properties, stability, andtargeting ability. We have synthesized novel substituted macrocyclic polyazomethines with methylenespacers. Polyazomethine synthesized via conversion from bis-phenol by carbonylation and condensationwith ethylene diamine or hexamethylene diamine.

Scheme 1 Synthesis of new polyazomethine

We have studied antibacterial activity of the macrocyclic azomethines. The results show, that they are notbactericides.

X

OH

X

OH O

X

OH

N

X

OH

NnNaOH,3 n=1, 3CHCl

OH OH

O

HO

NOH

N

n

H2N(CH2CH2)nNH2

X= non or -N=N-

Chem-19

Table 1 Antibacterial activity data

# SalmonellaEnteritidis

E.Coli PseudomonaAeroginosa

StrephtylococcusAureus

StrephtylococcusO15

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

References

[1] El-Masry A. H., Fahmy H.H., Abdelwahed S.H.A. Molecules, 5, 1429 (2000).[2] Banfi E., Scialino G., Zampieri D., Mamolo M.G., Vio L., Ferrone M., Fermeglia M., Paneni MS.,

Pricl S. J Antimicrob Chemother., , 58, 76-84 (2006).[3] Desai S. B., Desai P. B., Desai K.R. Heterocycl. Commun. 7, 83–90 (2001).[4] Kauer J.S. Nature, 1988, 331, 166.[5] Elizbarashvili E., Matitaishvili T., Topuria Kh. Journal of Brazilian Chemical Society. 18, 1254-1258

(2007).[6] Lagvilava I., Matitaishvili T., Iardalashvili I., Elizbarashvili E. Collection of Czechoslovak Chemical

Communications, 74, 409-418 (2009).

Chem-20

Novel stationary GC phases prepared from nanoparticles

Ana Gurgenidze a, Robert Wegenerb, Jürgen Dornseifferc, Joachim Borchardtb,Sebastian Schmittb, Astrid Kiendler-Scharrb, Andreas Wahnerb, Beatrix Hoppstockd,

Volker Lorbachd

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences,Department of Chemistry, Chavchavadze Ave 3, 0179 Tbilisi, Georgia

bInstitut für Energie- und Klimaforschung, IEK-8: Troposphäre, ForschungszentrumJülich GmbH, Jülich, Germany

c Chemical Consulting Dornseiffer CCD GbR, Aachen, Germanyd CS-Chromatographie Service GmbH, Langerwehe, Germany

Gas Chromatography (GC) is an important technique for qualitative and quantitative analysis of volatileorganic compounds (VOC) in the troposphere [1]. However, it’s also widely used for analyzing lessvolatile compounds in all kinds of industrial and research laboratories.

Separation in gas chromatography is caused by the interaction of the target compound with the stationaryphase. At present, fused-silica wall coated open tubular columns (WCOT) and porous-layer open tubularcolumn (PLOT) are mainly used [2]. While PLOT columns are used for the analysis of highly volatilehydrocarbons and permanent gases, separation of less volatile compounds is not possible on PLOTcolumns due to their lack of thermal stability.

Our goal was to develop a new type of stationary phases which combines the separation properties ofPLOT columns towards highly volatile compounds with the stability of WCOT columns usingnanoparticles. Nanoparticles have a very homogeneous size distribution; they can easily be attached tosurfaces due to their good adhesive properties and have greater surface area compared to micro-scaleparticles. By modifying them with organic coatings, stationary phases with different selectivity can beobtained.

The development of novel stationary phases was done within the project Carbon modified nanolayers inchromatography (nanoCARB), founded by German Federal Ministry of Education and Research. Ourresults show that it is possible to produce columns with good separation efficiency for highly and lessvolatile organic compounds by varying the nanoparticle compositions (Figure 1). Separation ofcompounds on different columns at the different flows was examined.

Chem-21

Figure 1 Gas Chromatogram of a mixture of volatile organic compound measured on a 12m nanoCARB-Column.

Acknowledgements

The project is funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research within theinnovation offensive "NanoChance". A.G. wants to thank “Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft” for financing.

References

[1]R. Koppmann, Volatile Organic Compounds in the Atmosphere, R. Koppmann (BlackwellPublishing, Oxford, 2007), chap. 1.

[2] R. Grob, E. Barr, Modern Practice in Gas Chromatography (Wiley- Interscience, New Jersey, 2004),part 1.

Chem-22

For Lignin Separation Issue

Zurab Pachuliaa,, Emma Churguliaa

a Sokhumi State University, Faculty of Natural Sciences and Health-Care,0186 Tbilisi, Politkovskaiya Str.12

As it is known, lignin can be used as a synthetic resin and plastics. This gives the hope to thechemists, that lignin may be become a viable product, which does not concede the cellulose byvalue. For removal of lignin from woody tissue (for delignification) water-alcohol mixtures canbe used successfully. We have studied ethanol interaction with lignin near structurally similar tothe three phenolic alcohols with the formation of simple ester bonds by using quantum-chemicalsemi-empirical method AM1 [1].

OH

HC CH

CH2OH

OCH3

+ CH3-CH2OH

OH

HC CH

CH2OC2H5

OCH3

+ H2O

Scheme 1. Reaction of ethanol with 3-methoxy-4-hydroxycinnamyl (coniferyl) alcohol.

Fig.1. Dependence of the enthalpy (H) on distance between the carbon and oxygen atomsCOR (for Scheme 1). ∆∆Н# = 898.71 kJ/mol, ∆∆Н = 26.87 kJ/mol;

Scheme 2. Reaction of ethanol with 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxycinnamyl (sinapinic) alcohol.

+ CH3-CH2OH + H2O

OH

HC CH

CH2OH

OCH3CH3O

OH

HC CH

CH2OC2H5

OCH3CH3O

Chem-23

Fig.2. Dependence of the enthalpy (H) on distance between the carbon and oxygen atomsCOR (for Scheme 2). ∆∆Н# = 424.96 kJ/mol, ∆∆Н = 18.40 kJ/mol;

+ CH3-CH2OH + H2O

OH

HC CH

CH2OH

OH

HC CH

CH2OC2H5

Scheme 3. Reaction of ethanol with p-hydroxycinnamyl (p-coumaric) alcohol.

Fig.3. Dependence of the enthalpy (H) on distance between the carbon and oxygen atomsCOR (for Scheme 3). ∆∆Н# = 449.90 kJ/mol, ∆∆Н = 42.23 kJ/mol ;

As it is obvious from the figures, the activation energy is least for second reaction (Scheme 2).All three options are endothermic. In this case, the advantage has the second reaction (Scheme2).

References

[1] M.J.S. Dewar, E.G. Zoebisch, E.F. Healy and J.J.P. Stewart, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 107, 3902(1985).

Biology

Biol-1

Global Climate Change and Emerging Infectious Disease

Stanley Maloy

San Diego State University, USA

Over the last 100 years human activity has exerted a powerful influence on the carbon cycle, releasing enormous

amounts of greenhouse gasses like CO2 and altering our global climate. Global climate change will have a profound

effect on our earth. Climate change can directly and indirectly alter the ecology and physiology of marine and

terrestrial plant and animal life. Global climate change impacts the frequency of drought, flooding, and other

extreme weather conditions. Global climate change is predicted to cause sea level rise, leading to coastal area

flooding and erosion, loss of wetlands, and the penetration of seawater into important reservoirs of freshwater.

These stresses could prompt widespread shifts in the natural habitats of animals and plants and make it difficult for

organisms to survive in the regions they now inhabit.

In addition to larger organisms, climate change also affects the microbes that determine the health and disease of

animals, humans, and the environment. Although some of the consequences of global climate change will take

decades before they impact human populations, climate change has already altered the emergence and spread of

many infectious diseases. Changes in weather patterns alter the population of rodents and other animal hosts that

can spread disease to humans. Changes in rainfall can limit the availability of clean water and uncontaminated food

supplies, thereby increasing the incidence of diseases transmitted via human and animal wastes. Changes in

temperature and rainfall can alter the abundance of insect and tick vectors and thereby increase the incidence and

distribution of vector borne diseases, including diseases spread by mosquitoes such as malaria, dengue, and yellow

fever.

Understanding these processes will allow us to develop optimal mitigation strategies. To gain insight into the

evolution of new infectious diseases, we are studying exotoxin genes in the Tijuana River Estuary, a vulnerable

natural habitat that is impacted by upstream human activities. Our results have identified a novel reservoirs of

exotoxin genes in the environment, providing a mechanism for the rapid development of new pathogens by the

transfer of these virulence factors to new bacteria.

Select references:

Casas V, Maloy S. 2014. Genomic and metagenomic approaches for predicting pathogen evolution. Microbiol.

Spectrum 2 ; doi:10.1128/microbiolspec.OH-0019-201399.

Casas V, Maloy S. 2011. Role of bacteriophage-encoded exotoxins in the evolution of bacterial pathogens. Future

Microbiol. 6: 1461-1473.

Biol-2

Gold and Silver Nanoparticle Doped Liquid Crystal and Polymer Nanocomposite:

Application in Biology and Drug Delivery Systems

Ketevan Chubinidzea, Elene Davitashvilia, Nana Koshoridzea, Gia Petriashvilib

a Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, 1 Ilia Chavchavadze Ave, Tbilisi 0179, Georgia b Georgian Technical University, 68 Merab Kostava St, Tbilisi 0175, Georgia

In this abstract we describe silver and gold nanoparticles (NPs) incorporated in liquid crystal (LC) and polymer

nanocomposites. Systems of NPs dispersed in LC and polymer matrices have attracted attention to the possible

development of novel materials based on the controlled assembly of the particles. An attractive way to satisfy this

conformational freedom requirement would be to hosting the NPs within flexible, tunable and organic medium as

LCs and polymers. LC phases are found in DNA, proteins, lipids and polysaccharides [1-4]. Our research is

divided into three directions:

1. Light to heat conversions in the nanocomposites incorporated with silver and gold nanoparticles. This method

relies on the optical properties of cholesteric LCs, confined into microdroplets dispersed in the medium, and

combines the advantages of high spatial resolution and good temperature accuracy with fast readout. In this work,

we propose the idea to use thermotropic cholesteric LC microdroplets for the non-intrusive visualization and

measurement of the temperature distribution at the microscale. In particular, we focus on the visualization of the

optical energy conversion to heat in metal NPs. Gold or silver NPs can efficiently release heat under optical

excitation. When excited with a laser beam, the laser electric field strongly drives charge mobile carriers inside the

NPs, and the energy gained by carriers turns into heat. Heat generation becomes especially strong in the regime of

plasmon resonance. The NPs temperature may rise significantly and the heat can propagate to the surrounding

medium. In our method, the temperature surrounding NPs can be estimated monitoring the color tuning of the

microdroplets of a cholesteric LCs. Hence, the micron size droplets act as micro thermometers, providing a local

visualization of the temperature, which is well suitable for applications in the biological field, in particular for the

visualization and calibration of temperature distribution near the biological cells, for the application in plasmonic

photo-thermal therapy.

2. Luminescence enhancement in nanocomposite consisting of polyvinyl alcohol incorporated gold nanoparticles

and Nile blue 690 perchlorate. We have experimentally demonstrated that the emission of visible light from the

polymer matrix doped with luminescent dye and gold nanoparticles (GNPs) can be enhanced with the use of surface

plasmon coupling. GNPs can enhance the luminescence intensity of nearby luminescent dye because the

interactions between the dipole moments of the dye and the surface plasmon field of the GNPs. GNPs are among

the most extensively studied nanomaterials. They are known to be the most stable metal nanoparticles. Numerous

studies have been reported on the synthesis, property and application development of gold clusters, colloids, and

nanoparticles. In this work we present GNPs formed and incorporated together with luminescent dye Nile blue

(Nb) into a film of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA). Light enhancement of a luminescent dye strongly depends on the

factors that can be manipulated to obtain a desired luminescence: the distance between the luminescent dye and the

GNPs and the spectral overlap between the wavelength of pumping light source and GNPs plasmon resonance peak.

The electric charge on the GNPs and the distance between GNPs and luminescent dye molecules has a significant

effect on the luminescence intensity and this enhancement highly depends upon the excitation wavelength of

pumping laser source. In particular, by matching the plasmon frequency of GNPs to the frequency of laser light

source we have observed a strong luminescence enhancement of the nanocomposite consisting of GNPs coupled

with luminescent dye Nile blue 690 perchlorate, figure 1.

Biol-3

Figure 1. Light emission enhancement from PVA/Nb 690 and PVA/Nb 690/GNPs polymer composites when pumped by laser

with wavelength coincide to the absorption of GNPs and images of GNPs/Nb clusters under optical a), and confocal

microscopes b)

This ability of controlling luminescence can be beneficially used in developing contrast agents for highly sensitive

and specific optical sensing and imaging. Opens new possibilities for plasmonic applications in the solar energy

field. Enhancement in luminescence using gold NPs/luminescent dye complex will lead to many applications for

advancement in biomolecular labeling to produce novel optical contrast agents with high sensitivity and specificity.

The visualization and control of optical and thermal energy conversions in nanostructures are key challenges in

many fields of science with applications to areas as molecular sensing, detection and visualization cancer cells at the

early stage of development, photothermal cancer therapy.

3. Light activated drug delivery containers based on the photochromic dye doped LC Microspheres Using light to

control the switching properties of photochromic molecules is an attractive strategy for the development of new

technologies with possible applications in drug delivery systems. We have developed a novel, light controlled drug

delivery containers based on photosensitive molecules doped LC bubbles, figure 2. Upon exposure to visible light

the photochromic molecules, located inside the liquid crystal containers, turn from hydrophobic (oil soluble), to

hydrophilic (water soluble) ones. This phenomenon allows us to elaborate drug delivery systems which will be

possible to control drug release and the location in the body where it is released.

Figure 2. Light controllable photochromic dye doped liquid crystal bubbles in aqueous solution

References

[1]. Alejandro D. Rey Liquid crystal models of biological materials and processes Soft Matter,

6, 3402-3429, (2010) [2]. Sun S H, Murray C B, Weller D, Folks L and Moser A 2000 Science 287 (1989)

[3]. Toshima N, Harada M, Yamazaki Y and Asakura K, J.Phys. Chem. 96, 9927, (1992)

[4]. Qingbo Zhang, JimYang Lee1, Jun Yang, Chris Boothroyd and Jixuan Zhang

Nanotechnology 18, 245605, (2007).

Biol-4

Melatonin quantitative changes and psycho-emotional stress caused by isolation and

circadian rhythms disorders

Nana Koshoridze , Zurab Kuchukashvili, Natalia Dachanidze, Ketevan Menabde,Georgi

Burjanadze

Department of Biology, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi,

Georgia

Introduction

It is widely accepted that any kind changes of natural environment causes stress-reactions, it’s

express in disorders of cellular metabolism, activation of genetic apparatus and etc. [1,2]. Thus, these

changes can be viewed as a stress factors on the whole body. The short-term impact of stress factors

provoke cells functional activation and mobilization of whole body. However, organism responds by

irreversiable processes on prolongation of stress reaction,which may results cells and whole body death. Under the

normal condition, the pro and antioxidant system are balanced, which makes antioxidant status and creating of it

participates many endogenous compounds. Among them very important is Melatonin. Recently literature data

indicated pro-oxidant properties of melatonin, which mainly depends on the concentration of this hormone and

functional state of the cells [3,4].It was found that, increase of melatonin concentration in therapeutically

purpose, increases content of mitochondrial ROS, by changing intracellular Ca2+ concentration, causes platelet

activation and aggregation, eventually happening formation of thrombosis [4].

Based on the above, the aim of our investigation has been to study the current changing in white, laboratory rat

mononuclear cells (PBMC), determine the level activity of the antioxidant system and metabolic processes in blood,

and background the quantitative increase of endogenous melatonin. The experiment was conducted on adult male

white rats (150 ± 10g) divided into 3 groups: I group-control animals, II group-30 days in full darkness and

social isolation of animals.

Results and Summary

Proceeding from the above-mentioned on the first step of experiment, it was studied quantitative changes of

endogenous melatonin in the blood of I and II group animals. It was shown 200% growth of hormone in II group.

It has been studied functional state of PBMC on the base of changing mitochondrial enzymes activity (succinate

dehydrogenase, aconitase, creatine kinase). It’s confirmed that energy metabolism decreases parallel with

significant increases of melatonin, which is indicator of ATP generation, oxidative phosphorylaton and

decline of mitochondrial functions. However it wasn’t seen significant changes of active radicals (ROS) and

superoxide radicals in the PBMC by cytometrical method. (Figure. 1a, 1b). Considering the conditions above, it was studied changes of transmembrane potential of the mitochondrial inner

membrane, which is known as apoptosis marker. It has been shown, that amount of apoptotic cells increased little

(≈10% ), in PBMC, compare the control group (Fig. 1c).

After quantitative analysis of mononuclear cells, according cell cycles, it became clear differences between

experimental and control groups. Particularly, in PBMC of experimental animals, compare of control group, it was

significantly reduced cells, which were at the G2 / M cycle phase. It is indicates decrease of PBMC cells, which are

in mitosis phase. At the same time, significantly increased cell content in G0/G1 phase (Fig. 2).

Biol-5

Figure 2. Representative histograms of DNA stained with propidium iodide (PI), isolated from PBMCs from

both groups of animals: a. –control group; b. – experimental group The histograms reflect PBMCs distribution between cell cycle phases. A clear decrease in tetraploid fraction, i.e. number of cells in G2/M phase (R5) can be seen in case of stressed animal (b).

Thus, the experiments show that stress, caused by social isolation, disruption of diurnal cycle and uncontrolled

increase of melatonin concentration in the blood, despite its powerful antioxidant properties, characterized

activation of apoptotic cells and decreasing of mitosis, which in turn, may cause different types of

immunodeficiency pathologies.

References 1. E, Zhuravliova, T. Barbakadze, E. Zaalishvili, M. Chipashvili, N. Koshoridze, Mikeladze D. Social isolation

in rats inhibits oxidative metabolism, decreases the content of mitochondrial K-Ras and

activates mitochondrial hexokinase. Behav Brain Res 205, 377-383, (2009). .

2. K.M. Wonnacott and R.H. Bonneau. The effects of stress on memory cytotoxic T lymphocyte- mediated

protection against herpes simplex virus infection at mucosal sites. Brain Behav Immun

16,104-117, (2002). 3. K.S. Girish, M. Paul, R.M,, Thushara and M. Hemshekhar. Melatonin elevates apoptosis in human platelets via ROS mediated mitochondrial damage. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 438,198-204, (2013).

4. V. Leytin. Apoptosis in the anucleate platelet. Blood Rev 26, 51-63, (2012).

Figure 1. Representative histograms of PBMCs from

experimental group stained with a - 2‟-7‟-dichloro -

fluorescein diacetate (DCF-D); b.– dihydroethidium

(DE); c.–3,3'-dihexyloxacarbo-cyanide iodide (DiOC6).

Each histogram is compared to a subsequent histogram

from the control group, shown as a contour plot.

(MFIDCF-DA: 300.33 ±14.85- contr. vs 283.01±41.24 -

exp; MFIDE: 17.83±2.26- exp vs. 20.18±1.83- contr.).

Biol-6

Extraction, characteristics and in vitro biological features of different-origin Saperavi

wine flavonoids

Tamar Samadashvili, Guram Lekiashvili, Maka Lemonjava, Zurab Kuchukashvili,

Elene Davitashvili, Maka Koshoridze, Nana Koshoridze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, 2

University Str, 0128 Tbilisi, Georgia

The extraction, characteristics and antioxidant properties of variety different origin of Georgian endemic Saperavi

grapes flavonoids are described in this abstrat. Saperavi is a black grape variety, one of the best Georgian wine with

medicinal properties. Saperavi wine industry produce the 25% of waste. Phenolic compounds present in the waste

(70%) and other bioactive substances, including flavonoids, revealed an antioxidant activity, regulate lipid

metabolism, anti-inflammatory and anti-allergic effect and so on [1-3].

Our investigation was conducted in two directions:

1. The extraction of flavonoids from different origin (Khashmi and Jimiti) of Saperavi grapes (from seeds and skin)

and from wine prepared by European method, characterization, familiarizing their qualitative analysis and

2. The study of antioxidant activity as well as chemical and biological systems.

The experiment was carried out in two stages. In the first part we got pure flavonoids with modifying Zaprometov’s

method [4]. On the second stage the summarized fraction of flavonoids fractionated by thin layer chromatography.

The antioxidant activity of flavonoids fractions was studied in vitro in chemical and biological systems. The model

of biological system was bovine liver cells suspension. The antioxidant activity in biological system was estimated

by measuring of final product of lipid peroxidation – Malonic dialdehyde (MDA) concentrations. MDA

concentration assessed with an colorimetric method according to CALBIOCHEM Corporation Lipid peroxidation

assay kit. The absorbance of MDA were measured by Multiskan 60 Microplate Reader (“Thermo Scientific”, USA)

at 586 nm wavelength. The antioxidant activity in chemical system was estimated in presence of potassium

ferricyanide and luminol chemiluminescence, as scavenger of oxygen radicals.

The obtained results (Fig.1- 2) showed that different parts of Saperavi differed qualitatively and quantitatively

content of flavonoids. Flavonoids fractions revealed the different antioxidant properties. Flavonoids from grapes are

more serious than skin and wine in chemical systems. The Flavonoids showed different antioxidant activity in

respect to the place of origin.

Biol-7

Figure1. The fractionation of summarized fraction of flavonoids by thin layer chromatography.

Figure2. The influence of flavonoids, extracted from Saperavi different origin grapes on chemiluminescence of luminole.

References

[1] Baghaturia, N. S. Georgian winemakin : Theory and practice, Tbilisi, 2010 ISBN 978-9941-0-2534-1; [2] Baur JA, Sinclair DA (2006). Nat Rev Drug Discov 5 (6): 493—506. http://www.vinoge.com/

[3] N. Doreulee, M. Alania, Z. Kuchukashvili et al.International Scientific Conference "Actual Problems in

Neurobiology"; 2011. pp 18-19.

Jimiti:

1) seeds

3) skin

5) wine

Khashmi:

2) seeds

4) skin

6) wine

Biol-8

The study of hepatocyte polyploidization using a model of cholestatic liver

D.Dzidziguri, S.Kiparoidze, E.Bakuradze, I.Modebadze, G.Nebieridze

Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, 3

Chavchavadze Av. 0128, Tbilisi, Georgia

After severe liver injury or surgical resection, liver cells must regenerate to compensate for the lost tissue (Fausto N,

et al 2006). Along with the cell proliferation, polyploidization and hypertrophy is important in the restoration of

mass and function of the organ (Michalopoulos G.K. 2007, Miyaoka Y., et al 2012). Nevertheless, it is not clear yet,

the processes are initiated by the same factors, or they have different signaling pathways.

Previously significant increasing of mitotic activity and polyploidization on 4th day of cholestasis was shown.

Based on fact that in proliferation of liver cells key role is given to hepatocytes growth factor (HGF) and

concentration of it is increased on the second day after the common bile duct ligation (Li Zh. et al. 2007),

determination of the role of HGF in hepatocyte polyploidization is seems very interesting.

The aim of this work is to determine whether the HGF signaling pathway initiates hepatocytes polyploidization.

Experiments were carried out on adult white rats (130-150g). Model of cholestatic liver with common bile duct

ligation was used. C-Met inhibitor (PHA 665752) was used for blocking HGF signaling pathway. Animals were

separated into three groups: I – control, intact animals, II – the First test group - cholestatic animals (4th day), III-

the second test group - cholestatic animals with inhibitor injection (1mg/kg) during 4 days after surgery.

Determination of colchicine mitotic index was used for assessment of proliferative activity. Hepatocytes smears

were stained by Schiff reagent (Feulgen staining). Nuclear DNA content was detected by using of computer

software ImageJ 1.36 b.

Results. It was established that mitotic index is increased in the first test group in compare to intact animals after 4

days of cholestasis. At the same time number of diploid and binucleited 2cx2 cells is decreased (intact animals -

53±7.7, I test group - 22±3.3) while quantity of polyploid cells (4c, 4cx2, 8c) is increased (quantity of 4c cells:

control –34±8.6, I test group - 64±3. quantity of 8c cells: 0,5±0,3 and 5±1 respectively) (table 1).

Table 1. Quantitative distribution of the cells with different ploidy in the cholestatic liver

DNA Quantity 2c 2c x 2 4c 4c x 2 8c

Intact animals 53±7.7 9±1 34±8.6 2,75±0.8 0,5±0,3

I test group 22±3.3 6±0.6 64±3 3±0.6 5±1

II test group 17 ±2.6 7±2.5 64±2.1 4±0.7 8±1.6

A similar increasing of number of polyploid cells (4c, 4cx2, 8c) was revealed in the second test group (quantity of

diploid cells was significantly decreased compared to intact animals, in particular up to 17 ± 2.6 %, while the

number of tetra- and octaploid cells is increased significantly 64 ± 2.1% and 8 ± 1.6%, respectively) (table 1). It

should be noted that no significant difference in the number of polyploid cells was revealed between the first and

Biol-9

the second test group of animals. However, hepatocytes mitotic activity decreased significantly in the II test group

of animals compared to the first test group.

Our findings imply that, decreased hepatocyte mitotic activity after the c-Met receptor inhibitor exposure indicates

that inhibition of cell proliferation is occurred in cholestatic liver. This allows us to think that the c-Met receptor

inhibitor blocked the process of HGF ligand-receptor complex formation. Against the background of inhibition of

hepatocytes proliferation the number of hepatocytes with different ploidy does not change in the liver parenchyma,

which can be explained by the fact that: HGF pathway is not involved in initiation of polyploidization and/ or

initiation of polyploidization is achieved by activation of other signaling ways.

Conclusion. From obtained results we can conclude that HGF signaling pathway doesn’t serve as an activator for

the mechanism of polyploidization in cholestatic liver.

References

[1] Fausto N, Campbell JS, Riehle KJ.. Hepatology. 43:S45–S53, 2006 [2] Li Z, Mizuno S, Nakamura T. J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol. 292(2):G639-46. 2007

[3] Michalopoulos GK ., J Cell Physiol 213: 286-300. 2007

[4] Miyaoka Y., K. Ebato, H. Kato, S. Arakawa, S. Shimizu and A. Miyajima, Current Biology, 22, (13): 1166–

1175, 2012

Biol-10

Mapping of UBF Isoforms using Fluoronanogold and Electron Tompgraphy:

Supramolecular Organization of GFP-tagged UBF during Inhibition of rRNA

Synthesis

P. Tchelidzea and D. Plotonb

a Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi, Georgia b University of Reims (Champagne-Ardenne), Reims, France

The nucleolus is the most prominent subnuclear compartment, primarily known as the site of ribosome biogenesis.

Its highly organized and extremely compact microconstruction is maintained due to the structural integrity and strict

chronology of molecular processes related to the ribosomal RNA (rRNA) synthesis, processing and ribosome

assembling. The formation of the nucleolus results from synchronous activation of hundreds of tandem repeats of

ribosomal genes (r-genes) gathered in clusters that are distinguished in mitosis as chromosomal Nucleolar

Organizer Regions (NOR’s). In the interphase the complex nucleolar composition generates on the basis of relaxed

ribosomal DNA (rDNA) of active NOR’s. Genes of rRNA are transcribed by the transcriptional machinery of Pol I,

an enzymatic complex solely dedicated to this task. The resultant functional territories or nucleolar components are

characterized by ordered packing of the rRNA synthesis and processing products around transcription sites of

rDNA.

Indeed, nucleolar functions are morphologically embodied into three basic substructures, distinguishable according

to their density and appearance in transmission electron microscopy (TEM). They are classified as: 1) pale staining

FC’s; 2) adjacent to FC dense fibrillar component (DFC) and 3) located on the nucleolar periphery, relatively

opaque granular component (GC). It is well established that FC’s represent interphase counterpart of mitotic

NOR’s, when transient area between FC and DFC is believed as transcriptional active r-genes territory. Arguably,

the fibrillar network of FC is made up of rDNP-fibrils of under-condensed specificity distinguishable from the

nucleosomal chromatin. Thus, due to less condensed package the rDNA clusters are easily recognizable as discrete

foci independently of their transcriptionally active (FC’s) or inactive (mitotic NOR’s) state. The DFC and GC

correspond to processing domains, where maturing pre-rRNP fibrils, being cleaved and modified, produce pre-

ribosomal particles.

Nucleolar sub-compartments are furnished with the specific sets of resident proteins (structural proteins, enzymes,

transcription factors etc.). Over 1000 proteins appear to be at work, acting for both the global organization and

regulation of the nucleolar functions. The synthesis of pre-rRNA starts from the r-gene promoter region, at the site

of the committed template, where several rDNA specific factors (SL1 and UBF in human), cooperate to Pol I to

form an initiation complex. An important target for this tight regulation is the transcription factor UBF whose

ability to trans-activate rDNA promoter and mediate protein-protein interactions is crucial for the assembling of an

active initiation complex. The recruitment of UBF to rDNA promoter is a key event, triggering r-gene activation.

Upstream Binding Factor (UBF) is a key co-regulator of the RNA polymerase I (Pol I) activity. A dimmer of UBF

assumed to be responsible for bending and looping of rDNA at the gene promoter, assembling active initiation

complex and triggering rRNA synthesis. The spatial organization of UBF isoforms within the nucleolar

transcription sites (FC’s) has not been revealed yet. In this study we have designed a reliable detection technique

based on medium voltage scanning-transmission tomography (STEM) and applied it to high-resolution 3-D

Biol-11

mapping of GFP-tagged UBF1 and UBF2 within FC’s of A549 and KB human cancer cell lines. We utilized a pre-

embedding anti-GFP fluoronanogold immuno-labeling that was amplified using silver enhancement technique.

Localization of UBF1 and UBF2 molecules was found to be strongly restricted to FC’s where they are organized in

10-25 nm fibrils folded in a loop-like manner. Selective inhibition rRNA synthesis by Actinomycin D does not

provoke disassembling of the loop-like organization of UBF with the progression of nucleolar segregation. To the

best of our knowledge, these findings present the first direct experimental evidence of the supra-molecular package

of UBF isoforms and their rearrangement under the conditions of rRNA synthesis blockage.

References

[1] Cheutin, T.,Tchelidze, P.,O’Donohue, M.-F., Kaplan, H.,Ploton, D. In: Methods in CellBiology (J.R. McIntosh

ed.); Vol. 79, p. 558-572, ELSEVIER AcademicPress, N.Y., 2006.

Biol-12

The Light influence on synchronization of biological processes of growing rats at

early stage of postnatal development

Elene Tavdishvilia, Natalia Chiladzeb, Diana Dzidziguria

a Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Science, Department of Biology, Tbilisi,

Georgia,

bTbilisi State Medical University, Faculty of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Department of Medical Biology

and Parasitology, Tbilisi, Georgia

The formation of biorhythms as an indispensable condition for adaptation of living organisms at early stage of

postnatal development still remains the object of intensive research. Nowadays studies of mechanisms of formation,

modification and interaction of circadian rhythms of specific vital processes on subcellular, cellular and tissue levels

together with light effect has gained the particular importance (1, 2). In previous studies we have investigated the

changes in circadian rhythms of transcriptional and mitotic activity in different organs (liver, spleen, brain) of white

rats for 30 days after birth. The complete synchronization of mentioned processes in all investigated tissues has

been revealed on the 3rdday after the eye opening (the17th day) (3).

The aim: Determination of the role of light factor in synchronization of transcriptional and mitotic activity of

hepatocytes of growing rats in early postnatal period.

Material and Methods: The experiments have been carried out on the white growing rats (throughout 30 days after

birth). The transcriptional activity of liver cells has been studied by using the RNA-synthesis test-system. The

mitotic activity of hepatocytes has been evaluated in paraffin sections using the light microscope.

Animals have been divided into three groups: 1) the control-intact adult rats under standard lighting conditions (14

h light/10 h dark); 2) the first experimental group-animals kept without light for 11 days starting from the 10thday

after birth; 3) the second experimental group-animals kept without light for 11days straight after birth and then

placed under standard day-night lighting conditions.

Results: The studies revealed the disruption of the rhythmicity of RNA-synthesis as well as mitotic activity in the

first experimental group (Fig.1A). Furthermore, the synchronization of both processes has not been revealed on the

17th day after birth (Fig.1B).

Figure 1. The comparative study of synchronization of mitotic (blue dashed line with diamond) and transcriptional (red straight

line and squares) activity of hepatocytes of rats under standard lighting (A) and dark (B) conditions.

Biol-13

At the same time the transcriptional and mitotic activity of the second experimental group appeared to have a

rhythmic character after restoration of day-night lighting, while the synchronization has been achieved in three days

period (Fig.2).

Figure 2. The light influence on synchronization of mitotic (blue dashed line with diamond) and transcriptional (red straight

line and squares)

activity in hepatocytes of rats.

Conclusion: The present results make us to conclude that the light is a determinant for synchronization of vital

processes of rat liver proliferation in early postnatal development.

References:

[1] Juan Fenando Paredes, Lusia Maria Vera. Chronobiology international: The Journal of Biological and medical

Rhythm research, vol. 31, issue 5, 2014, pp. 613-626. [2] Mark S. Rea and Mariana G. Figueiro. Chronobiology international: The Journal of Biological and medical

Rhythm research, vol. 31, issue 10, 2014, pp.1239-1246. [3] Tavdishvili E., Gagua M., Gogsadze L., Dzidziguri D. Proc. Georgian Acad. Sci., Biol. Ser. B., 2004, 2(5-6):30-

33.

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Biol-14

The effect of endogenous proteins on spermatogenesis and the advantage of 3D

reconstruction in evaluation of morphofunctional activity of testes

E. Cherkeziaa, I. Modebadzea, T. Labartkavab, M. Miqavab, A. Kordzadzeb,

P. Tchelidzea, D. Dzidziguria

a Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, 3

Chavchavadze Av. 0128, Tbilisi, Georgia bIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Medicine, 3 Chavchavadze Av. 0128, Tbilisi, Georgia

Despite the huge body of scientific information, the precise molecular mechanisms of sperm formation and

differentiation as well as the origin of waves of spermatogenesis within the seminiferous tubules of testis still

remain unclear. The studies in the field will contribute to the improvement of clinical treatment of different

pathologies (e.g. oligospermia) connected with the sperm production disorders. Such studies conducted by using the

spatial model of seminiferous tubule of testis can provide the reliable data on active regions of spermatogenesis and

their distribution within the tubule.

Objectives: 1) to elaborate the optimal approach for isolation, fixation, and preparation of seminiferous tubules for

their 3D digital reconstruction; 2) to study the effect of adult rat endogenous thermostable protein complex (TPC)

on prepubertal rat spermatogenesis.

Materials and methods. The experiments were held on adult (120-150g) and growing prepubertal (20-day-old)

white non-linear rats. The isolation of protein complex from adult rat sperm was performed by alcohol extraction

method. Animals were divided into two groups: 1 control group – growing intact animals; 2 group - experimental

animals intraperitoneally injected with 200 mg rat testis TPC. After one hour from TPC injection animals of both

groups were injected with colchicine in order to determine the mitotic index; in 2 hours after the injection the rat

testes were fixed with 4% formaldehyde, the paraffin sections prepared and stained with hematoxylin-eosin. The

material for 3D reconstruction was fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde and 2.5% glutaraldehyde in PBS.

Results and Discussion. On the initial stage of experiments thermostable protein complex (TPC) has been isolated

from rat sperm by alcohol extraction method. While studying the effect of TPC on rat spermatogenesis it has been

revealed that the cross-sections of seminiferous tubules of rat testes observed in the microscope differ by their

structure and can be divided into conventionally “passive” – the sections with less or non-detectable division

activity, and “active”, where the number of meiotic figures was considerably higher. The“active” tubule sections in

the testes of control animals were evenly distributed through central and peripherial regions, while the treatment

with TPC changes their distribution, so that the number of “active” tubule sections significantly decreases in the

central regions. At the same time the opposite effect is taken place on the periphery, where the number of “active”

sections is increased in comparison with control (Figure 1).

The 3D reconstruction of the seminiferous tubule requires the isolation of seminiferous tubule from the testis, as

well as its fixation in naturally convoluted and straightened position. In order to avoid the deformation of resected

tissue the testes were first treated with 4% paraformaldehyde. By means of thin threads fixed at both ends of the

tubule, the complete straightening of the latter has been achieved. The straightened tubule was further fixed in 2.5%

glutaraldehyde. The same scheme of fixation has been used for the convoluted tubule, which shape was kept intact

(Figure 2).

Biol-15

Figure 1. The impact of TPC on the quantitative change of active seminiferous tubules of peripherial (a) and central (b) region

of the growing rat testis: Control – 4 animals; Experiment – 6 animals.

Figure 2. a - rat testis placed in the fixator; b – histology of rat testis (h&e x40); c – isolated seminiferous tubules; d -

straightening of seminiferous tubules.

Summary: The sperm of adult white rats contain TPC which is inhibitory for the division of spermatogenic cells.

While being intraperitoneally injected TPC influences mainly the tubule/tubules in central regions of the testis. The

elaboration of spatial model of seminiferous tubule will provide a reliable tool to evaluate the morphofunctional

changes in testis due to stimulation or inhibition of spermatogenesis.

References

[1] W. Schulze, M. Riemer, U. Rehder, K-H. Höhne; Cell and Tissue Research April 1986, 244(1):1-8. [2] Yamaguchi M, Mitsumori F, Watanabe H, Takaya N, Minami M. Magn Reson Med. 2009 Sep; 62(3):637-44

[3] C. Yan Cheng, Dolores D. Mruk, Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society, 2010, V. 365, issue: 1546

[4] Trindade AA1, Simões AC, Silva RJ, Macedo CS, Spadella CT. Acta Cir Bras. 2013 Apr; 28(4):256-65

b a d c

Biol-16

Action mechanism and function of protein complex derived from adult rats brain

G. Mosidzea, I. Modebadzea, E. Bakuradzea, L.Rusishvilia, N. Bedineishvilia, M.Berulavab,

N. Giorgibiania, D. Dzidziguria

a Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, 3 Chavchavadze Av. 0128,

Tbilisi, Georgia, bSokhumi State University, Faculty of Natural Sciences and Healthcare

Endogenous regulators of proliferation are considered as a main player of cell-cycle regulatory system. Specific

action (stimulation or inhibition) on the target cells is the important feature of regulators. In the cell cycle

regulation, the study of growth inhibitory endogenous protein factor is extremely important, but there is less

evidence in the literature regarding this issue [1,2, 3].

One of the growth inhibitory endogenous protein complexes is obtained from different cells of adult rats. It is

established that, it is thermostable protein complex (TPC), which due to inhibition of RNA synthesis, decreases the

mitotic activity of homologous cells. Complex is identified in various organs of phylogeneticaly distance organisms

(from bacteria to human) [4].

The goal of the presented work was to study the influence of endogenous protein complex derived from adult rat’s

brain on the proliferative activity of gyrus dentate cells of growing rats and determination of duration of the above

mentioned effect.

Experiments were carried out on adult (150-180g) and infant (8-10g) rats. The TPC were injected intraperitonealy

(200mkg). Material was taken at various terms after the injection. The detection of cell proliferative activity by

mitotic index.

It is established that TPC decreases the proliferative activity of progenitor cells of the dentate gyrus. Due to

inhibition of cells transition from G2 to M phase, TPC declines the multiplication of progenitor cells (Figure 1a).

Figure 1 (a,b). The inhibiting effect of TPC on the proliferative activity of the dentate gyrus cells.

The inhibiting effect of TPC on the proliferative activity of the cells, which prolongs approximately 3 hours, is a

reversible process (Figure 1b). The cells arrested in G2 phase by the acting of TPC, are capable to enter the M

phase, which indicates that TPC participates in growth regulating processes.

Biol-17

Thus, TPC, derived from the adult rats inhibits the proliferative activity of dentate gyrus cells and duration of this

effect is 3 hours.

References

[1] Balazs A., Blazek I. //М., «Mir», 1982,p.250.(in Russian).

[2] Benedetta Leuner and Elizabeth //Gould. Rev. Psychol. 2010.61:111-140.

[3] Conti Luciano and Cattaneo Elena. //Neuroscience, Volume 11 | March 2010 |

[4] Giorgobiani N, Dzidziguri D, Rukhadze M, Rusishvili L, and Tumanishvili G. //Cell Biol Intern. 2005,

29(12):1047-1049.

Biol-18

The study of growth inhibitory protein complex derived from different forms of

hemangioma

Vadachkoria Z.1, Dzidziguri L.2, Ghibradze G.2, Bakuradze E.3, Modebadze I. 3, Oganezovi N. 3,

Mikadze M. 3, Dzidziguri D. 3

1Tbilisi State Medical University, Department of Pediatric Maxillofacial Surgery; 2G. Zhvania Academic

Clinic of Pediatry; 3Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Department of Biology, 3 Chavchavadze Av.

0128, Tbilisi, Georgia

Nowadays, in various stages of formation of hemangiomas the subject of intense study is to investigate the

expression of protein factors presence of which plays a leading role in angiogenesis. The partial examination of

molecular factors controlling the growth and the evolution revealed that the identification of various factors is phase

specific. Tissue inhibitor metalloproteinase 1, which is known as the inhibitor of a new blood vessels formation, is

identified only in the involutive phase. IFN also described as a potential endogenous inhibitor of hemangiomas

proliferation. This research describes the biological characteristics of hemangioma in the various phases of its

formation and identifies the possible signaling ways of the growth and the involution of hemangiomas, however, a

more accurate description of them is still needed [2]. The endogenic thermostable protein complex, regulating homologous cells proliferation was identified, partially

characterized and isolated from prokaryotic organisms as well as from different organs (heart, kidney, pancreas and

brain) of eukaryotic organisms. The endogenous protein complex does not show species specificity, but reveals

tissue-specificity with respect to terminally differentiated cells. It is shown that the active component of the

thermostable protein complex with low molecular weight (12-17 kD) decreases the proliferation of the homological

cells through inhibition of RNA synthesis. It is established, that the component of TPC with low molecular weight

is not identified in the human kidney cancer cells [1,3]. Therefore it was interesting to determine the cell

proliferation regulating endogenous thermostable protein in cells with different degree of transformation.

The aim of our study was the identification and the analysis of the thermostable protein complexes in the cells of

infant’s hemangiomas.

Material and methods. The sources used in the experiments were postoperative material from Infants

hemangiomas (cavernous, capillary) received from Tbilisi State Medical University G. Zhvania Academic Clinic of

Pediatry, growing rats and adult rat brain and pancreatic tissues. The influence of protein complex from cavernous

hemangioma was studied in infant (10-12 g) white rats. Animals were divided into two groups I - control (intact

animals) II – test group. The protein complex (200γ) were injected in test group animals intraperitoneally. The

thermostabile protein complexes were obtained by alcohol extraction. Gel electrophoresis assay was used for the

comparative analysis of the complex components. The mitotic index was determined for estimation of proliferative

activity.

Results and discussion. Healthy human white blood cells, human cultured B lymphocytic leukemia cells and

adult rat pancreatic tissue were used as control. The analysis of electrophorograms of growth inhibitory endogenous

protein complexes from human normal blood and tumor cells shows that the content of the component with low

molecular weight (active component) is lower in the protein samples obtained from human tumor cells (Fig. 1a).

The figure shows also the different content of the proteins in compared to rat pancreatic proteins as well as in

certain forms of hemangiomas. The component with low molecular weight is in minor content in the complexes

obtained from capillary, as well as from the cavernous hemangioma (Fig. 1 b and c).

The components of endogenous protein complex as mentioned above, do not show the species specificity, but reveal

the tissue-specificity with the respect to terminally differentiated cells [6]. Therefore, for the estimation of the

influence of protein complexes from cavernous hemangiomas on cells proliferation we used the heterotypic tissue

of growing rats. The study showed that TPC from cavernous hemangioma does not have the ability to inhibit the

proliferation of heterotypic cells. In particular the mitotic index of pancreatic and brain cells is not changed in the

test group after the influence of protein complex (Figure 2. a and b).

Biol-19

Figure 1. Electrophorographs of the thermostable protein complexes. a- human leukocyte (1), human B CLL cells (2), (b,c) b-

(1) complex from capillary hemangioma and (2) complex from adult rat pancreas; c- complex from cavernous hemangioma and

(2) complex from adult rat pancreas.

Figure 2. The effect of thermostable protein complex from hemangioma on mitotic activity of pancreatic and brain cells of

growing rats.

On the bases of our results we can conclude that the content of the component with the low molecular weight of

thermostable protein complexes is different in various forms of infant hemangiomas. The thermostable protein

complex from cavernous hemangiomas does not have the ability to inhibit the proliferation of heterotypic cells due

to the minor content of the active ingredient in protein complexes.

References:

[1] Dzidziguri D., Aslamazishvili T., Chkhobadze M., Khorava P., Chigogidze T., Managadze L. Proc. Georgian

Acad. Sci., Biol. Ser. B. 2004. - 2(1-2). – P. 30-35.

[2] Ritter M. R., Dorrell M. I., Edmonds J., Friedlander Sh. F., Friedlander M. PNAS. – 2002. vol.99 N 11. – P.

7455–7460.

[3] Rukhadze M.D., D.V.Dzidziguri, N.M.Giorgobiani and S.M.Kerkenjia. Biomedical Chromatography.- 2005.

N19. – P. 36-42.

Biol-20

The study of the hormonal imbalance and morphological characteristics of blood cells

in women with uterine tumors

T.Tufinashvilia, M.Alibegashvilia, L.Ramishvilia, M. Gordeziania, A. Khazaradzea, and

N.Kotrikadzea

a Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, Division

of Cellular and Molecular Biology, 13 University Street, Tbilisi, Georgia.

Introduction. A wide range of physiological processes are regulated by Steroid hormones. These hormones have an

important role in the maintenance of normal reproductive function [1, 2]. Substantial evidence indicates that steroid

hormones play a major role in carcinogenesis [3]. According to the classic scheme, development of benign and

malignant uterine tumors is mainly caused by the excess and prolonged stimulation of target tissues by estrogen. The

role of the androgens, as the precursors of estrogens, must also be taken into account.

The aim of the work was to study the alterations of steroid (Estradiol (E2), Progesterone (P), Testosteron (T)), as well

as gonadotropic (Luteinizing (LH) and Follicle Stimulating (FSH)) hormone levels in order to establish the hormonal

status in blood of women with uterine tumors, in premenopause (range, 40-46 years) and postmenopause (range, 50-

65 years) periods.

Methods. Blood samples of the women with benign and malignant uterine tumors have been used as material for the

studies. Hormone levels was detected by the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). Morphological

parameters was detected by the transmission electron microscopy (TEM).

Results and Summary. Investigation of blood samples of premenopause women with benign uterine tumors have

revealed sharp decrease of P (~4 times) in parallel with increased level of E2 (~ 2.2 times) (table 1). It’s known, that

main source of E2 production in premenopause period is T and in postmenopause period – and rostendione [1]. So we

have studied also the alteration of T level in blood of women with benign tumors. T level was increased ~1.8 times

compared with control (Table 1).

Investigation of blood samples of premenopause period women with benign uterine tumors have also revealed that

FSH as well as LH hormone levels are sharply increased in ~2.8-times and ~3.7-times, respectively (table 1). It’s

known, that development of uterine malignant tumor takes place mainly in postmenopausal period when the

hormonal status is already altered [3].

In case of uterine malignant tumor (endometrial cancer) in blood samples of women E2 and T levels are raised ~1,6-

times and ~2.5-times, respectively. P level is sharply decreased (~7-times) compared with control (Table 1). As for

gonadotropic hormones, in case of postmenopausal women with endometrial cancer FSH level is decreased ~1.5-

times and LH level is increased ~2.3-times (table 1).

On the next stage we attempted to establish the effect of the changes in organism caused by hormonal imbalance on

the structural characteristics of blood cells.

The study of erythrocyte morphological characteristics in blood of women with benign and malignant tumors has

revealed different, pathological forms of erythrocytes (poikilocytosis) and also anisocytosis in case of malignant

tumor.

In case of leucocytes of benign tumor, morphological picture is in the range of norm, but in case of malignant tumor

the appearance of big neutrophils with large nucleus and scant cytoplasm is observed.

In case of benign uterine tumor morphological study of lymphocytes revealed lymphocytes with large nuclei with

irregular membrane and numerous mitochondria with rinsed matrix. However, normal lymphocytes have been also

observed.

In case of malignant uterine tumor big lymphocytes have been observed with large nuclei and large lysosomes and

mitochondria in cytoplasm, with numerous vacuoles and protuberances on plasma membrane. Natural killer (NK)

Biol-21

cells have also been observed with large granules near the nucleus. As for thrombocytes, numerous and large blood

platelets were observed with rinsed granules.

Thus, morphological study of blood cells with transmission microscopy has revealed obvious changes of structural

characteristic of the blood cells in case of malignant uterine tumor that reflects the changes due to hormonal

imbalance in organism.

Table 1. Postmenopause periods. The changes of the steroid and gonadotropic hormone levels in women with uterine tumors

in pre- and postmenopause periods.

Hormones Control group

(40-46 years)

Benign tumor

(40-46 years)

Control group

(50-65 years)

Malignant tumor

(50-65 years)

E2 (nmol/l)

0.45 ± 0.02 0.98 ± 0.09 0.32 ± 0.01 0.53 ± 0.05

P (ng/ml)

1.1 ± 0.06 0.27 ± 0.01 0.5 ± 0.03 0.07 ± 0.01

T (ng/ml)

0.4 ± 0.03 0.7 ± 0.04 0.21 ± 0.02 0.52 ± 0.04

LH (U/L)

4 ± 0.7 14.8 ± 1.4 24.5 ± 1.9 5.2 ± 2.8

FSH (U/L) 4 ± 0.8 11.3 ± 1.2 65.3 ± 4.5 42.9 ±2.4

n = 10 (number of patients in each group); P≤0.05

References

[1] John F. Laycock., Peter H. Wise, Essential Endocrinology Oxford University Press (1996).

[2] Javier Camacho, Molecular Oncology Principles and Recent Advances. Bentham Science Publishers

(2012).

[3] Bershtein, L.M. Hormonal Carcinogenesis. SPB. Nauka. 64-73, (2000).

Biol-22

Laser induced fluorescence studies of blood plasma and tumor tissue of the men with

prostate tumors

L. Ramishvilia, I. Bochorishvilia, K. Artsivadzea, M. Gordeziania, T.Chigogidzeb, A. Khazaradzea

and N. Kotrikadzea

a Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, Division

of Cellular and Molecular Biology, 13 University Street, Tbilisi, Georgia.

b Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Medicine, Department of Urology, 2 Chiaureli Street, Tbilisi,

Georgia.

Introduction. Prostate cancer is the most common cancer in men [1] [2]. Prevention and successful treatment of

the tumor pathology requires the study of all risk factors and molecular mechanisms that influence progression of

the disease. Investigation of energy metabolism alterations accompanying malignant transformation of prostate

tissue, is of current importance, since in epithelial cells of prostate peripheral zone (peripheral zone comprises 70%

of the prostate gland, and 80% of malignant transformation occurs just on this segment) energy transformation

occurs specifically, diversely from other types of cancers [3].

The optical spectroscopic methods are widely used in cancer research for today [4]. Nowadays, fluorescence

spectroscopy, which can be used for in vivo evaluation of pre-cancer and cancer processes, deserves special interest

[5].

The purpose of the presented work was to study the blood plasma and tumor tissue of men with prostate tumors by

the laser induced fluorescence method.

Methods. Blood plasma and tumor tissue of the patients with benign hyperplasia of the prostate (BHP), BHP with

inflammation, BHP with high grade PIN (BHP with HGPIN) and adenocarcinoma of prostate (CaP) have been

studied.

Results and Summary. In case of blood plasma fluorescence intensity of the plasma proteins corresponding peak

(340-360 nm) was increasing in the following manner: control group → BHP → BHP with HGPIN → CaP. The

intensity of the nicotinamide coenzymes correspond peak (440-460nm) was increased in case of BHP with HGPIN

and CaP patients, but decreased in case of BHP, compared to control. In case of tumor tissue the changes of the

collagen peak (390-400 nm) intensity has been revealed in all cases of prostate tumor tissues. These alterations

points to altered collagen biosynthesis levels in different tumor tissues that reflects the structural changes and

characteristics of malignant transformation. Also the changes of the nicotinamide coenzymes peak (440-460 nm)

intensity in all spectra of tumor tissues were observed. The highest intensity of the peak was observed in the spectra

of BHP with HGPIN and in prostate cancer tissue.

Alterations of the coenzymes peak intensities perfectly reflect and are in accordance with the specific energy

metabolism of prostate epithelial cells. Normalization of fluorescent spectra from different forms of prostate tumor

tissues have shown that, each form has typical spectral shape and ratio of fluorescence peaks intensities.

Biol-23

Table 1 spectral parameters of tumor tissues fluorescence spectra of the men with prostate tumors.

Object

(tumor tissue) Shoulder

(wavelength, nm)

Peak

(wavelength, nm)

Fluorescence intensity

(I, relative units)

Benign hyperplasia of

prostate (BHP) 390-400

440-460

0.38

0.48

BHP with

Inflammation

400-410

440-460

0.55

0.87

BHP with

HGPIN 400-410

440-460

0.65

0.9

Adenocarcinoma of

prostate 400-410 460-470

0.45

0.8

HGPIN – High Grade Prostatic Intraepithelial Neoplasia; n=15 (the amount of the patients in each

group)

References

[1] Khandrika L, Kumar B, Koul S. Maroni P, Koul HK. Oxidative stress in prostate cancer. Cancer Letters 282,

125–136. (2009).

[2] Grivas N, Hastazeris K, Kafarakis V et al (Prostate Cancer Epidemiology in a Rural Area of North Western

Greece. Asian Pac J Cancer Prev, 13, 999-1002 (2012).

[3] Dakubo GD, Parr RL, Costello LC, Franklin RB, Thayer RE Altered metabolism and mitochondrial genome

in prostate cancer, Journal of Clinical Pathology 59, 10-16 (2006).

[4] Dronova OB, Tretyakov AA, Mishchenko AN, Bulgakova NN. Laser induced autofluorescence of normal

and metaplasic epithelium of esophagogastric transition at gastroesophageal reflux disease, The Siberian Journal of

Oncology 4, 11-16 (2008).

[5] Arshakyan KhA, Pushkarev SV, Polovnikov ES, Meshalkin YuP Diagnostic facilities of laser-induced

fluorescence of cervix uteri swabs in case of oncology diseases, Bulletin of the Siberian Branch of the Russian

Academy of Medical Sciences, 1, 30-34 (2007).

Biol-24

Modulation of sIgM-mediated intracellular signaling pathways by CD180 toll-like

receptor in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukaemia cells

Nino Porakishvili1,2, Tamar Tsertsvadze1, Nadeeka Rajakaruna2, Andrew J Steele3, N. Mitskevich1,

Amit Nathwani4, Rajendra N Damle5, Edward A Clark6, Kanti R Rai5, Nicholas Chiorazzi5 and

Peter M Lydyard2

1 Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Tbilisi,Georgia

2University of Westminster, Faculty of Science and Technology, London, UK 3University of Southampton, UK;

4UCL Cancer Institute, London, UK; 5The Feinstein Institute for Medical Research, Manhasset, NY, USA;

6University of Washington, Seattle, WA

Introduction: Chronic Lymphocytic Leukaemia (CLL) development and progression is thought to be driven by

unknown antigens/autoantigens through the B cell receptor (BCR), and environmental signals including Toll-like

receptor (TLR) ligands. We have demonstrated that CD180/RP105, an orphan receptor of the TLR family, induces

normal B cell activation and is expressed by approximately 60% of CLL samples [1]. Half of these respond to ligation

with anti-CD180 antibody by increased phosphorylation of protein kinases associated with BCR signalling [2]. We

further identified CLL samples preferably signalling via an alternative AKT (AKT-S) or p38MAPK (p38MAPK-S)

pathway [3]. Here we investigate whether pre-engagement of CD180 on CLL cells would affect signalling and

survival of CLL cells through the BCR. Division of CLL cells is limited to “proliferative centers” of bone marrow

and lymph nodes. We therefore used MEC1 cell line, widely used as a model for CLL pathogenesis [4] in order to

study dynamics of the expression of CD180 on dividing CLL cells and hence reproduce CD180-related events in

proliferative centres.

Methods: twenty six CD180+sIgM+CLL samples (15 AKT-S and 11 p38MAPK-S) and purified B cells from age-

matched healthy volunteers were treated with anti-IgM F(ab)2 alone or pre-treated with anti-CD180 followed with

anti-IgM F(ab)2, stained with anti-CD19~Cy5-PE mAb, fixed, permeabilised and stained with antibodies to AKT-P

and p38MAPK-P. Immunoblotting was used to assess the levels of PI3K-P, Mcl-1 and Bc-xL. For apoptosis CLL

cells were stimulated with anti-IgM F(ab)2 alone or sequentially first with anti-CD180 and with anti-IgM F(ab)2 for

24h, stained with anti-CD19 mAb, loaded with DiOC6 and analysed by flow cytometry. CD180 expression was

studied at different time-points of actively cycling MEC1 cells.

Results: In all 15 AKT-S CLL samples, pre-treatment with anti-CD180 mAb, followed by anti-IgM F(ab)2, led to a

significant decrease in the percentages of AKT-P+ cells and a decrease in PI3K-P, BTK-P and Bcl-xL, compared with

anti-IgM alone. Importantly, reduction in BTK/PI3K/AKT signalling in 14 out of 15 of these samples was

accompanied by a significant increase in the percentages of p38MAPK-P+ cells following sequential ligation of

CD180 and IgM, and by a significant increase in apoptotic cells compared to the engagement of IgM alone. The

modulation appears to be a feature of CLL cells since no similar changes were observed in normal B cells. In contrast,

pre-treatment of all p38MAPK-S samples with anti-CD180 enhanced anti-IgM mediated levels of AKT-P, PI3K-P

and Bcl-xL [5]. Interestingly, CD180 expression on MEC1 cells significantly decreased throughout 0-96h of MEC1

cell culture [6]. This data indicates that a drop in the expression of CD180 on cycling CLL cells might lead to a

weakening of the rewiring of survival to apoptosis effect CD180 has on sIgM signalling pathways and thus enhance

further survival and expansion of CLL cells in proliferative centres.

Biol-25

Conclusion: Sensitisation of AKT-S CLL cells with anti-CD180 leads to re-wiring of anti-IgM signalling from pro-

survival BTK/PI3K/AKT to pro-apoptotic p38MAPK pathwayopening the door to new strategies for the treatment of

a substantial cohort of CLL patients. This effect might be weakened throughout CLL cell cycling.

References:

[1] Porakishvili N. et al. Br J Haematol. 2005;131: 313-319;

[2] Porakishvili N. et al. Br J Haematol.2011;153: 486–498;

[3] Porakishvili N. et al. Clin Lymph Myel Leuk, 2011, 11 (Suppl 2): S164.

[4] Hofbauer SW, et al. Cancer Res. 2010; 70: 7336-7344.

[5] Porakishvili N. et al. Mol Medicine, 2015; 21: 46-57.

[6] Tsertsvadze T. et al. Georgian Medical News, 2015; 24: 56-59.

Biol-26

The effect of increasing concentrations of 5-azacitidine (5-AzaC) and lenalidomide on

immunogeneicity of murine prostate cancer RM-1 cell line and dendritic cells

Nunu Mitskevicha, Tamar Tsertsvadzea, Nino Porakishvili`a,b, Ekaterine Goliadzec, Giorgi Guruli c

aIvane javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology,

Tbilisi, Georgia bUniversity of Westminster, Department of Biomedical Sciences, London, UK;

cVirginia Commonwealth Universiy, School of Medicine, VA , USA.

Immunomodulatory drugs have been used with increasing frequency for cancer treatment. Although good

progress has been shown with this approach in the treatment of haematologic malignancies there is growing

evidence of its benefits for the treatment of solid tumours, including prostate cancer [1]. Despite of encouraging

results of clinical trials underlying immune mechanisms responsible for the outcomes have not been entirely

identified. With clinical research confirming the benefits of combination therapy over monotherapy, it has become

paramount to define the effects each drug has on the immune system and the targeted malignancy in order to ensure

efficiency of the new treatment regimen and to minimize side effects [2].

Discovery of cancer testis antigens (CTAs) has fueled further research into both adaptive and adoptive

immunotherapy of prostate cancer. With limited expression in normal adult tissues and increased expression in

certain malignancies, CTAs appear to be ideal targets for immunotherapy. However the efficiency of targeted

treatment is limited by the levels of CTA expression. It was shown recently that CTA expression in tumor cells can

be augmented by the administration of DNA methylation inhibitors [3].

Our research focuses on two compounds currently being utilised in combination to treat haematologic

malignancies, 5-Azacytidine (5-AzaC) and Lenalidomide. 5-AzaC and its analogues, DNA methylation inhibitors,

have been shown to increase tumor exposure to the immune system through various mechanisms including

upregulation of gene expression of CTAs, as well as through direct cytotoxic effects on tumor cells as a result of

DNA demethylation. Lenalidomide and its analogues, synthetic compounds created from thalidomide to be more

potent with less neurologic side effects, have been shown to augment both innate and adaptive immune responses

resulting in improved response to malignancies when combined with chemotherapeutic drugs [4]. It has also been

confirmed that these drugs exhibit direct inhibitory effect on angiogenesis and tumor cell proliferation. Though

intensive research has been carried out on the immunomodulatory effect of 5-AzaC and Lenalidomide on NK cells

and T lymphocytes, little is known on changes they cause in dendritic cells. In addition, combination of these drugs

has not been tested either.

Our findings suggest that there may be a potential benefit in combining lenalidomide and 5-AzaC in the treatment

of prostate cancer and help to further define the underlying impact these medications have upon the host immune

system and tumor cells through the use of a murine model. Although our results suggested, consistent with current

theory proposed by other studies, that lenalidomide enhances dendritic cell proliferation in vitro and in higher doses

is cytotoxic to murine prostate cancer cells, these results did not reach statistical significance. This indicates that

with further testing, it might be possible to reach statistical significance, but that the differences would be small.

This finding would seem to indicate that lenalidomide may increase dendritic cell proliferation slightly, but that it

primarily alters immune function through other mechanisms. Flow cytometry experiments for the expression of DC

markers demonstrated approximately 10% increase in the expression of most DC markers after the exposure to the

0.5 µM concentration of the lenalidomide (Figure 1). Higher concentrations did not affect DC markers expression

(is it possible that higher concentrations of the lenalidomide became suppressive?). Anyway, this seems to be an

area in great need of future studies.

In Contrast, 5-AzaC caused a dose dependent decrease in both the proliferation of dendritic cells and RM-1 cells. 5-

AzaC is a DNA methylation inhibitor and, as expected, is cytotoxic to proliferating cells. Despite this fact, 5-AzaC

appears to activate dendritic cells with the increased expression of endothelin receptors and with rise in the

Biol-27

production of IL-12 and IL-15. A dose dependent increase in the production of IL-12 and IL-15 by dendritic cells in

response to increasing concentrations of 5-AzaC when given with TNFα, would in turn activate both the innate

immune system through its action on natural killer cells and the adaptive immune system through its action on T

helper cells. Though our findings are preliminary and need to be repeated, this is in conflict with previous studies

which have suggested that 5-AzaC decreases NK cell cytotoxicity and dendritic cell function (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Comparison dot-plots between DC treated with DMSO (0.1%) and lenalidomide (0.5 µM) for the last 48 hours of

culture. There was approximately 10% rise in the expression of DC markers after the exposure to lenalidomide at the 0.5 µM

concentration.

It is possible either that previous studies mischaracterized the impact 5-AzaC has on dendritic cell function by

focusing on alternative measures of their activity, or it may be that the upregulation of dendritic cell function is

counteracted by the direct cytotoxic effect on dendritic cell proliferation identified in our cell proliferation studies.

Further research into this area must be conducted to provide clarity.

References

[1] Wu, L., Parton, A., Lu, L., Adams, M., Schafer, P. and Bartlett, J. B. Cancer Immunol Immunother, 60: 61-73,

2011

[2] Segler, A. and Tsimberidou, A. M.: .Cancer Chemother Pharmacol, 69: 1393-1406, 2012

[3] Lim, S. H., Zhang, Y. and Zhang, J.: Am J Blood Res, 2: 29-35, 2012

[4] Triozzi, P. L., Aldrich, W., Achberger, S., Ponnazhagan, S., Alcazar, O. and Saunthararajah,Y.: Cancer

Immunol Immunother, 61: 1441-1450, 2012.

Biol-28

Nano-peptide (Lys-Glu) induced reactivation of “Aged” chromatin

T.Lezhavaa, T.Jokhadze,a, J.Monaselidzeb, M.Gaiozishvilia, T.Buadzea

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Nature Sciences, Department of Biology,

University st.13 bIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, E. Andronicashvili Institute of Physics, Department of Biological

System Physics

Aging is defined as a manifestation of complex changes in genetic processes that lead to the gradual functional

disorders giving rise to senile diseases resulting in inevitable death of an organism. Hence, it appears necessary to

develop new medical preparations for slowing down 'the biological clock' and preventing senile pathologies.

Special interest is paid to peptide bioregulators - a new type of preparations, peptide Vilon being among them,

which is successfully applied in gerontological and geriatric practice. As a result of the peptide bioregulator

activities, some metabolic changes occur, regulated through the genes in chromatin domains [1].

It is well established that chromatin is composed of distinct functional domains. Heterochromatin includes the

constitutive heterochromatin, almost entirely composed of non-coding sequences of satellite DNA (in metaphases

the chromosome regions are designated as C bands and are mostly localized at or adjacent to centromeric regions)

and facultative heterochromatin (condensed euchromatic regions) that mainly consists of 'closed' transcribable

genes [2,3]. It has been suggested that progressive heterochromatinization - condensation of eu- and

heterochromatic regions of chromosomes accompanied by gene inactivation occurs on aging [4]. According to this

view: we considered it expedient to determine whether the system of chromatin domains in cultured lymphocytes

from old individuals undergo changes when exposed to the peptide bioregulator - Vilon. In particular, our aim was

to study the variability of the levels of chromatin condensation in total heterochromatin; nucleolus organizer regions

(NORs) (reflecting the activity of synthetic processes); structural heterochromatin and facultative heterochromatin.

Mutation

As was found, in cultured lymphocytes from young individuals, Vilon at the concentration of 0.01 μg/ml induced

2.0 ± 0.8 chromosome aberrations per cell that did not exceed their own control values 1.7 ± 0.7. For aged

individuals, chromosome aberrations per cell equaled 3.60 ± 0.6 (own control - 2.5 ± 0.6), and the effect was not

significant (P>0.05). The results of this study correspond to the previous data [5,6].

Denaturation of total heterochromatin

The results indicated that the treatment of cells with Vilon induced heat redistribution between stages II and III,

which should be attributed to the partial deheterochromatinization-decondensation of the loops up to the 30 nm

fibers.

Transcriptional activity of ribosomal genes

It was shown, that Vilon strongly increased the frequency of Ag-positive NORs in all acrocentric chromosomes -

either in involved associations or not - (7.20 per a Vilon-treated cell) in comparison with intact cells - (5.47)

(P<0.001). In particular, the frequency of Ag-positive NORs of acrocentric chromosomes, involved in associations

corresponded to 2.39 per cell for Vilon-treated culture, which is significantly higher than the corresponding index

for intact cultures - 1.10 (P<0.001). The frequencies of Vilon-treated cells of aged individuals containing

associations were significantly higher than those of the intact cultures (P<0.001). It should be noted that Vilon

caused an equal increase of all types of acrocentric chromosome associations - DD, DG and GG. Human ribosomal

genes are localized in secondary constrictions (NORs) - in satellite stalks (heterochromatic regions) of acrocentric

chromosomes. It was revealed that silver staining (Ag-banding) was inherent only to the NORs intensively

functioning at a previous interphase, and the staining intensity corresponds to the intensity of its functioning [4].

Our data supports this statement. An increase in amount and size of Ag-positive NORs, as well as in a number of

acrocentric chromosomes involved in associations, in the cultures obtained from old individuals and treated with

Biol-29

Vilon, as compared to control values, indicated deheterochromatinization of satellite stalks. This could lead to

intensification of protein synthesis processes due to the activation of ribosomal genes in aged individuals.

Heteromorphism of structural C-heterochromatin

According to our data Vilon does not affect structural heterochromatin on chromosomes 1, 9 and 16. Vilon cannot

induce changes in the size of C-heterochromatic regions that indicate the stability of structural C-heterochromatin in

chromosomes 1, 9 and 16.

Variability of the facultative heterochromatin studied by SCE test

The analysis showed that Vilon significantly increased SCE counts in A, C, D, E and G chromosomes in

comparison with intact cells. No difference between the SCE counts was observed for chromosomes of B and F

groups - the effect of Vilon was not significant (P>0.05). The increased frequency of SCEs under the influence of

Vilon indicates decondensation (deheterochromatinization) of the condensed during the aging chromosome regions,

followed by the release of the repressed genes located there. Vilon, being able to decondense chromatin, favors

release of the genes that were repressed as a result of heterochromatinization of chromosome regions through aging.

The data obtained indicate that Lys-Glu (a) induces unrolling (deheterochromatinization) of total heterochromatin;

(b) activates synthetic processes caused by the reactivation of ribosomal genes as a result of

deheterochromatinization of nucleolus organizer regions; (c) releases the genes repressed due to the condensation of

euchromatic regions forming facultative heterochromatin; (d) does not induce decondensation of pericentromeric

structural heterochromatin.

Our results indicate that nano peptide bioregulator Lys-Glu causes progressive activation

(deheterochromatinization) of the facultative heterochromatin with increased aging. Our data are important because

it provides new information on the remodeling effects of facultative heterochromatin induced by peptide

bioregulator Lys-Glu in aging and aging pathologies, and may lead to the development of a therapeutic treatment.

References

[1] V. Kh. Khavison. Peptids and Ageing. Neuroendocrinol Lett. 23 (suppl 3) : 3- 144, (2002). [2] T. Cremer, G. Kreth, H. Koester, et al., Crit Rev Eukaryot Gene Expr. 12 : 179-212, (2000).

[3] C. Carvalho, H. Pereira, J. Ferreira, et al., Mol Biol Cell. 12 : 3563- 3572, (2001). [4] T. A. Lezhava. Biogerontology. 2 : 253- 260, (2001). [5] T. A. Lezhava. (Nova Biomedical, New York, 2006), pp. 177.

[6] E. J. Tawn and C. A. Whitehouse, Muta Res. 490 : 171- 177, (2001).

Biol-30

The role of flavonoids from Saperavi in regulation of hippocampal-related functions

Nanuli Doreuleea, Mariam Kurasbediania, Roza Bukiaa, Manana Chikovania, Butsiko

Chkhartishvilia, Ekaterine Mitaishvilia, Zaza Beruashvilia, Besarion Partsvaniab

a Iv.Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Science, Dept. of Biology, University str.2,

0143 Tbilisi, Georgia bGeorgian Technical University, Institute of Cybernetics, Sandro Euli str.5, 0186, Tbilisi, Georgia

Introduction

Flavonoids and related phenols are historically part of the basic human diet [1, 2]. Flavonoids traverse the blood–

brain barrier and are able to localize in the brain (with significantly higher levels in hippocampus and cortex)

suggesting that they are candidates for direct neuroprotective and neuromodulatory actions [3]. Evidence suggests

that flavonoids with potent antioxidant and free radical scavenging properties might have a positive impact on brain

pathology and aging [4, 5].

The aim of the present work was to investigate the biochemical characteristics and physiological effects of the

flavonoid rich fraction from the endemic grape species Saperavi and to define the fine mechanisms of it action.

Methods and results

Modified method of Zaprometov was used to extract the flavonoid rich fraction from the Saperavi [6].

Multicomponent phenol content (flavonoid glycosides and aglycones) and antioxidant potence of this fraction was

revealed using methods of spectrophotometry and chromatography. In behavioral experiments it was shown that

supplementation with flavonoids from Saperavi grapes (25mg/kg, daily, for 5 days) to adult rats (28-32 week old)

led to significant reversals of age-related spatial memory decline. Moreover flavonoids from Saperavi efficiently

corrects spatial memory disturbance induced by cholinoblockers in rats. The anti-amnesic effects of the flavonoid

extract from Saperavi grapes compared to two other antioxidant flavonoids – quercetin (50mg/kg) and katechin

(25mg/kg) were more pronounced. Active fraction of flavonoids from Saperavi has a positive effects on memory

disturbency induced by kainic acid status epilepticus and protects the brain structures (the hippocampal formation)

against seizure-induced neuronal loss [7, 9].

Early postnatal supplementation of rats with flavonoids from Saperavi (P7-P15, 25mg/kg daily) have beneficial

effects on memory mechanisms and this was in correlation with changes in the dynamic of postnatal structural

formation of the hippocampus and significant increases of the number of BrdU-(5-bromo-2-deoxyuridine)-positive

cells in the dentate gyrus of the hippocampus [8].

Summary

Due to our experiments we suggest that dietary flavonoids from the Saperavi grapes increase antioxidant defenses

of the rat brain, have beneficial effects on hippocampal-related plasticity and stimulates neurogenesis in the dentate

gyrus of the hippocampus.

Acknowledgement

Supported by Shota Rustaveli National Scientific foundation grants GNSF; FR/617/7-270/13

References

[1] E. Middleto, C.Kandaswami, The Impact of Plant Flavonoids on Mammalian Biology: Implications for

Immunity, Inflammation and Cancer. In: The Flavonoid, Harborne J.B., Ed.; London: Chapman and Hall (1994).

[2]D.O. Kennedy, E.L. Wightman. Herbal extracts and phytochemicals: plant secondary metabolites and the

enhancement of human brain function. Adv Nutr. 2 (1): 32-50 (2011).

Biol-31

[3] D.Vauzour, G.Ravaioli, K. VafeiAdou et al., Peroxynitrite induced formation of the neurotoxins 5-S-cysteinyl-

dopamine and DHBT-1: implications for Parkinson’s disease and protection by polyphenols, Arch Biochem

Biophys, 476: 145–151 (2008).

[4]EL. Da Silva, M.K. Piskula, N. Yamamoto et al.. Quercetin metabolites inhibit copper ion-induced lipid

peroxidation in rat plasma. FEBS Lett, 430: 405–408 (1998).

[5] C. Rice-Evans Flavonoid antioxidants. Curr Med Chem, 8: 797–807 (2001).

[6] M.N. Zaprometov. Metabolism of phenolic compounds in plants.Biokhimiia., 42 Jan (1), 3-20 (1977).

[7]N.Doreulee, M. Alania, Z. Kuchukashvili, B.Chkhartishvili, E.Mitaishvili, M.Chikovani, T.Kapanadze,

Influence of flavonoids from Georgian endemic grape species Saperavi on hippocampal-related plasticity-

Neuroscience, New Orleans, USA. p136 (2012).

[8]N.Doreulee, M.Kurasbediani, Z.Beruashvili, B.Chkhartishvili, R.Bukia, M.Chikovani, E.Mitaishvili. The

influence of “Saperavi“ extract on Kainic acid-induced brain disfunction. Neoroplasticity: nervous substrate for

health and disease. New approasches for research. III International Symposium, Abstracts, Tbilisi, Georgia, pp:13-

14 (2014).

[9] N.Doreulee, M.Kurasbediani, B.Chkhartishvili, E.Mitaishvili, R.Bukia. The effects of flavonoids from georgian

grape species saferavi on hippocampal related plasticity.Third national Congress. Proceedings, Tbilisi, Georgia,

pp:149-150 (2013).

Biol-32

Extrinsic modulatory neurons for controlling feeding share similarities in model

invertebrates

Magda Alania

IvaneJavakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology, Division

of Human and Animal physiology, University str.2, 0143, Tbilisi, Georgia

Introduction.Neuronal mechanisms for the rhythmic motor behavior that underlies food ingestion in representative

of invertebrates - gastropod mollusks pond snail (Lymnaeastagnalis) is described nearly in detail [1]. Interneurons

of feeding Central Pattern Generator (CPG) that control feeding motoneuronsare located in buccal ganglia. CPG for

feeding behavior itself is under influence of intrinsic and extrinsic modulatory neurons, which are located in

buccalor in other central ganglia respectively. Two symmetrical pairs of the extrinsic modulatory interneurons –

serotonergic Cerebral giant Cells (CGC) in cerebral ganglia and peptidergic (FMRF-amide-ergic)Pleuro-to-Buccal

(PlB) neurons in pleural ganglia were studied earlier [1-3] in Lymnaeastagnalis. CGCs play an arousal role in the

generation of feeding behavior but cannot induce activity in the feeding CPG at physiological rates of firing.

Opposite of CGC-s PlBneurons have widespread inhibitory effects on the feeding neuronal circuit and are activated

during defensiveresponses. In spite of differing effects on feeding these neurons have many similarities. The aim of

the study was to compare PlB neurons with CGC-s.

Methods. Comparative analyses of morphological, neurotransmitter effects, electrophysiological characteristics and

relations with feeding of Cerebral Giant Cells with PlB neurons of gastropod pulmonate freshwater mollusk

Lymnaeastagnalis were conducted.

Results and Discussion.BothCGCs andPlB neurons are symmetrical pairs, which send main projections to the

ipsilateralbuccal ganglion, then it traverses buccal commissure and enters contralateral buccal ganglion. However,

CGCs send primary projections to ipsilateralbuccal ganglion directly, while PlB neurons -indirectly. The main axon

of PlB neurons at first goes to the pedal ganglion and after that –to the cerebral ganglion, where it leaves for buccal

ganglia. As it was demonstrated in electrophysiological experiments both pairs have multiple connections with buccal

feeding circuit. Both pairs of the neurons have tonic firing activity in isolated CNS preparations. Right and left

CGCs and PlB neurons are electrotonically coupled. Thus right and left CGCs and PlB neurons function as a single

unit. It was demonstrated that electrotonic junction for CGCs is located in the buccal ganglia.

Earlier it was described the higher order synaptic input (HO-input) with strong excitatoryeffects on feeding circuit

in hungry Lymnaea[4]. Both CGCs and PlB neurons demonstrate simultaneous high frequency discharges during

HO-input.

Both pairs contain neuromodulators as main transmitters. Application of 5-HT and FMRF-amide on buccal ganglia

had the same effects as stimulation of CGCs and PlB neurons respectively.Despite strong influence of both pairs on

CPG and motoneurons of feeding not many classical synaptic connections (1 EPSP:1PSP) were demonstrated so far

suggesting volume transmission phenomana for both pairs.In studies with biosensor it was found that isolated

neuron located near buccal ganglia reacted to the activation of CGC neurons [5].

Thus comparative analysis revealed many similarities between CGCsandPlB neurons. It was suggested thatextrinsic

modulation for rhythmicity centers byelectrically coupled symmetrical pairs of neurons ischaracteristicfeaturefor

invertebrates.

Biol-33

References:

[1] P.R.Benjamin. Distributed network organization underlying feeding behavior in the mollusk Lymnaea. Neural

Syst Circuits. 2:4 (2012).

[2] M.Alania, D.A.Sakharov, C.J.H.Elliott: Multilevel inhibition of feeding by a peptidergic pleural interneuron in

the molluscLymnaeastagnalis. J Comp Physiol A, 190:379-390 (2004).

[3] Z.Pirger, M.Crossley, Z.László, S.Naskar, G.Kemenes, M. O’Shea, P.R. Benjamin, I. Kemenes. Interneuronal

Mechanism for Tinbergen’s Hierarchical Model of Behavioral Choice.Curr Biol. Sep 8; 24(17): 2018–2024 (2014).

[4] M.Alania, D.D.Vorontsov, D.A. Sakharov. Higher-order control of feeding network in

Lymnaea.ActaBiologicaHungarica 59 (Suppl.), pp. 23–28(2008).

[5] I.Chistopolsky, M.Alania, D.Sakharov. Volume transmission events associated with activity ofinterneurons

that control feeding CPG in snail. Neuroscience 2010, the 40th annual meeting of the SfN. 287.18.San

Diego, CA. USA, (2010).

Biol-34

Effects of Orexin-A on hipplocampal epileptiform activity

Nanuli Doreuleea, Mariam Kurasbediania, ButsikoChkhartishvilia, MananaChikovania, Gia

Kutelia, Tsira Kapanadzea, Magda Alaniaa, BesarionPartsvaniab

aIv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Science, Department of Biology, University

str.2, 0143 Tbilisi, Georgia; bGeorgian Technical University, Institute of Cybernetics, Sandro Euli str.5. Georgia.

Introduction. Epilepsy, characterized by periodic and unpredictable occurrence of seizures, is the most common

serious neurological condition and approximately 50 million people are affected worldwide [1]. Epidemiological

studies suggest that between 70 and 80% of people developing epilepsy will go into remission, while the remaining

patients continue to have seizures and are refractory to treatment with currently available therapies [2, 3].

Progressive spontaneous recurrent seizures lead to hippocampal neuronal death and cognitive/mental disturbances.

Regular treatment with antiepileptic drugs is effective to control the disease, but about 35% of patients with

temporal lobe epilepsy have a drug-resistant type of disease. The determination of endogenous modulators of this

disease appears to be important in the strategy of epilepsy treatment. The role of biogenic amines in the inhibition

of epilepsy is well known [4]. The functioning of above-mentioned systems is considerably dependent on the

activity of orexinergic system of the brain. Orexinergic neurons, the expression of which is marked in the lateral

hypothalamus, gives extensive projections throughout the brain and play an important role in both physiological and

pathophysiological processes in the brain[5]. The role of orexinergic system in the regulation of synaptic plasticity

in the hippocampus is well known [6], but there is controversy regarding the involvement of this system in

pathophysiology of epilepsy [7, 8, 9, 10].

The aim of this work was to study the effects of orexin-A on pharmacologically or electrically induced epileptiform

activity in the hippocampal formation of laboratory white rats.

Methods. In vitro epilepsy models were used to define the effects of orexin-A (100 nM) on bicuculline-induced

multiple discharges in CA-1, on isolated NMDA responses in CA-1 and on the firing patterns of bursting neurons in

CA-3 field of hippocampus. 500 μm hippocampal slices were prepared from 8-10 week-old male rodents. Field

excitatory postsynaptic potential (pop-fEPSP) and population spike in CA1 of hippocampus were registered using

standard protocol of in vitro electrophysiological experiments. Initial slope of the fEPSP and amplitude of II pop-

spike were measured. Bursting neurons in CA3 were recorded in modified saline.

In vivo experiments were also performed to investigate the effects of orexin-A (1nM, i.c.v.) on epileptiform activity

induced by high frequency electrical stimulation (1500 impulses, 0.2-0.4 msec of impulse duration, strength of

stimuli 4-8 V) of the hippocampus.

Results and Summary. Analysis of obtained data revealed that orexin-A inhibits epileptyform activity induced by

GABA blockers. It produces slow onset of depression of first pop-spikes and marked reduction of the second pop-

spikes. It also induces inhibition of spontaneous afterdischarges, reduction of the amplitude and duration of multiple

discharges of pop-spikes. Long-term depression of isolated NMDA responses was observed in CA-1 field of

hippocampus after orexin-A application. Modulation of firing pattern of bursting neurons were also demonstratedin

CA-3 field of hippocampal slices. Orexin-A decreases activity of bursting neurons with moderate frequency, but

increases –with no or low activity.

In vivo experiments have shown that orexin-A inhibits the amplitude and frequency of electrically induced

epileptiform activity and has no effect on duration of epilepsy discharges, which was more affected by antiepileptic

drugs such as vigabatrin (12mg/kg subcutaneous or 50μg:8μl ACSF i.c.v.) and zopiclone (a nonbenzodiazepine

hypnotic agent, 25mg/kg, subcutaneous). The noted effects of orexin-A have shown its antiepileptic influence.

Biol-35

References

[1] J.W. Sander. Curr.Opin.Neurol. 16: 165-170 (2003).

[2] J. Engel Jr. Epilepsia, 42:3 (2001).

[3] P. Kwan and J.W. Sander. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 75: 1376–1381 (2004).

[4] F.A. Scorza, R.M. Arida, M.G. Naffah-Mazzacoratti, D.A. Scerni, L. Calderazzo, E.A. Cavalheiro, Anais da

Academia Brasileira de Ciências 81 (3): 345-365(2009).

[5] T. Sakurai, A. Amemiya, M. Ishii, I. Matsuzaki, R.M.Chemelli, H.Tanaka, S.C.Williams, J. A.Richardson,

G.P.Kozlowski, S.Wilson, J.R. Arch, R.E. Buckingham, A.C. Haynes, S.A.Carr, R.S. Annan, D.E. McNulty, W.S.

Liu, J.A.Terrett, N.A.Elshourbagy, D.J. Bergsma, M.Yanagisawa. Cell. Feb 20;92(4):573-85(1998).

[6] O. Selbach, N. Doreulee, C. Bohla, K.S. Eriksson, O.A.Sergeeva, W.Poelchen, R.E. Brown, H.L., Haas.

Neuroscience 127(2): 519-28 (2004).

[7] N. Doreulee, M. Alania, M. Chikovani, B. Chkhartishvili, C. Skhirtladze. Georgian Med News 169, 65-70

(2009).

[8] N. Doreulee, M Alania, G. Vashalomidze, E. Skhirtladze, T.S. Kapanadze. Georgian Med News, 74-79, (2010).

[9] S. Kortunay, H.A. Erken, G. Erken, O. Genç, M. Şahine. Turgut S, Turgut G. Peptides. 2012 34(2):419-22.

[10] H.A. Erken, G. Erken, O. Genç, S. Kortunay, M. Şahiner. Peptides, 37, 161-164 (2012).

Biol-36

Application of tissue culture for conservation of plant biodiversity

Mariam Gaidamashvili, Eka Khurtsidze

Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology,

Laboratory of Plant Physiology, 1, Chavchavadze Ave., 0179, Tbilisi, Georgia

Biodiversity conservation is of global concern, which requires a holistic approach. Recognizing the need of

conservation of biodiversity, the United Nations prepared Convention on Biodiversity (CBD) and adopted it in

1992. The CBD is a comprehensive approach to biodiversity conservation of both wild and domesticated species.

There are various methods to conserve biodiversity. Both in situ and ex situ methods of biodiversity conservation

are equally important. It is now recognized that ex situ techniques can be efficiently used to complement in situ

methods, and they may represent the only option for conserving certain highly endangered and rare species [1]. The

in vitro technology is considered as one of the most efficient methods of ex situ conservation. The in vitro plant

reproduction has a great application potential in conservation of rare and endangered species with the purpose of

maintaining the genetic resource diversity and for accelerated growth of biomass. Many endangered plants have

been saved through tissue culture techniques and apart from limitations is still a major defensive measure for saving

commercially and medicinally important endangered plant species. The forest ecosystems are of special significance

for conservation of biodiversity of Georgia. The natural forest habitats are frequently presented by relict, endemic

and endangered species. As of the modern condition, many unique representatives of Georgian flora are threatened

by extinction and/or genetic pollution due to negative impact of various environmental and anthropogenic factors.

In order to investigate the effectiveness and working capability of tissue culture as a tool for conserving endangered

flora, we developed feasible methods for propagation threatened birch species based on in vitro techniques. In the

‘Red List’ of Georgia genus Betula is represented by B. medwedewii Regel, B. megrelica Sosn. and B. raddeana

Trautv. All three species are stated as vulnerable and were included in the Red List of Georgia, issued in 2006 on

the basis of assessments made earlier and conferring to the requirements of IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,

Version 3.1, 2001, and IUCN Guidelines for National and Regional Red Lists, 2003 [2-3]. The natural range of

Betula spp. is small fragmented distribution which is named as a reason for including these species in the Red List

[4-5]. The seeds were collected from the locality situated on NW slope of Migaria massif and Kazbegi municipality

in September. Seeds were soaked in 1% H2O2 for 48 h at 4°C, followed by sterilization with 30% H2O2 for 15 min.

After being rinsed in sterile distilled water, they were germinated aseptically on 0.8% agar medium in growth

chamber at 24±0.5°C under 16h light/8 h dark photoperiod with an irradiance 20-30 μmol m-2 s-1 from cool-white

fluorescent light. Two week old seedlings were transferred at MS-modified culture medium containing 2.5, 7.5, or

10 μM N6-benziladenine (BA) and 1 μM gibberellin. The medium was adjusted to pH 5.7 before being autoclaved.

Cultures were grown in growth chamber at 24±0.5°C in a 16-h photoperiod with an irradiance of 20-30 μmol m-2 s-

1. After four weeks of culture remained sterile explants were produced two or three shoots 2-3 cm in length. A mass

of callus tissue was produced at the base of each shoot. Callus mass was excised and shoots were placed in rooting

medium. Rooting was carried under the same culture conditions as described for shoot proliferation. The modified

MS medium was used as the rooting medium except that the macromolecules were reduced to half concentration

and indole-3-butyric acid (IBA) was used as the growth regulator at 1μM concentration. Seedlings of B.megrelica,

B. medwedewii and B. raddeana were obtained by germinating surface sterilized seeds on agar plates (0.8% agar in

water). Approximately 50% of the seeds germinated within two weeks. The seedlings were used at an age of about

10-12 days, when the first foliage leaf had emerged. Germination rate showed differences among species indicating

the differences in viability between genotypes. The germination rate was 43-50% for Betula megrelica; 15% for

Betula raddeana and 4-5% for Betula medwedewii, Seeds from all taxonomic groups were collected at the same

period, namely in September and germinated in the same culture conditions. Obviously, genotype affected more the

success of germination rate then culture condition. Genetic polymorphism occurs in birch and different forms of it

have been recognized. One reason of it may be the hybridization between birch specimens that is well-documented

Biol-37

within the genus Betula. BA concentration had a significant effect on shoot proliferation. Explants exhibit greatest

elongation on modified MS supplemented with 7.5 μM BA for all species. The fastest shoot growth response was

achieved for the B. megrelica in 4 week period with an average of 3-4 shoots greater than 2.5-3 cm. long enough to

transfer to in vitro in the rooting medium. At the lower and highest level of BA (2.5 μM and 10 μM respectively)

shoots were inconsistent in size. The lowest response to proliferation showed B. medwedewii that was in accordance

with the germination rate (5%). Rooting was carried under the same culture conditions as described for shoot

proliferation. Micro shoots rooted in vitro with an overall rooting rate 75%. Shoots excised from callus were placed

on rooting medium supplemented with indole-3-butyric acid (IBA). Roots started appeared after 10-14 days of

culture. In conclusion: 3 different species of genus Betula were successfully micropropagated in this work for first

time. Results demonstrated that all three species can be effectively propagated in vitro using viable seedlings as

explants source. Clonal propagation of birch (Betula spp.) via tissue culture has been done with a number of species

and varieties of birches. Various protocols were reported for in vitro propagation using different mature parts of the

plant via somatic embryogenesis and direct or indirect organogenesis [6-9]. Propagation through young seedling

culture provides a feasible method by which Betula spp. can be propagated and maintained. The same technique

may be applicable to other endangered hardwood species for producing uniform planting material and providing

accelerated growth of biomass for efficient conservation of genetic resources of forest ecosystems. Hopefully, the

developments in PTC applications will contribute to meeting the global demands of the society by helping to

preserve the natural forests and reducing deforestation of large forest areas important for the ecosystem

preservation.

Acknowledgements

The project was implemented by Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation grant (AR/95/9-250/13).

References

[1] The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD). Article 9. Ex-situ Conservation, December 1993. [2] The Law of Georgia “Concerning the Red List and Red Book of Georgia”. Tbilisi, 2003. [3] The Red List of Georgia. The decree of the president of Georgia N303 on approval of the ‘Red List of Georgia’. Tbilisi, 2006. [4] P. Bartlett and M. Khutsishvili, Flora of Georgia, vol. III, p.18, 1975. [5] K. Ashburner and H. McAllister. Botanical Magazine Monograph. The Genus Betula: A Taxonomic Revision of Birches (Published by Royal Botanic Gardens, United Kingdom, 2013). [6] O.P. Jones, M. Welander, B.J. Waller and M.S. Ridout. Tree Physiol. 16, 521-525 (1996). [7] Z. M. Cheng, J. P. Schnurr, and W. Dai. J. Environ. Hort. 18(2), 119-122 (2000). [8] A.Viherä-Aarnio and P.A. Velling. Silva Fenn. 35(4), 385–401 (2001). [9] I. Iliev and M. Tomita. Propag. Ornam. Plants. 3, 20-26 (2003).

Biol-38

The moss biomonitoring technique for assessing

the environmental situation in Georgia

Sh. Shetekauri a, T. Shetekauri a, A. Kvlividze a, O. Chaligava a, T. Kalabegishvili b,

E.I. Kirkesali b, c, M.V. Frontasyeva c, O.E. Chepurchenko c

a I. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Chavchavadzeave 3, Tbilisi 0129,

Georgia, E-mail: shetekauri@yahoo.com b I. Javakhishvili State University, E. Andronikashvili Institute of Physics, 6 Tamarashvili str., Tbilisi,

0177, Georgia, E-mail: kirkesali@gmail.com c Joint Institute for Nuclear Research, str. Joliot-Curie, 6, Dubna, 141980, Moscow Region, Russian

Federation, E-mail: mfrontasyeva@jinr.ru; marina@nf.jinr.ru

Georgian industries and agricultural sector provide considerable anthropogenic impact on the environment of the

Caucasus. The use of moss biomonitoring technique and neutron activation analysis (NAA) in the frame of

collaboration between I.Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University and Joint Institute for Nuclear Research (JINR), is a

first attempt to study heavy metal atmospheric deposition in Georgia, a country with different relief and climate.

The moss-biomonitoring technique in combination with nuclear physics analysis techniques has been regularly used

for the past three decades in Western Europe to study atmospheric heavy metal deposition, and in the past 20 years

it has become widely used in Eastern Europe [1] and in Asia as well. Since 1995, the JINR (Dubna, Russia) using

NAA at pulsed fast reactor IBR-2 has been contributing to the European program “Atmospheric Heavy Metal

Deposition in Europe—Estimation Based on Moss Analysis” UNECE ICP Vegetation by submitting the results of

moss analysis to the European Atlas [2]. Three types of mosses Hylocomium splendens, Pleurozium schreberi and

Hypnum cupressiforme were taken for atmospheric deposition study of major and trace elements in Georgia. The

sampling was carried out in 2014 at different vertical altitudes during summer vegetation periods. A total of sixteen

moss samples have been collected along altitudinal gradients in the Caucasus Mountains covering foothill, forest,

subalpine and alpine belts in the range of 600 m to 2665 m altitudes. The three-year growth segments (2011-2014)

of mosses were taken for the analysis. NAA of moss samples was carried out at the IBR-2 pulsed fast reactor (JINR,

Dubna) as described elsewhere [3]. The concentrations of Na, Mg, Al, Cl, K, Ca, Ti, V, Mn, Fe, Zn, As, Br, Rb,

Mo, Cd, I, Sb, Ba, La, Sm, W, Au, and U were determined. The results of the descriptive statistics are presented in

Table 1 along with the data on Norway considered as a pristine area of Europe [4]. A comparison of concentrations

in Georgia with Norway showed the increased values for most elements (Fe, Mn, Ti, V, As, Mg, Al, Ca, etc.) in the

studied samples that apparently are due to the state of the industrial sector of Georgia. The main potential sources of

air pollution from the industrial sector of Georgia are the cement production in Rustavi and Kaspi, Ferro-alloys

production in Zestaphoni, metallurgical plants in Rustavi and Kutaisi, polymetallic mining in Madneuli, manganese

mining in Chiatura, coal mining in Tkibuli etc. Hazardous ones are the arsenic containing waste accumulated in the

Lentekhi and Ambrolauri districts, electricity production in Georgia - JSC ”Energy Invest”, Ltd,

”MtkvariEnergetika” and JSC ”Tbilsresi” and others. The heavy metals associated with these enterprises are

obviously present in the studied mosses. Cluster analysis clearly revealed the groups of pollutants from manganese,

iron-alloys, arsenic and polymetallic industries. GIS-technology was used to create maps of spatial distribution of

the determined elements. A remarkable increase in concentrations of all elements with rising altitude was observed.

Similar results were obtained in the earlier works for other mountain regions of the world [5] . The performed

investigation shows that the moss biomonitoring of atmospheric deposition of heavy metals is an efficient technique

to study the environmental situation in the Georgian mountainous regions characterized by mining and metallurgical

enterprises.

Biol-39

Table 1 The concentrations of elements (mg/kg) determined by NAA for Georgia and Norway

Acknowledgements: The authors acknowledge the Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation grant 2015-

2017.

References

[1] T. Berg and E. Steinnes, International Journal of Environmental Pollution 98, 61–71(1997).

[2] A. Buse, D. Norris, H. Harmens, P. Buker, T. Ashenden and G. Mills (Eds), European Atlas: Heavy Metals in

European mosses: 2000/2001 survey, UNECE ICP Vegetation. Centre for Ecology & Hydrology, Univ. of Wales

Bangor, UK (2003).

[3] M.V. Frontasyeva. A review. Physics of Particles and Nuclei 42 (2), 332−378 (2011).

[4] E. Steinnes et al. Water, Air, Soil Pollutions 74, 121−140 (1994).

[5] H.G. Zechmeister. International Journal of Environmental Pollution 89, 73−80 (1995).

Georgia Norway[4]

n=16 n=100

Isotope Half life Gamma peak,

keV

Median Range Median Range

24Na 14.7 h 1368.55 721 268-1990 nd nd 27Mg 9.5 m 1014.44 4410 2720-11600 1730 940-2370 28Al 2.2 m 1778.9 5195 2450-20800 200 67-820 38Cl 37.2 m 2167.68 225 140-465 nd nd 42K 12.4 h 1524.6 5875 3080-9040 nd nd

49Ca 8.7 m 3084.4 11800 7140-15300 2820 1680-5490 51Ti 93.1 320.1 547 216-2070 23.5 12.4-66.4 52V 3.8 m 1434.4 11.8 6.2-54.0 0.92 0.39-5.1

56Mn 2.6 h 1810.7 158 70-592 256 22-750 59Fe 44.5 d 1099.1 3935 1640-14700 209 77-1370 65Zn 244.0 d 1116.0 38.1 17.3-68.7 26.5 7.9-173 76As 26.3 h 559.1 0.88 0.33-2.87 0.093 0.020-0.505 82Br 35.3 h 554.3 4.545 2.3-9.8 4.5 1.4-20.3 86Rb 18.6 d 1076.6 9.705 2.57-22.2 7.7 1.3-51.5 99Mo 66.0 h 140.5 0.35 0.24-0.77 0.135 0.065-0.70 115Cd 53.5 h 527.6 0.25 0.12-0.56 0.058 0.025-0.171

128I 25.0 m 442.9 2.795 1.3-5.1 2.5 0.6-41.7 124Sb 60.2 d 1691.0 0.19 0.095-0.30 0.033 0.004-0.240 131Ba 11.8 d 496.8 59.28 18.8-138 17.1 5.6-50.5 140La 40.2 h 1596.2 2.13 0.92-6.28 0.189 045-2.56 153Sm 46.7 h 103.2 0.43 0.03-0.94 0.33 0.05-1.34 187W 23.9 h 685.7 0.13 0.06-0.27 0.127 0.009-1.23 198Au 2.7 d 411.8 0.00091 0.00031-0.00225 nd nd

239Np 2.4 d 228.2 0.19 0.08-0.50 0.015 0.001-0.138

Biol-40

Distribution of lectin activity in organs of indoor plants kalanchoe diagremontiana

Marina Zarkua

Sokhumi State University, Faculty of Natural Sciences and Healthcare

It was investigated distribution of the Lectin Activity (LA) in organs of indoor plants Kalanchoe diagremontiana.

LA has been revealed in leaves and stems of the upper part of plants as well as in their roots when plants were at

active phase of growth. In the non-active phase of the development, the plants had not possessed LA at all. The

higher LA has been found in upper young leaves and leaflets. The leaflets serve for vegetative propagation and they

are formed on edge of upper young leaves under good environment conditions and on separated leaves or their parts under stress. We assumed that LA is associated with the regulation of growth process [1-3].

The plant lectins are used as the bioactive agents as some of them are instantly active towards the lymphocytes,

anticarcinogenic active towards the malignant cells, hormonal active towards the animal cells, they also possess the

antibacterial and antiviral features. Lectins can be differently distributed in a plant.

Underlining the physiological role of lectins in plants, we paid our attention to the well-known evergreen

herbaceous indoor drug plant Kalanchoe daigremontiana in our research. It belongs to the family of Crassulaceae.

The native land of this type of Kalanchoe is the island Madagascar. The local dwellers use it in different ways:

fresh mashed leaves – for stopping the bleeding, the fresh leaves juice – for injuries, for skin rash and eczema. The

indoor plant Kalanchoe is also used for treatment of throat and cold diseases. This is comparably faster growing

plant and it is easily cultivated in laboratory conditions. It’s peculiar method of vegetative reproduction with

bulblets to be mentioned separately. Bulblets are multiply created on the upper levels of leaves in appropriate

conditions, also in case of placing of cut matured and old leaves or their segments in the water.

In our studies we aimed to reveal the Lectins’ activity, particularly in partially purified salt-water extracts of

different organs and parts of this plant, and to determine the Lectins’ activity in bulblets created on intact and

separate leaves.

For defining the Lectins’ activity the weight of the material was stretched in the mortar-milling of the phosphate

buffer (0,9 NaCl+20мМ KH2PO4, pH 7,4), in ratio: the weight-buffer 1:20 (g/ml) and the extract was conducted on

the rocking bar for 20 min. The received homogenate was filtered, then it was centrifuged twice at 10 000 g during

10 min. The Lectins’ activity and carbohydrate peculiarity of albumins was determined on the immunological pads

according to the method [4]. The concentration of albumins in solutions was measured according to the method of

Loury.

The results of the Lectins’ activity in different parts of the Kalanchoe are given in the Table 1. These tests were

conducted in summer, the plants are in the active phase of growing and generally they form the bulblets on matches

of opposite leaves on the 3rd and 4th levels. At the same time we did not revealed the Lectins’ activity in the

Kalanchoe plants during the winter period, when they were in resting condition and they were growing very slow.

In the spring, after renewing the active growing processes was appeared the Lectines’ activity and it was

intensifying gradually.

Table 1. The Lectines’ activity of the growing Kalanchoe Diagremontiana (µg/ml)

Leaves

(levels)

1 2 3 4, 5,6

Stalks

(levels)

2 3 4,5,6

Stems

(levels)

2 3 4,5,6

Roots

Biol-41

11 24 32 0 14 19 0 18 27 0 16

In the Table 1 there are given the average arithmetic means of 3-5 biological repetitions

The results of the Lectines’ activity in the Kalanchoe bulblets on this stage of development are given in the Table 2.

Table 2. Lectines’ activity of the bulblets of Kalanchoe Diagremontiana (µg/ml)

The Bulblets on the leaves of the intact plant 6-9

The Bulblets on the separated leaves of the plants 7-10

The Bulblets cultivated in the water 8-12

Thus, the study on distribution of the Lectins’ activity in the organs of the indoor plant Kalanchoe illustrated that

the activity is localized in the leaves and in the stalks of the top, also in the roots of the plant that are in the stage of

active growing. The Lectins’ activity in the plants being in resting condition was not revealed. The youngest leaves

and the Plant Bulblets have the highest level of the Lectins’ activity that serve for the vegetative reproduction and

they formed in the appropriate conditions on the top levels of the leaves’ edges and on the separated plant leaves or

on their segments in stress conditions. The received results allow us to assume that the Kalanchoe Lectines take

part in the regulation of growing processes.

References:

[1] Peumans W.J.,Van Damme E.J.M. Lectins as plant defense proteins. Plant Physiology. 1995, 109, 347-352.

[2] Van Damme E.J.M., Peumans W.J., Pusztai A., Bardocz S. Handbook of Plant Lectins: properties and

biomedical applications. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester-Toronto. l998, p.l88.

[3] Алексидзе Г Я. Литвинов А.И. К вопросу об участии пигмент-лектинового комплекса фотосистемы 1 в

регуляции цикла Кальвина. Межд. науч. конф, по биологии и медицине Изд.ТГУ, 1998 г., стр. 7-14.

[4] Луцик М.Д., Панасюк Е. Н., Луцик А.Д. Лектины. Львов, ЛГУ, ВШ, 1981, с.13.

Biol-42

Utilization of agricultural waste through biosynthesis of the metal nano- particles

A. Chirakadzea, L. Ghurchumeliab, M. Gabrichidzec, G. Chiradzedd, Z.Buachidzee

a,e Georgian Technical University, Department of Engineering Physics, 77 M. Kostava Street 77, 0175 Tbilisi,

Georgia, e-mail: achikochirakadze@gtu.ge, tel.: + 995 5 91201140 bTSU R. Agladze Institute of Inorganic Chemistry and Electrochemistry, 11 E. Mindeli Street, 0186 Tbilisi Georgia,

e-mail: l_gurchumelia@yahoo.com, tel.:+995 5 5849 9950 c,d Akaki Tsereteli Kutaisi State University, 59, King Tamar Street, 4600 Kutaisi, Georgia, e-

mail:maiagabrichidze@mail.ru , tel.: +995 5 5127 0627

Metal nanomaterials are increasingly popular in medicine, special optoelectronic and magnetic devices,

electrochemical and microelectronic apparatus, nano- and micro-sensor instruments and systems, etc.

Nowadays it is one of the most dynamic and rapidly developing fields of high-technology manufacturing.

In 2015-2016 the market according to the authoritative scientific evaluations is to go up to 1 trillion US

dollars [1, 2]. Existing methods are mostly based on the chemical reactions in the electrolyte solutions

and are very expensive, technologically sophisticated and containing environment threats. Sharp increase

of the nanoparticle production will be associated with serious environmental challenges. Thus, elaborating

of the environmentally clean and cheap methods for producing of metal nanoparticles is an actual current

problem [3, 4]. Nowadays, the most environment-friendly method of creating nanoparticles is the method

of biosynthesis. As widely known, plants contain a great amount of carbohydrates, cellulose and proteins

rich in OH, COOH and NH groups. Separate groups actively participate in reduction reactions that take

place in solutions and restore ions of the metal, other ones participate in formation and stabilization of

nanoparticles. Thus, in the biosynthetic methods plants perform the function of bioreactor and do not need

addition of any expensive reagents. Consequently, biosynthesis is much cheaper, environmentally safe and

technologically simple [5]. Novelty of the research that started in Georgia is the complex usage of highly

effective, environmentally safe methods (and devices) being that provides a high quality of the derived

products. These methods are: supercritical CO2 fluid extraction, microwave drying/extraction and

combined use of the methods. The supercritical CO2 fluid extraction does not need any hazardous

additional solvents and is a highly selective extremely efficient method for the recovery of low and

medium polar substances. The highly polar substances are practically insoluble in the supercritical CO2

fluid: thus, no polymeric formations are actively generated in the obtained extracts. This is very important

in obtaining high-efficient protein-enriched residues and solvents for the “green” synthesis of

nanoparticles. The high-power pulsed microwave is a much more efficient energy source in comparison to

the convenient heat or the continuous microwave radiation of the same total energy. In addition, under the

influence of the microwave pre-treatment of biomass the initiation and acceleration of chemical reactions,

activation of the processes of synthesis of nanoparticles occurs. All this provides a significant reduction

(in comparison with other “green” methods) of duration, energy consumption and size dispersion of the

produced nanoparticles, while the yield increases up to 20-40% depending on the kind of used plants. For

obtaining metal nanoparticles by processing plants different kinds of waste (grape harvesting and

winemaking residues, tea leaves, food production waste, canning-industry waste, etc.) were chosen which

are widely spread in Georgia and pose quite a significant environmental problem.

Biol-43

References

[1]. A. Kovalev. Mediterranean Journal of Social Sciences, 4 (2013), No 9, 655-659.

[2]. F. Piccino, F. Gottschalk, S. Seeger, B. Nowack. J. Nanopart. Res., (2012), 14:1109. DOI 10.1007/s11051-012-

1109-9, available at: http://publicationslist.org/data/nowack/ref-128/Piccinno(2012).pdf.

[3]. P. Gorelkin, N. Kalinina, A. Lav, V. Makarov, M. Talyanski, I. Yaminski. Nano-industry: Science&Technic

Journal, 7 (2012), 132-137 (in Russian).

[4]. V. Makarov, O. Sinitsina. “Green” nanotechnologies. Acta Naturae, 1 (2014), 23-29 (in Russian).

[5]. L.Castro, L.Blazquez, F.Gonzalez, A.Ballester. Chemical Engineering Journal, 184 (2010), 92-97.

Biol-44

Study of the inertial Mass and cellular elements in Statocysts Distributed in Georgia's

territory, some Species of the Terrestrial Gastropods during their growth and

development

aGivi Gorgiladze, aRoza Bukia, aEra Kalandarishvili, aAnastasiaTaktakishvili, aMarine Davitashvili, aNino

Gelashvili, aNino Majagaladze, aMariam Kurasbediani

aIv.Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Science, Dept. of Biology, University str.2,

0143 Tbilisi, Georgia

Introduction. In the gravireceptor-inertial mass system (comprising the basic elements of any organ of

equilibrium), the latter is the first link responding to the force of gravity. As is known, the inertial mass attributed to

biominerals in the organ of equilibrium of animals is presented as single large statoliths or numerous, much less in

size statoconia which grow in increment layers of mineral-organic origin [1]. For this reason, these formations

similar to teeth, claws, bones, scales and shell in animals are assigned to the so-called recording structures [2].The

organ of equilibrium - statocyst gastropod is an analog of the acoustic-vestibular system of vertebrates. Its sensory

hair cells (stato-or gravireceptors) respond to all positions in space as well as vibration and acoustic signals.

Statocyst cavity is filled with viscous fluid statolymph and inertial mass [1].Statocyst of these animalscomprisesa

small numberof sensory cells.The inertial mass is freely placed in the statocyst cavity, that makes its extraction easy

Finally, simple handling, small size, light weight, wide distribution in the natural habitat and the absence of special

conditions for keeping in a laboratory room allow to use almost unlimited number of animals in the experiment [3].

Methods and results.With account of this advantage for the last few years the scientists of our laboratory using the

light, transmission and scanning electron microscopy have carried out research into the inertial mass in statocysts

widespread on the territory of Georgia land pulmonate snail Helix lucorum and prosobranch land snail

Pomatiasrivulare in norm and under conditions of changing gravitational field (microgravity, hyperweightiness).

The exposure of snails (land pulmonary snail H. lucorum, prosobranch land snail P.rivulare) to microgravity during

an orbital flight on board the automated spacecraft "Resurs-F" and "Bion-11”, the manned orbiting spacecraft “Mir”

and the International Space Station with duration from 0.5 to 5.5 months was accompanied by an increase in the

number and size of statoconia and size of statolith. The integrity of the snails H.lucorum undergone surgical

damage of statocysts and devastated from statoconia before the flight was completely restored and regenerated

statocysts were filled again with newly formed statoconia. From these studies it was concluded that the lack of

weight launches mechanisms of generation and growth of statoconia [3, 4, 5, 6, 7]. On the contrary, in conditions of

increased gravity force produced by rotation in a centrifuge, in statocysts of H.lucorum destruction and liquidation

of a large part statoconia occurred [8, 9].As further studies of our team show an increase of the inertial mass in

weightlessness and its destruction in conditions of overweight have adaptive nature, because the normal pattern

restored after returning to the earth gravity [9, 10]. Proceeding from this, it was concluded that the gravitational

field is a significant factor of abiotic environment, responsible for the formation of the inertial mass in the organ of

equilibrium of animals.Virtually allstudies conducted onlandgastropodswere usedsexually matureadults. At the

sametime, almostno experimental data on the formation of an inertial mass in the ontogeny of these animals.This

researches made to solve this problem. The purpose of this research is to establish the characteristics of the

formation of the inertial mass (morphometry, the composition of chemical elements, the crystal structure) in

terrestrial gastropod statocyst during their growth and development. As objects of study we selected three types of

snails that occupy different ecological niches in Georgias territory. Two of them belong to the snail shell (land

pulmonarysnail Helix lucorum and land prosobranch snail Pomatiasrivulare), one is snailwithout a shell (land

pulmonary slug Derocerasreticulatum). Each of these has its habitat snails, various ways of moving in space,

particularly nutrition, reproduction, life. In the H. lucorum and the D. reticulatum, inertial mass in the

statocystrepresented by a largenumber ofstatoconia, while inertial massinP. Rivulare is represented by one statolith.

The drafters believed that the choice of snails of different taxonomic groups, also adapted to different habitats and

Biol-45

leading distinct way of life, in addition to identifying general principles for the formation of the inertial mass of the

organ of balance, the method of comparison will establish its specific peculiarities since hatching and before

reaching sexual maturity. Using light and scanning electron microscopy we studied the morphological parameters

(Form, ultrastructure, number, morphometry in postnatal development). Internal structure was studied in thin

sections, as well as fragments of statoliths obtained in their mechanical breakage. Growth dynamics ofstatolithswith

the size ofthe snailsthemselvesdemonstratesunevenand at the sameasymmetrywith predominancefor leftstatoliths.

Even in the same snail right and left statoliths differ in their morphometric parameters. The main mineral element,

giving the weight of statoliths - is calcium carbonate, in the form of aragonite crystals that fill the frame of organic

nature. Statolith of the snails’ P. rivulare consists of a core and layers in the form of hollow spherical structures, the

number of which increases with the growth of the animals[11]. Study of inertial mass of H.lucorum

andD.reticulatum demonstrateda number of specific morphological features: in both snails statocysts most

statoconia were oval (as viewed from the side) and flattened. These statoconia had one core each and; hence, we

called them “simple” statoconia, as distinct from “complex” statoconia. The latter are characterized by composed of

small statoconia united by common increment layers. Evidently, the structures that consisted of statoconia accreted

only at their surfaces should also be regarded as complex statoconia.On the paraphine and semi-thin slices, with an

aid of reconstruction metod, as well as with the scanning electron microscope, 13 sensory and supporting cells

ensenble (each sensory cell is surrounded with 5-6 supporting cells) were revealed on the internal surface of the

statocyst of the snail H.lucorum.One cells, star-likeshape, fill the frontal pole of the statocyst, while the

remaimaining 12 cells of polygonal shape build three belts in the inner peremeter of the statocyst – frontal, medial

or equatorial [12, 13].

Summary.Microgravity and enhanced gravity researchers demonstrated logical changes of inertial mass quantity:

microgravity stimulated the growth of statoconia in the statocyst in the terrestrial pulmonateH.lucorum and the

depressive effect in increased gravity on statoconia. This very important result, obtained in modeling experiments

on animals, can be used in perspective for making strategy for rehabilitation of people with vestibular dysfunctions.

Acknowledgement Supported by ShotaRustaveli National Scientific foundation, grants FR/334/7-272/13

References

[1] Y.A.Vinnikov, O.G.Gazenko, L.K. Titova et all., Evolution of structural, cytochemical and functional

organization. Series “Problems of Space Biology” vol.12, Leningrad, “Nauka”, p.523 (1971).

[2]M.V. Mina, G.A. Klevezal, Advances in modern biology. V.70, v. 3(6), pp. 341-352. (1970).

[3] G.I. Gorgiladze, R.D. Bukia, M.T. Davitashvili, E.L. Kalandarishvili, A.D. Taktakishvili, (1997).

[4]G.I. Gorgiladze, Georgian Engineering News, №4.p.113-119(2001).

[5]G.I. Gorgiladze, In: Orbital station "Mir", v.2. Medico-Biological experiments.M., 2002a.p.366-383.

[6]G.I. Gorgiladze, V.384, №1, pp.131-135 (2002b).

[7] G.I. Gorgiladze, R.D. Bukia, et all., Avikocm. iekolog. Medicina, v.45, №5, pp. 28-32(2011).

[8]G.I. Gorgiladze, R.D. Bukia, et all., DokladyAcademiiNauk, v.406, N3, pp.416-418 (2006).

[9]G.I. Gorgiladze, DokladyAcademiiNauk, v.433, N4, pp. 566-569 (2010).

[10] G.I.Gorgiladze, R.D.Bukia, et all. Bull. of experimental biology and medicine.V.149 pp.236-240 (2010).

[11]G.I.Gorgiladze, A.M.Nosovsky, R.D.Bukia. Sensory systems, v. 27, N3, pp.216-223.(2013).

[12]Gorgiladze G.I. Bukia et all.,., Avikocm. iekolog. medicina. Sept-Oct; v.47, N 5, pp. 6- 12.(2013)

[13]R.Bukia, A.Taktakishvili, E.Kalandarishvili, G.Gorgiladze, Proceedings of Georgian Academy of Sciences,

Ser. Biol., A, v. 31, N6, pp.815-822(2005).

Biol-46

Phytopathogenous bacteria phage profile and their sensitivity towards antibiotics

Magda Davitashvili

Iakob Gogebashvili Telavi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Natural

Sciences, Georgian University str. 1, Telavi, Georgia

G. Eliava Institute of Bacteriophages, Microbiology and Virology. 3, Gotua str., Tbilisi 0160, Georgia

Introduction. In recent decades etiological structure of bacteriosis has undergone significant changes due to

industrial conditions used in agriculture technology. In order to prevent plants bacteriosis a variety of antibiotics

and chemicals – pesticides, herbicides, etc. have been widely used. Despite their high efficiency sharp negative

sides of the protective chemicals have been outlined high toxicity and environmental harm, distribution of resistant

forms of plant pathogens. Particularly, this is acutely revealed in leading agricultural crops and in their infectious

agent cases [1, 2]. The aim of the work is to study potato bacterial pathogens phage profiles and their sensitivity

towards antibiotics. The examined potato bacterial pathogens are detected in Georgia.

Results and Summary. Lytic spectrum of several bacteriophages has been examined from the bacterial cultures

towards relevant genus of several dozen stamps. As it was expected, from 12 examined phages nine phages form a

limited number of lysis (2-10 strain). Three phages: Eca 579, Eca 34 and Eca 224 has shown high activity and a

wide range of lytic spectrum. That’s why these bacteriophages were included in the prospective virulent phages

team. It is possible to assume that in this latter case of phages we deal with pseudolysogeny i.e. carrier of phages.

Figure 1. Resistance of potato bacterial pathogens towards antibiotics

As it was expected, phage morphology allotted from the bacterial cells comes into accordance with typical

characteristics of Syphoviridae class - hexagonal head and a long incompressible tail. Their size is more or less

different in each individual case. Lytic spectrum of the above mentioned phages is rather narrow, limited to 2-10

with a stamp.

Certain importance is given to antibiotic sensitivity not only of the general bacterial pathogens but also plant

pathogens [3, 4, 5].

2005-2007

2009-2012

2005-07

Biol-47

After studying potato phytopathogenous strains towards antibiotic sensitivity by the orientation method MICs

(Minimal Inhibitory Concentration) have been defined for each of the selected strain or groups of strains by serial

dilution in solid area. The majority of the studied strains (80-100%) reveal high sensitivity towards imipenem,

cyprophloxacin, ryphampicin. At the same time, strains resistance of 80-100% towards penicillin antibiotics groups

(Pc, Amp, Ox, Met) and the vancomycin has been also revealed. 30-60% of strains hold sensitivity towards

gentamicin, chloramphenicol, carbenicillin. Their relevant MICs is 10-20, 50-100 and 100-200 mcg / mL (see

Figure 1). Special interest is devoted to potato bacterial pathogens sensitivity towards spectinomycin (Sm), which is

widely used in developed countries for preventing plants bacteriosis and is followed by the development of

resistance [1, 2]. It turned out that only 35% of the studied strains are Sm resistant (MICs 100-200 mcg / ml). This

may be explained by the relatively low consumption of antibiotics in our agricultural practice.

References

[1] Vivader A.K. In: Emerging and Reemerging Infectious Diseases. The House Agriculture Committee, ASM

Press, 1996.

[2] Sundin G.W., Bender C.L. Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 1993.

[3] Prokulevich L.P., Gorelivishev A.S. Works of Belarusian University, Seria .2, №1, 1982.

[4] Tediashvili M. T, Davitashvili M. D. First symposium in medical biology science in Caucasus. Tbilisi, 1999.

[5] Shpaar D. Kleimcampel, G. Miuler, Nauman K. Bacteriosis of cultural crops. Moscow «Kolos », 1980.

Biol-48

Alterations of RBC membrane protein content in physiological and

pathophysiological conditions

Sanikidze T., Lomsadze G., Shekiladze E., Turabelidze S., Gabunia T., Sujashvili R.

Tbilisi State Medical University

Introduction: Rheological properties of RBCs play a critical role in the microcirculation and therefore tissue

oxygenation. Alterations of the microcirculation are frequently observed during different diseases. Rheological

properties of RBCs significantly depend on their deformability, related to the internal cellular viscosity, the surface

area-to-volume ratio and membrane viscoelastic properties, dependent on the membrane lipids and protein content,

skeleton composition, ultra structures, protein-protein and protein-lipid interactions [1, 2]. The role of proteins in

regulation RBCs is due to their ability to anchor the membrane skeleton to the lipid bilayer, influence and regulate

local membrane curvature, their capacity to bind and stabilize membrane lipids.

The goal of the research was investigation of the alterations of RBCs membrane proteins during different

physiological and pathophysiological conditions.

Materials and Methods: Peripheral blood RBCs membranes proteins from healthy volunteers of different sex and

age, type-1 diabetic patients (age 18-45 years) with and without periodontitis of variable severity were examined.

Individuals often consume alcohol addicts, pregnant women and patients with other chronic diseases were excluded

from the study. Menopause was determined according 12 months of amenorrhea. The study protocol was approved

by regional Ethical Committee.

RBCs membrane proteins have been extracted from human heparinized blood according to Novgorodseva T. P.

method and were studied by electrophoresis method [3].

Results and Discussion: The electrophoretic mobility of RBCs membrane proteins from healthy young persons

was much higher and decreased with age; in females this parameter especially intensively decreased in period of

menopause. Low molecular weight proteins (18-22 kDa) content in human RBCs membranes decreased with

age (in menopausal women this process occurred faster); in older age group RBCs membranes mainly high

molecular weight proteins (100-200 kDa) were manifested.

In patients with diabetes type-1 (age 18-45 years) low molecular weight proteins (18-22 kDa) content in RBCs

membranes decreased, whereas electrophoretic mobility of membrane proteins did not change significantly

compared to the control. In patients with diabetes type-1, suffering from varying severity periodontitis (age 18-45

years) additionally reduction proteins content with middle (25-45kDa) and high (200, 116, 97, 55 kDa) molecular

weight in RBCs membranes, also the electrophoretic mobility of membrane proteins (especially with increasing

severity of periodontitis) were detected (compared with those in healthy persons and diabetic patients not suffering

from periodontitis).

The reported decrease of low-molecular weight (18-22 kDa) proteins fraction in human RBCs membranes with

aging, and in diabetes cases (with and without periodontitis) may be particularly due to decline content of the

membrane inhibitor of reactive lysis protein (MIRLP, 18-20 kDa) [4], which in turn leads to a reduction in

resistance and stability of RBCs.

Detected decrease in the content of protein with molecular weight 25-45 kDa in aged persons and patients with

diabetes type-1 suffered from periodontitis may be due to decrease in content of tropomyosin (27-29 kDa), actin

(43 kDa), Band 4.9 protein (48 kDa) and glycophorin C (25 kDa). Nnetwork of skeletal proteins (the node of the

ternary complex of spectrin, actin, Band 4.9 protein and protein 4.1R) associated with lipid bilayer is responsible for

high resistance of RBCs membranes; the reported decrease in these protein content in patients may induce decrease

deformability of the RBCs and disorders of the microcorculation.

Reduction of high molecular fraction (weight of 200, 116, 97, 55 kDa) proteins in RBCs membrane of patients with

diabetes type-1 suffering from periodontitis indicates on reduction of Band 4.1 (78 kDa), band 4.2 (72 kDa),

adducin (isoforms of 100 and 105 kDa ), band 3 (90 - 100 kDa) and ankyrin (200-215 kDa) content. All these

proteins are actively involved in the regulation of mechanical stability, deformability and shape of the RBC and

decrease their content may induce disorders of their deformability.

Biol-49

Sialic acid residues containing glycophorins together with band 3 and some glycolipids are responsible for negative

charged on the RBCs surface. Decrease of glycophorins content with aging, also during diabetes (with and without

periodontitis) plays a crucial role in modulating RBC–RBC interactions and as well RBC interactions with vascular

endothelium and the other circulating blood cells [5]. The reported decrease in electrophoretic mobility of

membranes protein may be caused by decrease in the content of glycophorin that may not be crucial to the RBC

mechanical stability, deformability and shape change but may induce adhesion of RBCs to the endothelium and

thromb formation.

Conclusion: alterations of the content and the mobility of RBCs membrane proteins may be considered as a marker

of various diseases pathogenetically related to the disorders of the microcirculation. Further studies are needed to

assess whether pharmaceutical intervention to the RBCs rheology can prevent or alleviate microvascular

complications.

References

[1] N. Mohandas and P. G. Gallagher, Blood, vol. 112, no. 10, pp. 3939–3948, 2008

[2] E.M. Pasini, Kirkegaard M, Mortensen P, Lutz HU, Thomas AW, Mann M: Blood 2006; 108:791-801

[3] Pruidze N, Khetsuriani R, Sujashvili R, Ioramashvili I, Arabuli M, Sanikidze T. Georgian Med News. 2015 Jul-

Aug;(244-245):110-5. [4] Ninomiya H, Stewart BH, Rollins SA, Zhao J, Bothwell AL, Sims PJ. J Biol Chem. 1992 Apr 25;267(12):8404-

10

[5] Piagnerelli M., K. Zouaoui Boudjeltia, M. Vanhaeverbeek, and J. L. Vincent, Intensive Care Medicine, vol. 29,

no. 7, pp. 1052–1061, 2003.

Biol-50

Pharmacological Evidence of Cholinergic Counterpart in Systemic Lithium Action

Mikheil D. Gedevanishvilia, Nadejda I. Mushkiashvili b, Natela M. Gogitidze b

a Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of Biology

bI. Kutateladze Institute of Pharmacochemistry,Tbilisi, Georgia

Introduction. Experimental findings suggesting cholinergic nature of neuronal activity evoked by systemic lithium

administration are increasingly accumulating. For instance, a combination of lithium chloride plus cholinesterase

inhibitor, physostigmine increased lethality in rats more than that caused by either physostigmine or lithium alone

[1]. Again, administration of pilocarpine or physostigmine into rats treated with lithium produced sustained limbic

seizures which may reflect synergistic or additive interaction of these cholinergic agents and lithium [2].

Consequently, increase in the pilocarpine epileptogenic activity caused by addition of lithium is widely used in rat

model seizures [3]. Also, greater exploratory behavior and suppression of reactivity to environmental stimulation

occurred in animals under LiCl treatment conditions shown to stimulate cholinergic activity in brain [4].

Accordingly, in hippocampal tissue and cell model systems it was demonstrated that cholinergic overstimulation

enhanced glutamatergic transmission on hippocampal granule cells by enhancing neurotransmitter release from

presynaptic terminals [5], and that in lithium-induced synapse formation between hippocampal neurons

glutamatergic synaptic transmission is required [6]; apparently a link can be traced between the two experimental

events. Respectively, research demonstrating protective action of lithium against cognitive deficits associated with

loss of cholinergic neurons and/or with acetilcholine defficiency in CNS is under consideration [7].

In this context some data concerning the mechanism of systemic lithium action on leukocyte (neutrophil)

restitution may gain special interest - i.e. pharmacological evidence of cholinergic counterpart in systemic lithium

action [8,9].

Materials and Methods. In brief, acute myelotoxic leucopenia in mice and rats was induced by single

intraperitoneal administration of cyclophosphamide; improved leucocyte restitution was considered a systemic

response to lithium administration [10]. Interaction of lithium, epineprine, phenilephrine and pylocarpine and of

respective cholinergic and/or adrenergic antagonists was studied.

Results. /In rats leucopoiesis- promoting action of lithium was prevented by N-cholinergic blocking agent

(ganglefen), and independently by the alpha1 - adrenergic antagonist (doxazocin). In mice, systemic effects of

several agents was inhibited by alpha-adrenergic antagonists (e. g. phentolamine and/or chlopromasine) uniformly;

on the other hand effects of lithium and pilocarpine were prevented also by cholinergic-blocking drugs. We suggest,

that lithium evokes release of acetylcholine from the preganglionic terminals in adrenal medulla and subsequent

discharge of catecholamines out of the medullar chromaffine cells, which on their part activate adrenergic

receptors (i.e. alpha1A-subtype) on granulocytopoietic progenitor cells. For this reason, response to lithium (and

also to pilocarpine) in this physiologic system could be blocked at the level of adrenal medulla by cholinergic

antagonists, but by the adrenergic antagonists at the level of the hematopoietic cells proper. Thus, the systemic

action of lithium on leucopoiesis appears initially cholinergic and is indirect, while is mediated apparently by

catecholamine release evoked through enhanced preganglionic cholinergic activity in adrenal medulla.

Biol-51

Figure1. Elimination of Lithium carbonate effects by alpha1-adrenergic and N-cholinergic receptor-blocking agents Indicated

at bottom are corresponding PB samples of rats treated after cyclophosphamide administration by lithium carbonate (Li+),

ganglefene hydrochloride (Gn) and Li+, doxazosin mesilate (Dx) and Li+, and untreated control (CPh).

Bars: left - granulocytes, right – lymphocytes; shaded areas – Large lymphocyte fraction

References

[1] Samples JR, Janovsky DS, Pechnik R, Judd LL. Psychopharmacology 52:307-309, 1977.

[2] Honchar NP, Olney JW, Sherman WR. Science 220:323-325, 1983.

[3] Rigoulot MA, Koning E, Ferrandon A, Nehlig A. J. Pharmacol. Exp.Ther 308: 787-795, 2004.

[4] Russel RW, Pechnick R, Jope RS. Psychopharmacology 73: 120-125, 1981.

[5] Kozhemyakin M, Rajasekaran K, Kapur J., J Neurophysiology 103: 1748-1757, 2010.

[6] Kim HJ, Thayer SA, Molecular Pharmacology 75: 1021-1030, 2009.

[7] Tsaltas E, Kontis D, Boulougouris V, Papadimitriou GM., Psychopharmacology 202:457-476, 2009.

[8] Gedevanishvili MD, Mushkiashvili NI, Tkabladze Z., Proc. Georgian Acad. Sci., Biol. Ser. A 28 : S21-25, 2002.

[9] Gedevanishvili MD, Mushkiashvili NI, Gogitidze NM. Georgian Medical News 6: 43- 46, 2012.

[10] Focosi D, Azzara A, Kast RE, Carulli G, Petrini M. Lithium and hematology: established and proposed uses.

J.LB 85: 20-28, 2009

Li Dx/Li Gn/Li CPh Li CPh 0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

120 h 8 day

Biol-52

The possibility of bacteriophage use in aerosol form for

decontamination of different surfaces

N. Tamarashvilia, T. Gabisoniab, M. Loladzeb, N.chakhunashvilib, M.Nadiradzeb, M.Alibegashvilib

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Department of Biology, Chavchavadze ave. 3, 0179, Tbilisi,

Georgia bG.Eliava Institute of Bacteriophage, Microbiology and Virology, 3 Gotua st., 0160, Tbilisi, Georgia

Introduction: The incidence of bacterial resistance to antibiotics has increased at an alarming pace in recent years

and is expected to continue rising at a similar or even greater rate in the future leading to the loss of antimicrobial

agents and antibiotics effectiveness. The development of alternative anti microbial remedies has become one of the

highest priorities of modern medicine and biotechnology. One of such alternatives might be bacteriophages. Phage

application was reported highly efficient, highly specific, and cost-effective when applied for pathogens eradication

in food products and water, in medicine, and in veterinary. Better progress is observed in food industry where FDA

approved phage application for pathogens decontamination [1-5]. Recently, volumetric decontamination of

confined environment, such as hospitals, transportation units, and public buildings raised substantial interest

because it allows to simultaneously decontaminating pathogens, including in hardly accessible sites, and pathogens

resided on inanimate surfaces within confined environments, that is absolutely impossible with conventional manual

protocols widely accepted and practicing today.

Aim: Our aim was exploration of bacteriophage-containing microaerosol for reduction of high load of Salmonella

cells on inanimate surfaces. In this project we limitedly explored volumetric disinfection of S. typhimurium cells

inoculated on hard surfaces and on the surfaces of rich organic medium, using microaerosol containing Salmonella

phage.

Materials and Methods: Fresh S. typhimurium cells were inoculated on a surface of nutrition medium and also,

were inoculated and pre-dried on microscopic glass. All coupons were placed to enclosed plastic chamber and

microaerosol composed of Salmonella bacteriophage Sal.phi18 was fumigated to the chamber using nebulizer

attached to the chamber. Multiple controls were applied, such as cells survival on the coupons that had not been

exposed to bacteriophage, fumigation of microaerosol not-containing phage, etc.

Results and Summary: The results of the trial illustrated above represent unambiguous evidence of the efficacy of

the microaerosol composed of bacteriophage to reduce high load of Salmonella cells on glass surface and on rich

nutrition medium below detection limit. Predictably, exposure of the coupons to microaerosol containing no phages

had neither positive, nor negative effect to viability of the cells inoculated on glass surface and on nutrition medium.

In this work we limitedly explored volumetric disinfection of S. typhimurium cells inoculated on hard surfaces and

on the surfaces of rich organic medium, using microaerosol containing Salmonella phage .Successful results of such

microaerosol application presumably will expand bacteriophage application as environmentally safe disinfectants.

Use of phages for volumetric disinfection looks very promising for multiple scenarios. It might be specifically

effective to prevent cross-contamination with airborne pathogens, such as M.tuberculosis, Legionella, etc., and it

might find an application for preventing airborne pathogens dissemination.

References

[1] T. Gabisonia, M. Loladze, N. Chakhunashvili, M. Nadiradze, D. Goderdzishvili, G. Melashvili , T. Eliava, K.

Didebulidze, J. Innovative Medicine and Biology 1, pp.56-63, 2011

[2] T. Gabisonia, M. Loladze, T. Katamadze, G. Melashvili, K. Didebulidze, N. Tamarashvili, Bulletin, Georgian

National Academy of Scnience, 8 (1), pp. 114-117, 2014

Biol-53

[3] J. Woolston , A. R. Parks , T. Abuladze , B. Anderson , M. Lia , C. Carter , L. F. Hanna , Sa Heyse D

Charbonneau and A. Sulakvelidze, Bacteriophage 3(3), pp.e25697 1-6; 2013

[4] N. E. Galarce, J L. Bravo, J P. Robeson and C F. Boriea, Rev Argent Microbiol., 46(4), pp.333-337, 2014

[5] L. D. Goodridge and B. Bisha, Bacteriophage 1(3), pp.130-137 2011.

Biol-54

Technology Protection of Biodiversity of Medicinal, Aromatic, Spicy & Poisonous

Plants

Kacharava Tamar

The Georgian Technical University, Biotechnology Center, 77, Kostava Str., 0175, Tbilisi, Georgia,

t.kacharava@gtu.ge

A rich and unique phytogenetic fund of Georgia represents a natural-historic treasure calling for permanent

conservation-rehabilitation, as it progressively exterminates or changes under the influence of various natural

disasters or anthropological impact. The problem is important to our country while the number of cultural plants

and their wild ancestors originate from Georgia as it is their primary and secondary hearth of origin. In Georgia

those unique medicinal, aromatic, spicery and poisonous plants are spread which cannot be found anywhere in the

world. Due to their current state, most of these plants are on the verge of extinction. The erosive processes of

genetic resources and uncontrolled export / import are on-going. Based on the aforementioned, it is critical to

preserve a biodiversity through ensuring in-situ and ex-situ/on farmer’s. For the purposes of further consumption,

raising awareness in conservation of genetic and varietal diversity and rational use of the unique Georgian flora is

gaining the most importance. This can be observed along with intensification and sustainable use of ethnobotanical

traditions and promotion of phytoproduction based on the rights acquired from the convention on biodiversity

Georgia is accessed to, through integration of the benefits distribution principles. Though Georgian phytopharmacy

has the sound centuries-old traditions, today it is getting the priority issue [1].

Novelty, specialty and singularity of scientific research are conditioned by the (i) research and cataloguing of

genetic resources of the medicinal, aromatic, spicery and poisonous plants are unified in a single complex model,

including unique plants and those on the verge of extinction, ex-situ and in-situ/on farmer's conservation; (ii)

diagnostics of the indigenous-endemic and collection material for the purposes of selection of the plants

distinguished for their pharmacological and farming peculiarities; (iii) enrichment of seed bank and its inclusion

into the international exchange programs; (iv) study of the present ethnopharmacological peculiarities; (v)

establishment of the data base for the purposes of sustainable use and conservation of the aforementioned plants in

certain regions of Georgia with different ecosystems[1,2].

Purpose of the research - is searching for and cataloguing genplasma of the medicinal, aromatic, spicery

and poisonous plants, including the unique plants and those on the verge of extinction, wild and cultural

species, ex-situ and in-situ/on farmer's conservation, establishment of data bank of the present

pharmacological peculiarities to ensure preservation of phytoresource and sustainable use of its

components, updating of the seed bank based on differentiated goods value to facilitate further raw

material production and development of pharmaceutical industry as a basis of project viability.

Results and Summary:

- searching for and cataloguing the genplasma of the medicinal, aromatic, spicery and poisonous plants

in different ecosystems with genetical erosion background, including the unique plants and those on the verge of

extinction;

- phased study and propagation of indigenous-endemic and collection genplasma in ex-situ

environment; differentiation of bio-morphological, pharmacological and farming peculiarities; choosing prospective

species; identification of genetic, selective and pharmacological values of the samples based on research; searching

for present ethnopharmacological peculiarities and determining potential directions of their further development

based on scientific-research results;

Biol-55

- updating the conditioned seed bank of medicinal, aromatic, spicery and poisonous plants; inclusion

into international exchange programs;

- arrangement of local collection demo plots for the purposes of multiplication of the local donor

forms of the medicinal, aromatic, spicery and poisonous plants with valuable pharmacological features;

- training in management of sustainable use of the medicinal, aromatic, spicery and poisonous plants –

manufacturing of phytoproduction including drying, processing and optimization of storage regime.

Figure 1. Plantation of Valeriana Officinalis L

Intensified cultivation economically sound of ecologically sound industrial plantations of medicinal herbs on the

basis of agro-ecological, biological and medical research will sustain the maintenance of the unique gene pool of

our country.

References

[1] Kacharava T. (2009). Medicine, Aromatic, Spicy & Poisonous Plants, ISSN 978-9941-12-575-1, Publishing

,,Universal”, 285 p.

[2] Korahashvili A.,Kacharava T. (2008). Catalog of Medicine, Aromatic, Spicy @ Poisonous Plants of Georgia,

Georgian National Academy of Sciences, ISBN 978-9941-0-1001-9, Tbilisi, Georgia, 35 p.

Biol-56

The effect of Mn on catalase activity in vegetable plants

Nino Mangaladze

Akaki Tsereteli State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, 59, Queen Tamar Ave., Kutaisi, 4600,

Georgia

nino.mangaladze@mail.ru

The products of incomplete oxidation of oxygen such as oxygen compounds, superoxide radicals, singlent oxygen

and others have harmful effect on the cell. Due to the biological activity of these compounds they are called active

forms of oxygen[1].

Active forms of oxygen are produced continuously in a cell, which is a normal metabolic process. Its concentration

is very low – 10 -8,10 -11.. Active forms of oxygen participate in cellular defence reactions against pathogens

However, in unfavourable conditions (drought, mechanical damage, the action of herbicides and pesticides) it

accumulates in a large amount, causing serious disorders that damage biological cell membranes (due to lipid

peroxide oxidation), leading to the damage of cell organoids. As a result, the process of cell division is hindered and

eventually the cell dies[2].

Cell protection from the active forms of oxygen is provided by the action of an antioxidant factor, which is realized

in enzymatic or non-enzymatic form[3]. In the first case the enzymes including catalase inactivate active forms of

oxygen. In addition, there are other mechanisms of protection from active forms of oxygen, for example, reduction

of the concentration of molecular oxygen proceeds through enhanced photorespiration in plants and in mitochondria

through alternative oxidize activation. Besides, in response to accumulation of active forms of oxygen the

mitochondrial inner membrane opens the pores, which seems to be related to the release of protons. Consequently,

there begins stimulation of respiration and “utilization” of O2 [4]. Plants characterized by high activity of the

antioxidant factor are more resistant to the stress factors, including water shortage. Micronutrients affect the activity

of active forms of oxygen in cells[5].

We have studied the effect of Mn on the activity of catalase in the leaves and fruits of tomato, egg-plant and pepper.

The object of the study were the vegetables widespread in western Georgia: the eggplant variety “Brunette” (S.

melongena) tomato “Womder of Market” (Lycopersicum esculentum Mill) and pepper variety “Hot Pepper”

(Capsicum annuum. The seeds were placed in 0.002%-solution of KMno4 for 24 hours; after drying the seeds were

sown in Petri dishes to develop water crops, Knopf solution was the nutrition. The control material was treated with

distilled water in the same way. There were 6-12 water paints per analysis, where the middle tier leaves were used.

The data were statistically processed with Student method.

Catalase activity was determined with spectrophotometric method at 240 sec. According to the optical density

change of H2O2 enzyme preparation was received from 1 g of crude material. Reaction mixture contained 2,8 ml of

0,005M phosphate buffer PH 7.0-7.5 as well as 0,1 ml of 2% H2O2 and 0.1 ml enzymatic preparation. Total volume

of reaction solution was 3 ml. It must be taken into account the large concentrations of H2O2 have negative effect on

the enzymes.

The reaction was carried out at 250 C during 3 min with the intervals of 0,5-1.0 min. The control variant was the

reaction solution without the substrate[6].

The vegetable plants investigated differ from each other by catalase activity. Enzyme activity varies in different

phases of vegetation.

Pre-sowing treatment of seeds with KMnO4 solution by 0.02% increased catalase activity in the grown fruits of

tomato and eggplant, while it decreased the activity in pepper fruits.

The dynamics of catalase activity can be explained by the peculiarity of plants (tomato, eggplant and pepper) having

technical, physiologically mature.

Biol-57

Table 1

The effect of KMnO4 solution 0,002% on catalase activity in the leaves and fruits of plants

plant 5-6 leaf phase Budding phase Flowering phase First fruit bearing

phase

Leaves in grown

fruit phase

fruits

Tomato

Cont

test

25,0±0.02

27.0±0.01

27.5±0.01

29.0±0.02

21.4±0.01

24.5±0.01

20.5±0.02

22.1±0.01

29.0±0.01

31.1±0.01

30.5±0.01

32.4±0.01

Eggplant

Cont

test

28.5±0.01

30.0±0.01

24.1±0.01

26.0.±0.01

29.0±0.01

31.0±0.02

23.3±0.01

28.0±0.01

33.2±0.01

35.0±1

34.1±0.01

36.0±0.01

Pepper

Cont

test

26.0±0.01

32.0±0.01

280±0.02

33.4±0.01

30.0±0.01

34.3±0.01

24.3±0.02

29.0±0.01

27.0±0.02

33.0±0.01

19.2±0.02

16.3±0.01

References

[1] N.I. Iakushkina, E. I. Bakhtenko Plant Phyziology M., 463 (2005)

[2] T. Goodwin, E. Merser Introduction to Plant Biochemistry “Mir”, M V I-II p. 274(1986)

[3] N. Mangaladze et al., Georgian national Academy of Sciences,Biology Seriseries.#1, vol.4 pp84-87 (2006)

[4] Chirkova T.V. Ways of plant Adaptation to Hypoxia and Anoxia “nauka” L. 375pp(1988)

[5] Shkolnik M. Y. Mikroelements in Plant Life “nauka” L. 323 pp (1974)

[6] Tkemaladze G. Kvesitadze G. Enzymology “metsniereba”T. 298pp (1975).

Geography

Geogr-1

Assessment of the catastrophic events originated in the river Vere basin

Davit Kereselidze, Vazha Trapaidze, Irakli Megrelidze1Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University , Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department of

Geography, Tbilisi, 0179, I.Chavchavadze #3E-mail: davit.kereselidze@tsu.ge; vazha.trapaidze@tsu.ge; iramegrelidze@gmail.com;

Introduction During the last 10 years, as a result of climate change, hydrological system has incurredsignificant changes. Catastrophic amount of precipitation and extremely high water levels on the rivers hasincreased perceptibly. The majority of the disastrous events all over the world come to hydrometeorologicalissues, from which water events (Flood, Flash-flood, and mudflow/debris flow) can be distinguished with itsintensity and loss. The ongoing climate change processes will increase one of the most dangerous phenomena– floods intensity and frequency. In Georgia, disastrous events still remain as an important problem [1]. Thehigh gradient of the river, urban development of the floodplain and gorge and seasonal plenteous water mainlyends with a huge economic and human loss, which attest is a catastrophic flood event on the river Vere on13-14th of June 2015.

Assessment of the catastrophic events. Due to the development of large cities, the areas adjacent to therivers are subject to an increasing anthropogenic impact, and Tbilisi is not an exception. Within the territoryof Tbilisi, the hydrological network of Kura River basin consists of 91 large and small gorges and 15 lakes.The most important one among them is the river Vere, which has its origin at the eastern slope of theTrialeti Range (in the surrounding area of Didgori mountain), at an elevation of 1670 meters, and flows intoKura River from the right bank, 0,5 kilometers below, at the Queen Tamara Bridge, 390 meters above sealevel. The river characteristics are: length - 38 km; overall water fall - 1280 m; average inclination of 0,034%0;basin area - 194 km2; average elevation of the basin – 1060 m. The river has 41 tributaries with the total lengthof 95 km, the average rate of 0.72 km/km2.

The annual normal flow ranges from 0.26 to 1.22 m3/sec. The maximum flow typically occursin spring, in some years – in summer and autumn. The maximum flow is 48.3 m3/s. The minimum flow insummer and winter ranges from 0.001 m3/s to 0.16 m3/sec. 1% provision, i.e. the water flow of centennialrecurrence is 240 m3/s. A catastrophic flow passed through Vere River on July 4, 1960 and made up 259m3/s, which exceeds the water flow of centennial recurrence; in addition, 153 m3/s and 155,3 m3/sec werereported in 1972 and on June 4, 2015 respectively at Vere River. [2]

On 13.06.2015, at 2200, extreme rainfall and hail was observed on Vere River within the territory ofTbilisi, during which a landslide process has developed at the slope of Trialeti range surrounding thecatchment area of Vere River, at the right slope of the gorge, mudflows were generated on dry canyons andtributaries of Vere River; the major ones among them are from Tskneti settlement – towards Akhaldabavillage: Zakro canyon, Jokhona canyon, Kaitsdo canyon, Dampalo canyon, Sakdrisi canyon. All themudflow later flew into the river Vere that was already flowing at its maximum water level.The river Vereis a typical mountain river, with the riverbed inclination of 0,024 and 35-450 inclination of surroundingslopes, where there are landslide centers.

Pooling of mudflow occurred in four places within the riverbed of Vere on the territory of Tbilisi,which was caused by large masses of erosive sediments and especially because of the barriers created bythe floating trees tailrace tunnels. As a result water level in the riverbed and in certain areas of the floodplainreached 9-10 meters, in some places even 18-20 meters. The water flow inundated houses, roadways, causinghuman casualties. Mziuri Park and the entire area of the zoo were flooded resulting in severe consequences.As a result of the flood, the water flow streamed into the Heroes’ Square area and flooded undergroundpassages. Several calamities developed at the same time: landslide, mudflow, flashflood, lateral and deeperosions, rock fall and hail. On July 13, 2015, the water discharge (according to the traces), estimatedvia various empirical formula, equaled from 468 to 500 m3/s.

Geogr-2

542

543

544

545

546

547

548

549

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

Hmax=546.98

h=543.93

B=45E=150 m2

Q=468 m3/sec

X = 474612Y = 4618438

Figure 1 Akhaldaba Lanslade Figure 2. Profile of the riv. Vere in Napetrvrebi

Results and Summary. To mitigate the results of the natural disastrous events and protect thepopulation, some preventive measures should be carried out. In our case, from the hydrogical, geological andgeomorphologic conditions, it would be reasonable to build lattice type structures of reinforced concrete,establish early warning systems, and take in account the cross-section parameters of the riverbed, which mustto be calculated with regard to the catastrophic water flow. [3] The same method of the preventing measuresare adopted and distributed all over the world.

References

[1] D. Kereselidze, K. Bilashvili, V. Trapaidze, “Hydrological zoning of the territory of Georgia andestimation of water resources on the background of the climatic change” Proccedings 12-th InternationalMultidisciplinary Scientific Geo-Conference & EXPO - SGEM 2012, III, pp-729-732, (2012)[2] State Water Cadastre, Perennial data about the regime and resources of land surface waters, 6,Leningrad, Gidrometizdat, p.416. (1987).[3] D. Kereselidze, L. Matchavariani L, Trapaidze V, et al. Evaluation and Management of the Risk ofFlooding River Bank. Engineering Geology for Society and Territory. Vol.3: River Basin, ReservoirSedimentation and Water Resources. SPRINGIER International Publishing Switzerland, pp. 463-469,(2014).

Geogr-3

Modern methods for realization of joint problems of hydro-energeticand shore protection

Lia Matchavariani, George Metreveli, Nodar Tsivtsivadze

Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact & Natural Sciences,Department of Geography, Institute of Applied Ecology,

#3, I. Chavchavadze ave., Tbilisi, 0179, Georgia

Introduction. Coastline, from the sea wave influences is protected by a morphological form, anaccumulative layer - beach, that is consisted of river sediments (sand, gravel, a pebble, etc.) and consequentlyconstantly changes the parameters depending on an abundance of the inert material brought by river to shoreand activity of the sea. Thus, it tests influence as well concrete results activities persons – reservoirs and othershydraulic engineering a construction.

At present, cascades of hydro-power reservoirs built on the rivers Enguri and Rioni have strongly reducedvolume of beach forming material and come to Georgian Black sea coast. Besides, construction of Chorokhi-Ajarisckali reservoir cascade has created the threat of catastrophic washout of a densely populated strip ofcoast Gonio-Adlia-Batumi [1]. Present climate change will even more strengthen processes of abrasions [2,3]. On the observation data, after 1925 the sea level has risen to 0.3 m, and in the nearest future (2040-2050)– on 0.1 m will be increased [4]. According the observations of 1980-2010, number of stronger storms (morethan 5 balls) per year were doubled and has reached 4. These facts indicated, that development of water-powerengineering, is especially on a background of present climate change, sharply accelerates the shore degradation[5]. In the result of the latter the settlements and infrastructure will be destroyed, and the population will becompelled to migrate deeper into the country.Hence, now two antagonistic problems are actual: 1. Development of the hydro-power; 2. Coastal erosion(caused by beach forming deposits deficiency). Accordingly, realization of a hydro-power problem generatesa third heavy – ecological one.

The harmonious decision of all three problems is possible, if the eroded beaches, periodically will beartificially filled by river sediment, deposited in the reservoirs. For this purpose, it is necessary to organize asystem of the quarries in a chosen reservoir. Now, the most convenient for the solution of a deposit sourceproblem, is the withdrawing of inert material from Gumati reservoir built on R. Rioni. For now, almost 39.0million m3 of sediment is accumulated in it, out of which 25-30 million m3 is beach forming one. Cost of thisvolume deposit at the international price is about 160-250 million USD. For the transportation of the withdrawnmaterial it is recommended to organize conveyer "Gumati-Kutaisi-Poti-coast". Thus inert material fromGumati reservoir up to Kutaisi city will be transported by motor vehicles , from the latter up to Poti by rail,and farther up to degradated coast, by sea barges.

Figure 1. The curve's evolution of reservoir level and volume in accordance with the increasing of prism sedimentation.

Research Method. The offered method of “quarried extractions of sediment from a reservoir” has also otherimportant advantages: as the greater volume of sediment will be removed from the reservoir so more usefulwater volume for H/P will be able to accumulate in it (Fig. 1). Besides, the reservoir will turn into a renewablesource of various diameter sediment and permanently will provide the eroded coast by the filling inert materialfor its artificial nourishment.

Geogr-4

Through the increasing of sedimentation prism, deposits accumulated above the reservoir in the tributariesbeds of the flexes form [6, 7]. The length (L km) of such kind of flexes inversely proportional to the slope ofthe river (i), and depends on the diameter of the sediment (d mm), as well as on discharge of water and soliddeposits: L = F (i-1, d,Q,R). A prism's flex significant increase in the tributaries bed, thereby causes theincreasing of flooding risk of surrounding areas and infrastructure. Consequently, one of the main issues is thestudy of sedimentation prism and its flex parameters.

Novelty of Research. The method will allow: 1. Periodic filling beaches with deposits; 2. The transfor-mation of a reservoir in a renewed source of deposits; 3. To define an optimum variant of an arrangement ofthe quarries system in a reservoir and to organize conveyer for delivery of deposits to the coast and other users.Thus the significant economic gain is achieved and the loss is not rendered to the environment. Artificialrestoration method of beaches by an inert material for the first time has been offered by the Dr. A. Kiknadzein 1991. The basis of a method is knowledge of a sedimentation prism dynamic, which is determined bymorphometry, hydrology and type of reservoirs regulation. The quarries have to be located along the reservoirlength. These phases are stronger than other factors influences the distribution of deposits and reservoirdimensions (length and depth of the reservoir). Therefore, in different reservoirs the fractional structure andgenesis of deposits essentially differ from each other both on the length of a reservoir, and on its depth. Hence,in view of this regularity should arrange a system of quarries and transport service. Ignoring of this regularitycan cause significant financial damage, disappointment in the efficiency of a method and delay of works onpreventing catastrophic erosion at Gonio-Batumi coast section. Most sharply, the coast section Gonio-Adlija-Batumi requires the offered methods, because according the calculations made, it will be impacted by the limitof beach forming sediment for more than 500 years. So if the appropriate measures do not begin as soon aspossible the catastrophic erosion of this coast will begin in 5-7 years, and the government will be urgentlycompelled to realize the results of offered research.

Conclusions. As the user of this method can be any mountainous country (particularly tide-less one), withhigh hydro power potential, where the flowing into the sea rivers are blocked by the reservoirs, for the reasonof which coastal beaches are exposed of sharp deficit of sediment. The advantage of the offered methodsconsists in that it is capable to solve harmoniously and with a serious economic gain three antagonisticproblems – hydro-power, coast protection and ecology. Wide application of the method is determined by thefacts, that filling degradated beaches and satisfaction needs of the industry on an inert material is the mostfavorable river deposits withdrawn from reservoirs. Reservoirs represent renewed resources of river deposits.The solution of these existing antagonistic problems with an economic gain and without ecological damagesby offering methods is real and sustainable.

Acknowledgements. This research is funded by Shota Rustaveli National Science Foundation within thescope of grant “Modern Methods of the Joint Problem Realization for Shore Protection and Hydropower”(#AR/220/9-120/14).

References[1] Georgia’s Second National Communication to the UNFCCC. Tbilisi, 2009.[2] Climate Change. Synthesis Report. A Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Fourth

Assessment Report. WMO. UNEP, Cambridge, 2007[3] Matchavariani Lia, Lagidze Lamzira. Environment Transformation in Georgia as a result of Climate

Change. Environment and Ecology in the Mediterranean Region. Chapter 35, Cambridge ScholarsPublishing, UK, 2012.

[4] Metreveli G.S., Bilashvili K.A., Kunchuli Sh.I., Metreveli M.G. Global Warming – Present FluctuationCurrent Eustasy. World Resources Review, Vol.18, #4, 2006

[5] Tsivtsivadze N., Matchavariani L., Lagidze L., Motsonelidze N., Ivanov G., Paichadze N. ModernConceptual and Technological Approaches to the Georgia Black Sea Coastline Protection. Earth Sciences.Special Issue: Modern Problems of Geography and Anthropology. Vol. 4, No. 5-1, 2015

[6] Metreveli G.S. Hydrological Regime of Lakes and Reservoirs in USSR. Reservoirs of South Caucasus.Leningrad, 1985.

[7] Metreveli G.S., Kereselidze D.N., Rekhviashviloi Sh.D. Dynamic of Sedemintation Prism in the MountainReservoirs. VI Conference “Dynamic and Terms of Rivers, Reservoirs and Sea Coast. Moscow, 2014. pp.1–11.

Geogr-5

Landscape Planning of Samtskhe-Javakheti

Dali Nikolaishvili1, Vazha Trapaidze1, Besik Kalandadze1 Lamzira Lagidze1,

Davit Sartania2, Revaz Tolordava3

1Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University , Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofGeography, Tbilisi, I.Chavchavadze #3

2Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Museum of TSU, Tbilisi, I.Chavchavadze #13 Sokhumi State University, Tbilisi, Jikia str. #12

E-mail: dali.nikoalishvili@tsu.ge; vazha.trapaidze@tsu.ge; besik.kalandadze@tsu.ge;lamzira.lagidze@tsu.ge; davit.sartania@tsu.ge; rezo_06@mail.ru

The main objective of landscape planning is to provide sustainable nature management, to protect thebasic functions of landscapes, to reveal the threats and trends that originate from various anthropogenicimpact. In this regard, it is considered as one of the basic and admitted devices of realization of ideas ofsustainable development. Ecologically oriented landscape planning is relevant for the countries/regions thaton the one hand stand forward with high natural potential, on the other hand keen ecological problemsdistinguishes them. Among them is Georgia.

The main goal of the research is to evaluate the natural resources of the region for the landscape planningpurposes. So, there is the necessary of creation of Geo-ecological inventory of landscapes, creation of databaseof landscape-ecological GIS.

Among Georgian regions, Samtskhe-Javakheti is one of the less explored region by the landscapeviewpoint, especially Akhaltsikhe, Ninotsminda and Akhalkalaki. Only 5% of experimental samples gatheredas a result of the landscape expeditions were taken in Samtskhe-Javakheti. These expeditions were conductedin various regions of Georgia in 1979-2005 and in 2014-2015s. These expeditions mainly covered forestlandscapes and to a lesser degree arid and semiarid landscapes, i.e. the landscapes that are the most likelytargets of global climate changes.

Samtskhe-Javakheti is characterized with various natural conditions and natural resources (wind andsolar energy, natural food lands, arable lands, highly recreational ecosystems, virgin landscapes, mineral watersources with high discharge, various minerals etc.). However, irrational use of natural resources impedesregion’s economic development (among other things). The region is perspective from the different point ofview: tourism developing and recreation, transboundary tourism, also developing of arid zone and wetlandplaces protected areas system, existing here pastures are large potential for developing of cattle-breeding, etc.In consideration of those prospects particular emphasis is made on working out socio-economic developmentplan. Tbilisi-Karsi trunk railway construction as well as construction of hydroelectric power station in thenearest future is the confirmation. There is no doubt that restoration of infrastructure of the region will increaseanthropogenic impact on environment.

Samtkhe-Javakheti has unique natural conditions. The great part of its territory has relatively highpercent untouched ecosystems. This natural peculiarities is not sufficient studied, and their ecologicalfunctions are not defined

Samtskhe-Javakheti is mainly an agricultural region. Agricultural lands make up more than 2/3 of wholearea of the region and the major part of local population is involved in agriculture. That’s one of Georgianregions where animal husbandry is the leading branch of agriculture. Industry is limited to only few spheres.

Unsustainable nature management and extensive agricultural activities are conditioned by severalimportant circumstances is that region: 1) Incorrect nature management practices inherited from previousgenerations. 2) Old infrastructure. 3) Peripheral situation of the region. 4) Difficult social-economicconditions; plus extensive impact of human activities on environment.

The main problem is connected with absence of integrated scheme of landscape planning, which willbe based on the committed and science-based methodology. The Samtskhe-Javakheti is characterized withsignificant area of vulnerable/sensitive ecosystems and landscapes to climate change and also with high shareof duration of arid/semi-arid daily conditions of landscapes. e.g. for High plateau landscapes with steepvegetation (25 % of whole area of region), occupy second place in Georgia according to annual duration of

Geogr-6

arid/semi-arid conditions of landscapes (more than 1/5 of whole year). So, the region should be considered asa priority region as the Black Sea coastal zone, regions of Lower Svaneti and Dedoplistskaro are involved inGeorgia’s Second National Communication to the UNFCCC [2009]. Therefore, it’s very important evaluationof risks connected with climate change and anthropogenic impact, and also to involve research results interritorial planning.

The main natural features of region are: Plenty of peculiarities distinguish the region: high level of bio-and landscape diversity. There are 1,400-1,500 varieties of plants in Samtskhe-Javakheti. There are arid,semiarid, semi-humid, transitional semihumid, humid and extra-humid landscapes with steppes, thorny plants,deciduous and coniferous forests, swamp plants, sub-alpine and alpine meadows. There are 5 types, 9 subtypes,12 genera and 39 species of landscapes; Characterized with a high share of virgin landscapes and high overallenvironmental quality, etc; Abundance of mineral sources with different chemical composition and highmedical importance.

The main socio-economical features of region are: Ethnic-religious and cultural diversity, whichdetermines different forms of nature use; A great number of touristic and recreational objects, use of which isnot appropriate implemented; The region gradually is leaving “a position of impasse”, transitional role publicawareness and low involvement of local population in decision making and landscape planning process areincreasing.

The key problems of region are: Uneven (territorial and seasonal) distribution of water resources, whichcreates problems with access to water and its irrational use; Weak and old infrastructure (limited water supply,breakdown of devices cleaning wastewater, deterioration of transport communications); Soil erosion anddegradation; Intensity of geodynamic processes; Decreasing of biodiversity and increasing of landscapefragmentation; Illegal logging; Losses of nature protection and environmental producing functions oflandscapes; etc.

The research was completed due to the project “Landscape-ecological evaluation of Samtskhe-Javakheti- with GIS analysis for territorial planning” (#AR/105/9-280/13), which is funded by Shota Rustaveli NationalScientific Foundation. The authors thank the Fund who provided and greatly assisted the research.

References

[1]. N. Beruchashvili. Caucasus: Landscapes, Models, Experiments. Tbilisi, 1995.[2]. N. Elizbarashvili. Geoecological Bases of Landscape Planning. Tbilisi, 2005.[3] D. Nikolaishvili . Spatial-temporary Analysis of Georgia’s Landscapes. Tbilisi, 2009.[4] D. Nikolaishvili ., G. Dvalashvili. Anthropogenic Changes of Caucasus Forest Landscapes. Modern

Problems of Geography and Anthropology, Volume 4, Issue 5-1. pp. 54-59, 2015[5] D. Nikolaishvili , L. Matchavariani. Humus Reserves and Their Distribution in the Landscapes of

Georgia. Eurasian Soil Science, Vol. 43, No. 1, January. pp. 39-48. 2010[6] N. Elizbarashvili , G. Meladze , M. Meladze , D. Svanadze , L. Gadrani, J. Lazarashvili. Some

Urgent Issues of Georgia’s Geography. Modern Problems of Geography and Anthropology, Volume 4, Issue5-1. pp. 1-11.

Geogr-7

Quantitative evaluation of the impact of heavy metals on soil productivity on theexample of ore-dressing and processing industry

Besik Kalandadze1, Thomas Hanauer2, Ilia Kalandadze1

1Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University , Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofGeography, Tbilisi, I. Chavchavadze #3;

E-mail: besik.kalandadze@tsu.ge2 Justus Liebig University, Heinrich-Buff-Ring 26 (IFZ) D-35392 Giessen, Germany

E-mail: thomas.hanauer@umwelt.uni-giessen.de

Nowadays, one of the biggest problems in the world is global pollution of the environment. Surely,the development of the civilization has changed the world, with a man using the natural resources moreintesively. The consequences are soil pollution, erozion and reduced fertility, accumulation of harmfulsubstances, poor vegetation cover as a result of deterioration of drinking water quality, etc. This, on its turn,drastically changes the social environment and has an impact on the human health, and is a global, not acountry-based problem [1].

Another branch of economic activity is intensive agriculture on the fertile soils of the alluvial andterrace plains of the Mashavera river. Due to the semi-arid climate in East Georgia, with arid phases occurringin the vegetation period, sufficient yield of fruits and food crops from the fertile soils, mainly kastanozemsand chernozems, can only be received if the soil is irrigated with water from the Mashavera. Consequently,they usually harvest twice of trice per year in the area.

Decades of mining of copper and precious metals have caused severe environmental problems. Themining waste, which is deposited on the mountain slopes around the opencast mine, as well as deposits of thewaste from the flotation plant consisting of fine ground rock debris cover the area of about 240 ha. Miningand flotation wastes are rich in fines, which contain the remains of sulphides. By considering the extremelyacid environment and on the surface waste rocks inter alia, caused by oxidation of sulphides and release ofheavy metals (HM), we have studied the stockpiles. No adequate measures to stabilize the slopes by plantingvegetation on them were ever taken. Therefore, the runoff from the slopes results in the rill and gully erosionand severe contamination of the Kazretula and other small creeks near Kazreti, which flow into the Mashaverariver as fine fractions saturated with heavy metals and remnants of sulphides. The Mashavera presently is oneof the most polluted rivers of Georgia. The use of the Mashavera waters for irrigation has led to the pollutionof the fertile soils with suspended fines, rich in heavy metals. The polluted soils, on the other hand, can alsobe a potential source for the contamination of the food chain by heavy metals.

The humus content decreases with the decreasing intensity of soil cultivation in the vineyards,orchards, small gardens and arable soils. As an additional reason for the high humus content in the topsoils ofvineyards, the lower mineralization rate, is the result of the accumulation of Cu due to the intense irrigation,as well as from the intense use of copper-containing fungicides. Arable fields, on the other hand, are subjectto soil erosion in the periods of rotation fallow, what reduces the humus content in the slopes and leads to theformation of colluvium in depressions and on the flat valley bed. On the slopes with severe erosion, the calcichorizon is exposed at the surface and causes the formation of calcisols.

The clay minerals of chernozems and kastanozems mainly consist of chloric-smectite mixed-layerminerals (corrensite) and the contents of saprolite and pyroclastics (rhyolitic tuff and ignimtric) are not muchdifferent even in the soil horizons above, although the clay contents rise from 20 mass-% in the saprolite toabout 60 mass-% in the topsoil.

The orientation in the field was done based on Russian topographical military maps scaled 1 : 500000, Landsat TM 5 scenes and acrial photographs. Soil samples were taken in the fields, private gardens,vineyards and orchards from Ap horizon (0 – 30 cm) from 10 sites along the double-diagonal transects. Eightvolume-equivalent cores were taken with an aluminum auger within an area of 4 x 4 at each site. The fineearth (< 2mm) of the air dried samples, ground in a porcelain mortar, was studied in the laboratories of theInstitute of Soil Science and Soil Conservation of Justus-Liebig University in Giessen, Germany. The pH was

Geogr-8

determined after DIN 10390 in suspension with 0,01 M CaCL, with a pH-meter pH90 (WTW). The amountof carbonates was determined by the gas-volunetric method using a calcimeter, following DIN 18129.

The total amounts of carbon (C1) and nitrogen (N1) were determined on fine ground samples with thegas-chromatography using a C-N-S element analyzer (Heraeus). Inorganic C was calculated from thecarbonate content by using factor 0,1199, while the amounts of organic carbon (Corg) were calculated from thedifference between C1 and inorganic carbon. The amounts of organic matter were calculated by Corg . 1,724.

Particle size distribution was determined by the combined sieving (and fractions) and pipette method(silt and clay) after decomposition of carbonates (HCL) and organic matter (H2O2) and dispersion in Na-Pyrophosphate 3,25, in the dark as described in Pedogenic iron (Feox) and manganese (Mdcb) oxides extractedfollowing the procedure of Mehra & Jackson, were determined by extracting with buffered oxalic acid, pH3,25, in the dark as described in [2].

The total amounts of HM were extracted from finely ground samples by using Aqua Regia followingDIN ISO 11 466. Elements of this fraction are designated in the text as HMAR. Element concentrations in theextracts were determined with the atomic adsorption spectrometer FAAS 4100 (Perkin Elmer). Cd wasidentified in NH4NO3 extracts by using GFAAS IS (MAA 6000 spectrometer (Perkin Elmer) following thelow concentrations.

Results and Summary: The first results of screening the crops in private gardens as well as field andpot experiments with wheat and spinach evidence high contents of Cu, Zn and Cd in cereals and vegetableleaves that exceed admissible limits for plants, animals and human beings. Although Cu is adsorbedspecifically mainly as the element in neutral to weakly alkaline soils (indicated by the results of the NH4NO3

extractions), the content of Cu in the vegetation is quite high. According to [3], the mobility of Cu and othermetal ions increases in alkaline soils due to the formation of soluble organic complexes. In the future studies,the HM uptake in food crops must be investigated systematically. Furthermore, it should be established thatthe characterization of the mobile fraction with the NH4NO3 extraction method after [4], which was developedfor neutral to acid Middle European soils, is also valid for alkaline soils. Due to the possible volatilization ofNH3 in an alkaline environment, the concentration of NH4 is probably too low for the exchange of weaklyadsorbed HM. In a weakly alkaline milieu they could be mobilized due to direct contact with plant roots byacid root exudates. As a result of lab and field experiments conducted at greenhouses, heavy metals by ironoxides were fixed, decreasing the absorption of heavy metals by plants to 35%.

References

[1] B. Kalandadze , P. Felix-Henningsen. Pollution of irrigation soils and cultural plants with heavy metals inthe basin of the river Kvirila due to mining industry (West Georgia), 9th International Soil Science Congresson “The Soul of Soil and Civilization”, Antalya, Turkey, p.83-87, (2014).[2] E. Schlichting, H.-P. Blume, K. Stahr, Bodenkundliches Praktikum, -2. Aufl. Pareys Studienteste 81,Blackwell, Berlin,pp.45-48, (1995).[3] H. Zeien, G.H. Brummer, Chemische Extaktion zur Bestimmung von Schwermetallbindugsformen inBoden – Mit. Deutsch. Bodenkundl. Ges. P. 75. , (1989).[4] H. Zeien, G.H. Brummer, Chemische Extaktion zur Bestimmung der Bindungsformen von Schwermetallenin Boden. In Sauerbeek,D. and Lübben, S. Auswirkungrn auf Böden. Bodenorganismen und Pflanze. Ber. z.ökol. Forsch, 6; Julich, p. 241, (1991).

Geogr-9

The main features of climate change in Georgia

Mariam Elizbarashvilia, Elizbar Elizbarashvilib, Marika Tatishvilic,Shalva Elizbarashvilib, Ramaz Meskhiad

aIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofGeography, I.Chavchavadze ave. #3, TSU Building #2, Tbilisi, 0179 Georgia, e-mail:

Mariam.elizbarashvili@tsu.ge, +995 593 23 01 79bGeorgian Technical University, Institute of Hydrometeorology, Climatology and Agrometeorology

Division, D. Agmashenebeli ave. 150a, Tbilisi, 0112 GeorgiacGeorgian Technical University, Institute of Hydrometeorology, Weather Forecasting, Natural and

Technogenic Disaster Modeling Division, D. Agmashenebeli ave. 150a, Tbilisi, 0112 GeorgiadNational Environmental Agency of Georgia

IntroductionGlobal warming is one of the most topical problems of modern era. According to assessments of UNIntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) average temperature on the earth has increased by 0,7°Сfrom the beginning of industrial revolution and the most part of warming, registered over the last 50 years iscaused by human activity [1,2].Under the conditions of global warming climate changes in different regions worldwide express differentnature. The nature of regional climate changes is determined by peculiarities of physical-geographical andlandscape-climate conditions. Georgia is a mountainous country situated in the south-western part of theCaucasus. There are almost all types of climates observed across the globe, from the climate of permanentsnow and high-mountain glaciers to the steppe continental climate of Eastern Georgia and humid subtropicalclimate of Black Sea coast.Study of climate changes under conditions of complicate region (from physical-geographical and climateviewpoints) is of significant theoretical and practical importance [3-10]. Characterizing climatic changes helpsscientists and policy makers understand the effects of such changes on water resources, economicdevelopment, and the health of ecosystems.Our paper offers additional insight into climate change over Georgia. Data sets of spatially irregularmeteorological observations are interpolated to the territory of Georgia. Such interpolated data sets allow bestestimates of climate variables at locations away from observing stations, thereby allowing studies of localclimate in data-sparse regions.Data and methodsAccording to the observational materials of 87 meteorological stations of Georgia over a period of 1936-2012the tendencies of change of air temperature and atmospheric precipitations under conditions of globalwarming. Geo-information maps of spatial structure of rate of change of these climate elements were compiledwere studied.Results and SummaryUnder global warming conditions the temperature and precipitation change at the territory of Georgia has non-uniform character that is caused by complicated physical-geographic, mostly orographic and landscape-climate conditions.The main feature of change of air temperature in Georgia under conditions of global warming is more intensewarming in the Eastern continental part of Georgia. Areas of strong warming are spread in moderate cold anddry subtropical landscapes of semideserts, as well as in moderately cold and dry mountain-steppe landscapesof Eastern Georgia. Areas of biggest cooling (Adjara and northern part of Black Sea coast) are occupied byKolkhidian humid moderately warm and Caucasian humid moderately cold mid-mountain forest landscapes.The most intense decrease of precipitations is registered in Kvemo Kartli, to the south of Tbilisi and exceeds5% in 10 years. If such tendencies of precipitation change will be kept in nearest decades; to the end of thecentury the amount of annual total precipitations in Kvemo Kartli will decrease by 50% and more and will beonly 150-200 mm, which will intensify the processes of desertification of steppe and semidesert landscapes.In some regions of Black Sea coast and in mountain Adjara the amount of precipitations will increase by 50%and will be 3000 and 6000 mm, respectively that will raise the humidity of these regions.

Geogr-10

References

[1] America's Climate Choices. The National Academies Pres, Washington D.C. 2010[2] IPCC. Climate Change, The Physical Science Basis.

https://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-report/ar5/wg1/WG1AR5_SummaryVolume_FINAL.pdf,(2013)

[3] Adina-Eliza Croitoru, Dorin Drignei, Iulian-Horia Holobaca, Carmen Sofia Dragota, Change-pointanalysis for serially correlated summit temperatures in the Romanian Carpathians, Theor Appl Climatol108:9–18,DOI 10.1007/s00704-011-0508-7(2012)

[4] E.Sh. Elizbarashvili, M.E. Elizbarashvili, The reaction of the various types of landscapes Transcaucasiaon global warming. Proceedings of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Geographical Series №5, 52-56(2002)

[5] E.Sh. Elizbarashvili, R.Sh. Meskhiya, M.E Elizbarashvili, Modern Changes of Climate of the West Trans-Caucasus. Proceedings of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Geographical Series, №4, 35-38, (2005)

[6] E.Sh. Elizbarashvili, R.Sh. Meskhiya, M.E. Elizbarashvili, Dynamics of occurrence frequency of extremeanomalies of monthly mean air temperature in Georgia in the 20th century and its effect on precipitationand on the river water discharge. Russian Meteorology and Hydrology, Volume 32, Issue 1, 71-74 (2007)

[7] E.Sh. Elizbarashvili, R.Sh.Meskhiya, M.E.Elizbarashvili, L.D.Megrelidze, Climate dynamics of glaciersof the Greater Caucasus for the 20th century. Russian Meteorology and Hydrology, Volume 34, Issue 12,838-842 (2009)

[8] E.Sh. Elizbarashvili, M.R. Tatishvili, M.E. Elizbarashvili, Sh.E. Elizbarashvili, R.Sh. Meskhiya, Airtemperature trends in Georgia under global warming conditions. Russian Meteorology and Hydrology,Volume 38, Issue 4, 234-238, (2013)

[9] Beniston M Climatic change in mountain regions: a review of possible impacts. Clim Change 59:5–31,(2003)

[10] I.Keggenhoff, M.Elizbarashvili, A.Amiri-Farahani, L.King, Trends in daily temperature and precipitationextremes over Georgia (Southern Caucasus) during 1971-2010. Weather and Climate Extremes, Volume4, 75-85, doi:10.1016/j.wace.2014.05.001 (2014)

Geogr-11

Geo ecological features of landscapes of GeorgiaNodar K. Elizbarashvili

Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University , Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofGeography, Tbilisi, I.Chavchavadze #3

Historical-geographical excursus. Georgia is located in the South Caucasus, between black and Caspianseas, in Asia Minor, among South Caucasus mountains. Georgia covers a territory of 69,700 km² and itspopulation is almost 4.6 million. By area and population Georgia keeps 25-th place in Europe. Georgia isdistinguished by natural condition, biologic and landscape variety. The 10% of Georgia territory is no-touchnatural environment and 40% of it is kept by primeval forest. There are all types of plants and soil in Georgiacharacterized by Europe. It keeps second place by mammalians and birds, third place by reptiles and fifthplace by endemism and higher plants of their species and quantities. Georgia is distinguished by landscapevariety in Europe. Its range by height changes in limits of 0 – 5201 meters. 54% of its territory is kept bymountains, 33% - by hills and knolls, and the rest of it - by lowland and plain. There is represented all formsof relief known in the world. The geographic location of Georgia, partitioning of its relief and variety of countryclimate stipulate of the high characteristics of landscape diversity. There are represented the 72 types oflandscape, which, recounted on the territory, is a higher indicator in Europe.

Landscape diversity of Georgia stipulates a complexity of studying of its geographical-ecological (geoecological) features. Among such features there have a particular meaning horizontal and vertical structure oflandscape, transformation of energy and substance (functioning) in landscape, forms and scales of influenceon the landscape, landscape potential and stability. Their detection is in the straight relation to the landscapefunctions determination which is very important for landscape planning .

The brief history of the studying of landscape geo ecological features of GeorgiaHistory of landscape geo-ecologic studying of Georgia counts forty years, which can be divided into two

stages. First stage embraces a last third of XX century which connects to investigation of natural or natural-anthropogenic vertical structure, functioning (transformation of solar energy, bio-geo-cycles features circularconversion of moisture) and spatial-temporal features of ecology. Such investigation began and actively wasbeing followed in the Martkopi physical-geographic station of Iv.Javakhishvili Tbilisi University by initiativeand leadership of prof. N.Beruchashvili (it is represented in East Georgia, includes semi humid landscapes),in Lagodekhi (is represented in South-East Georgia, includes humid and semiarid landscapes), in Kovaluk (isrepresented in the West Georgia, includes subtropical Colchis landscape) and in half station Of Bakuriani (isrepresented in South Georgia, include landscapes of high mountain forest and Alpine meadow) [1]. Amethodology of studying of landscape structure and functioning, elaborated in Georgia, was giving the meansof analysis and prognosis of their ecological features. It became popular very soon as in post soviet space(Russia, Ukraine, Armenia, Byelorussia, at cetera) so in some countries of Europe (France, Switzerland,Bulgaria, Poland and so on). However, the methodology of studying of landscape ecological features waselaborated for landscapes of mountain regions and unimportant changed one, it successfully had beenapproved in the eightieth years of XX century for plain landscape and for the transformed landscape ofanthropogenic influence. At the same period was elaborated a possible scenario of landscape transformationin the process of global warming. A second stage of geo ecological investigation in Georgia is begun frombeginning of XXI century, which connects to the landscape planning and landscape-ecological zoning of forestterritory under the aegis of World Bank to theoretical research also. There was elaborated, with theoreticalpoint of view the methodological foundations of landscape ecological investigations of the mountain territoryand criteria of determination of the most fundamental landscape-ecological characteristics (condition oflandscape, forms and scales of influence, stability, potential and functions). By practical point of view therewas studied the landscape-ecological features of forest territory of Georgia, was elaborated landscape planningof different regions and new protected areas (in South and North part of Georgia) and so on.

The essence geo ecological investigation of the landscapeThe goal of geo ecological investigation of the landscape is to appear these various mutual connection, its

spatial-temporal variety which exists between nature and society. By that, the research of territorialorganization, landscape components and ecological condition of its morphologic units, their interrelation is themain essence of geo ecological investigations. Geo ecological investigation of landscape is realized isimplemented by some stages from which most important are: landscape-ecological analysis (inventory) of theterritory (general geographical, landscape, social-economical, ecological) and estimation [2]. At the landscape

Geogr-12

analysis, scale of which is followed from investigation purposes, natural potential of the territory, interrelationof physical-geographic components, basic features of structure and functioning, dynamics and ethology aresearched. There must be noted that from characteristics of natural potential of the territory there are importantfor geo-ecological investigation: relief features and geologic formation, climate and climatic resources, watersand water resources, plants and herbal resources, bio variety, animal world and zoo resources, soils and soilresources.

At the analysis of social-economic characteristics there will be good to point historical, cultural, recreationvaluables and features of their spatial distribution. Geo ecological condition is defined also by character oftransport communication, which partially stipulates the scales and forms of anthropogenic influence. Foranalysis of geo-ecologic condition there are important from social-economic characteristics [3]:

1. Quantity of population, dynamics and density, populous of community. Such information gives us aclear view about range of territory development, quantity of consumption, forms and direction of naturalresources. For example, in result of distribution of the population by regions, in the mountain territory ofGeorgia sharply stand the problems of geodynamic processes, land-tenure and exploitation of forest resources,bat in plain places (among mountains valley) in addition are the problems of water resources application.

2. The profile and power of industrial objects directly connect to the general social condition and formsand scales of natural resources utilization. In the mountain regions of Georgia are functioning very smallamount of enterprises for overworking of raw materials, which connect to the forestry, food industry and nativearts.

3. Specialization of agriculture – in spite of qualitative evolution of agriculture in last years, itsdevelopment is flowed on the background of disregard of scientific achievement and spontaneous formationof agriculture. Local agricultural production is oriented basically on the satisfaction of own demands of thepopulation. The regions, producers of surplus products, because of market remoteness are characterized bynatural interchanging of products and small material income.

4. Composition of transport net and its consistence – in mountain regions the basic means of themovement and cargo carrying is a automobile transport, intensity of which is in direct connection withcharacter of highways and their density. As the highway is better and high quality in Georgia, so is big therange of anthropogenic influence. If intensive influence of the road with solid cover can be noted on distance10-15 km, the same indices in case of temporary road is 0.5-1 km.

The ultimate goal of the analysis of general geographic, landscape, social-economic and ecologic situationof the territory is a geo ecologic synthesis which from its side consists from some stages. On the first stage ofgeo-ecologic synthesis is stated the character of today condition of landscapes (by structural, dynamical,functional and ethologic characteristics, forms and scales of the influence, stability and potential. On thesecond stage is determined functions of landscapes.

Reference1. beruchashvili N. Caucasus: Landscapes, models, experiments. (1995). - Tbilisi (Georgia), - 355 p.

(In Russian)2. Elizbarashvili N. (2005). Geo-ecological basics of landscape planning - Tbilisi, 300 p. (in Georgian)3. Elizbarashvili N., Seperteladze Z., Elizbarashvili R. (2015). Basic characteristics of stability of

Mountain Landscapes of Georgia. Conference Proceedings: Landscapes: Perception, Knowledge,Awareness and Action, Addleton Academics Publishers, New York, U.S.A. 7(1), pp. 244-254.

Geogr-13

Landscape zoning of West Georgia for disseminate Actinidian culture

Zurab Seperteladze, Eter Davitaia, Tamari Aleksidze, Nino Rukhadze

Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University , Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, Department ofGeography, Tbilisi, I.Chavchavadze #3 ;

E-mail: zurab.seperteladze@tsu.ge; eter.davitaia@tsu.ge; tamari.aleksidze@tsu.ge; nino.rukhadze@tsu.ge;

Introduction The estimation of the agro-resource potential of an area is much important for rational growingof different cultures and identification of potential prospects of improvement its productivity (harvest). Thelatter depends on many factors, among of which natural physical-geographical factor are the most important.This factor is multi-factorial and multi-dimensional. Application of a mathematical method allowingimproving the geographical approach and providing a more objective and complex estimation of the area inthis respect was considered by us as the most optimal way to solve this complex problem. This method alsofacilitates selecting and estimating the areas with their numerical values varying within a great range and withdifferent dimensions.

By using the above-mentioned method by the authors [2,3], the present work accents the kiwi culturecommonly spread in west Georgia in recent period. The experimental plantations of kiwi (Actinidia chinensis)are grown only in the low- and middle-mountainous landscape zones of Ajara-Guria segment, in west Georgia(even at 1200 m asl); however, the questions of optimal landscapes and zoning of the habitats of the givenculture are not developed yet. With this thought in mind, we, a group of authors, in cooperation withagricultural technicians, who are practitioners [1], have developed and estimated the agro-climatic propertiesof kiwi culture, selected and identified the optimal natural conditions (without agricultural measures) (bydesigning a virtual standard model) and provided the landscape zoning of West Georgia by using GIS-analysis.

The major scientific novelty of the project is selecting and ranging the areas with the conditions optimal togrow kiwi by using a mathematical method, in particular, estimating (selecting and processing) the agro-climatic properties, designing a virtual standard model and providing the landscape zoning of the territorybased on the proximity to the virtual standard model that will allow differentiating the territory for the givenculture by considering its potential validity.Soils of West Georgia mainly set out in the humid subtropical climate. Precipitation prevalence and the terrainwas caused mainly in the coastal area, wetland soils spread, On the hills and the foothills of the subtropicalorganic red and yellow soils, mountainous part of the clobbered gray, where in which grow kiwi plantations,in addition to the swamp and organic soils, due to their heavy loamy soil properties.

The physical and geographical conditions allow us to determine whether the favorable natural conditionsof a particular agricultural region, particularly in the deployment and management of high-quality ChineseACTINIDIA harvest.

Research methods and initial data The agro-resources of some or other area can be estimated by usingthe multifactorial analysis. Therefore, it is important to use the method allowing most optimal selection of theright conditions [2]. In this respect, it is important to identify the leading factors and order them, by consideringtheir functional priority. Consequently, in estimating the spreading area of kiwi culture, we think it relevant tofix the weighted distance from different points to the standard model by considering the priority of differentfactors (properties) and to group the objects depending on their proximity to the standard model.The research was organized in several stages:

1. Creating the database of the agro-resource potential.2. By using software MATLAB, calculating the “weighted” distances from each object to the standard modelwith the coefficients of priority, ranging the calculated values and grouping them by using Sterges formula.3. Zoning the landscape units with the agro-resource potential favorable for kiwi to grow [4;5;6] designing alarge-scale landscape map), depending on the proximity to the standard model, based on GIS-analysis (Fig.1).

Geogr-14

Figure 1. Landscape and Regions of West Georgia with maximum closeness to the etalon-object

Results and Summary Several important results were gained as a result of the study:- The methods to estimate the agro-resource potential of the territorial units were developed. The methods

are based on the calculation of the weighted distances with a coefficient of priority of factors to the standardobject.

- By using the said method, the regularities in the territorial distribution of Actinidia Chinensis Planch culturein west Georgia, hypsometric stages with high potential, landscape types and regions were identified.Detected different potential of Hypsometric area, landscape types and regions.

- Based on the database of the agro-resource potential and GIS-technologies, a large-scale landscape map ofthe territory of west Georgia was designed.

References

[1] V. Papunidze , Kiwi, "Metsniereba", p. 97, 1998;[2] I.R Arkhipov , N.I. Bladjko ., etc. Mathematical Methods in Geography. Kazan University, 352 p.1976[3] G. A. Arveladze. Mathematical modeling of hydrometeorological processes of formation of a crop of

perennial crops and optimization of the technology of their cultivation. Tbilisi, p.p. 64- 69, 2006[4] Z.Seperteladze, E. Davitaya, T. Alecsidze, N. Ruxadze. Problems Landsscape Ecological and Natural

Zoning. Annals of Agpapian Science. Vol.8, No. 6. pp. 88-94, 2012[5] T. Urushadze T., Seperteladze, E. Davitaya, . Natural Resource Potential of Western Georgia and

Territorial Managment of Agro Landscapes. Bulletin Georgian National Academy of Sciences vol.4.No. 1. Tbilisi, p.p. 74-78, 2012

[6] Z. Seperteladze, E. Davitaia, T. Aleksidze, N. Rukhadze, G. Gaprindashvili. Assessment of agro-resource potential of the western georgia and physical-geographical zoning. ijsr - international journal ofscientific research vol.3., issue:6. June, 170-171. 2014.

Geogr-15

June 13-14, 2015, Natural Disasters in Tbilisi, Analysis and DisasterEffective Measures to Regulate the River Vere Bed

Givi Gavardashvili, Goga Chakhaia, Levan Tsulukidze,Eduard Kukhalashvili, Robert Deakonidze, Zurab Varazashvili

Ts. Mirtskhulava Water Management Instituteof Georgian Technical University

60, I. Chavchavadze Avenue, Tbilisi 0162, GeorgiaE-mail: givi_gava@yahoo.com

To evaluate the natural disaster on 13-14 June, 2015 in the Vere River bed, the scientists of Ts. MirtskhulavaWater Management Institute carried out the scientific field research. The Vere River, originating in the easternslopes of the Trialeti Range on 1670 m above the sea level and 390 meters above the river joins the river. Ithas the length of 38,5 km and the basin area of 190,1 km2. The average annual consumption is 1.22 m3/sec.Recently, the number and intensity of precipitation has increased in light of global warming, which caused theriver valleys, mountain slopes, soil degradation processes and the weakening of the stability of slopes. TheVere River is not the exception and because of activated natural disasters (floods, erosion and debris flowsand landslides) in the Vere River watershed. The manifestation is the genesis of the landslide debris flowsformed in Jakhani Ravine watershed, which is the right tributary of Vere River near the village Akhaldaba[1].

After the formation of landslides on the slopes of the Jakhani ravine it is clearly visible the temporaryinfiltrated water outlets arrival on the surface (see. Fig. 1).

The flood formed simultaneously from both Chakhani and Akhaldaba River ravines blocked the RiverVere riverbed at about 7 m high and 30 m wide, which caused the river Vere flooding 350 m distance upstreamdirection. This is shown above the confluence of the gorges of the River Vere recorded traces of floods andflood passage (see. Fig. 2).

As a result of blocking of the river bed conducted the Vere River bed intensive flooding process. Overtime, the river flows through the jumper, which led to the formation of a turbulent mudflow capacity.

Fig. 1. The right tributary of the River Vere,Jakhanis vulnerable ravine slope, formed a

common view of the landslide

Fig. 2. The trend of flooding zones (RiverVere left napirzeghvartsopis wave height of

about 7 meters reached)

The main causes of the disaster:. Intense precipitation (4 hours in the evening of the tragedy came about50 mm of rainfall, Debris flow discharge: 350 - 475 m3/sec); Landslide (the Geological condition is one ofthe reasons of landslide The slope of the landslide took place, is built with Paleogene sandstonesformation.Thin bedded sandstones change thin layers of argillites. The layered rock slopeextends the slope. It makesthem smooth curved and landslides caused by the origin of the big risks. Sandstones often are fissured andsometimes dissolved in circumstances, which facilitates the penetration of precipitation into the rocks [2].

Argillites form layers of rocks in a landslide in climbing planes arrived in waters that might be sporadicdistribution, but still decisive breach of slope stability conditions); The absence of sufficient information aboutlandslides (not implemented in the sensitive areas of the River Vere field studies have been undertaken inrecent years and in accordance with risk assessment); In the framework of Tbilisi, the River Vere, the water(river capacity can be increased as a result of relying on technical calculations and parameters of the pipes thatare designed for optimal cross section arrangement case); The absence of mechanisms for disaster message[3].

Geogr-16

Chakhani River bed scientific studies have been revealed cross-section profiles in appropriate GPScoordinates, the majority of which have a V - form which could be an indication that the water is being activelyDebris Flow.

Results and SummaryThe field of scientific research, the analysis of the Vere River catchment key regulatory measures may

include:1. The upper part of the landslide body infiltrated (infiltration of leakage) water removal;2. The stability of the landslide body engineering environmental measures (landslide at the foot of

the stone-grid (dike) wall construction and landslide body benching. Geo covering terracesmaintain the sustainability of the forest-reclamation activities and installation);

3. The dismantling of the facilities of the Vere River bed coastal zone, particularly in sensitiveareas;

4. The detailed study of the feasibility of the tunnels in the Vere River bed (generally known, thatthe mountain of the river, which flows through the city in open water arrangement isrecommended);

5. The expected flood, erosion and debris flows and landslides risk assessment and forecastinglevels of risk rankings in vulnerable neighborhoods of the Vere River bed;

6. The current soil degradation processes identified vulnerable slopes (erosion, landslides) studiedusing the dynamics of geo-information systems, Topogeodetic-instrumental, laboratory andcomputer methods;

7. Vulnerable areas, according to the ranking, the chance of flooding, erosion and debris flows andlandslides anti-effective and resource-saving prevention, including temporary engineeringactivities, large-scale physical model of the laboratory;

8. Natural disasters message modern systems implementation;9. From the state and environmental protection organizations more promotion and their opinions

into consideration in drawing up environmental projects.

References

[1] G. Gavardashvili, G. Chakhaia - Typology and assessment of the main mudflow-character river basinsof Georgia(Coll. Papers of the Georgian Water Management Institute), Tbilisi, 2005, pp. 12-20. (inGeorgian).

[2] G. Gavardashvili - Prediction of Bed Deformations on Water Courses of Debris Flow Character.Proceedings of the tenth Inter-national Symposium on River Sedimentation. Central Theme – Effects ofRiver Sediments and Channel Processes on Social, Economic and Environmental; Safety. Volume I, August1-4, 2007, Moscow, Russia, pp. 194 – 202.

[3] G. Gavardashvili - Forecasting of Erosion and Debris Flow Processes for the Energy Supply andTransport Corridors of Georgia Using The Theory of Reliability and Risk. 6th International Conference onContemporary Problems of Architecture and Construction. VSB-Technical University of Ostrava. Ostrava,Czech Republic, 24th -27th June, 2014, pp. 71.

Geogr-17

Creating of GIS basis of factors causing land degradation

Vakhtang Geladze, Nana Bolashvili, Tamaz Karalashvili, Nino Machavariani, NinoChikhradze, David Kartvelishvili

Vakhushti Bagrationi Institute of Geography at Tbilisi State University

Introduction Water erosion is a soil wash and soil wash off with temporary water (rain, irrigation water)flows. All types of water erosion directly affects the quality of land use for agricultural purposes, it is alsodirectly and indirectly linked to the development of landslide, mudflow and other slope processes.Therefore, the erosion should be considered on the one hand, as a constant qualitative factor of farm objectsand on the other hand, the constant conversion factor of modern relief’s plastics. During last 4-5 decadesthe unfavorable climate regime prevailed in Georgia. More frequent became droughts, strong winds and soforth. According researches conducted within climate change projects in Georgia both in lowland andhighland the number of hot days will increase by 50% and more for all seasons except winter. First of allthis would cause increasing demand on irrigation water in the irrigation area. Kakheti Region has beenselected to carry out the research. In accordance with the National Action Plan to Combat Desertificationit was identified as the vulnerable to desertification regions in Georgia. Kakheti occupies the leading placeby agriculture in Georgia (viticulture, grain growing, livestock farming, etc.). The major part of thepopulation (> 80%) is engaged in agricultural activities, and it is a typical agricultural region. The region'snatural conditions enable the need for artificial irrigation on its largest part. By foreseen of climate changethe multi-field GIS has been created in order to develop the measures for transition to a managed waterconsumption and irrigation systems restoration-modernization in the region. System’s base is a 1:200000scale topographic map. Geographic Information System contains almost all layers of the above mentionedmap and the thematic maps (figure 1.) of different content (water resources, territory and population watersupply, etc.).Irrigation The development of the national economy requires the proper use of land and water resources.This is especially true in dry and semi- dry regions, where due to the hard natural conditions the water isessential for harvesting. However, as a result of unsystematic irrigation farming, often operation inviolation of norms the type of anthropogenic erosion occurs – "Irrigation erosion". As a result: Georgialost 5 million cubic meters soil annually; Large landslides are formed; Amount of swamped lands exceeded50 thousands of hectares. In addition to irrigation erosion, Georgia belongs to the mountainous area, wherewater erosion is characterizes by high intensity and variety, and the damage it causes, especially inagriculture, is often catastrophic. After the known events in 90s of the last century, the network of irrigationsystems and respectively, the irrigation areas were greatly reduced/eliminated. Currently, the rehabilitationof the system is underway across the country, but still the difference to compare with the levels of abovementioned years is considerable. Most of irrigation systems them do not have a regulated flow; there is nostrict control of water intake, and collecting - drainage network and irrigation process automation; allirrigation systems need cleaning; majority of channels have unaccomplished ground beds; there areabandoned channels and wells in many places. In addition, there is no new data of the detailed survey ofthe landscape of the irrigation areas, which is necessary for the selection of optimal configuration of channelcontours. All of this leads to expend the excess water consumption and irrigation inequality, has thenegative impact on land amelioration state (erosion, salinization and bogging) and hinders the sustainableand reliable operation of irrigation systems.Coefficient of efficiency of most of the existing irrigation systems ranges within 0.4-0.6. 65-70 % of totalwater losses are stipulated by filtration, 20-30 % – by technical losses, 3-6 % – by evaporation from thewater surface, etc. Almost all irrigation systems require complex reconstruction, capital planning, wateravailability development, arrangement of internal irrigation system, etc. Further development of irrigationfarming also requires highly trained specialists and irrigators, who will pursue the irrigation technologies,specified irrigation norms and irrigation dates according to the requirements of separate regions, zones andfarm crops.Along with the climate change, the negative consequences of anthropogenic impact are obviousas well. Therefore, it is necessary to separate these two factors and evaluate each of them separately. Thereare many examples of the negative consequences of anthropogenic impact in Kakheti, such as: degradedsoils – as a result of disordered irrigation canals and abandoned not conserved wells; secondary salinizatedareas – as a result of breaking the irrigation norms.

Geogr-18

Conclusions For Kakheti region conditions the most rational is the watering of the territories by self-flowing irrigation canals, mechanical water lifters, artificial rain aggregates and drip watering system.Nowadays only the surface self-flowing technology is mainly used. The main part of the plain of theKakheti territory is almost provided by the self-flowing irrigation canals (including the rehabilitation one).By foreseen of the local conditions the best method in the field of mechanization of the irrigation processthe artificial raining is considered, which is the most cost effective. Sprinkler irrigation has the greatadvantage compared with the self-flowing irrigation: the irrigation with the sprinkler aggregates is possiblein complex relief conditions; during watering the amount of spent work per irrigated area unit reduces by80%; during watering by the sprinkler irrigation the rate of irrigation water reduces by 200-300 m3; duringthe sprinkler irrigation the soil erosion hazard reduces, soil structure improves, water filtration andevaporation loss reduces as well. The use of the mentioned technology is effective in the saline and alkalisoils for a depth flushing of salts. The sprinkler irrigation is complicated because of strong winds; therefore,it is necessary to activate the windbreak zones in the areas of their activity. In Georgia for the year of 2000irrigation of 52 % of the irrigated land by the sprinkler irrigation technology was planned, which issignificantly lower than in the countries of Eastern Europe (90-95%). Sprinkler method is recommendedto use on the slopes and terraces, which will help to prevent erosion and reduce water losses. The sprinklersystems are especially effective when the hydrological and topographical conditions create an opportunityto create a natural pressure. For this purpose the negative forms (natural and artificial duct beds, hollow,etc.) of the relief are used. Organized circuit of underground waters of the Alazani-Agrichai artesian basinin the irrigation network of the southern part of the Alazani basin is necessary. The mentioned waters aredistinguished by large reserves and high quality. Accounting-specification of their stocks, exploitationresources, active and closed wells is necessary. In the future, due to climate change, the irrigated areas willbe increased mainly at the expense of hilly and foothill areas of the steep slopes (in the perspective it isforeseen to develop the 30% of the high altitude lands), which require slope terracing and arrangement ofdense network of stationary and mobile sprinkler equipment. Watering foothill slopes is favorable for usingthe natural pressure of irrigation water by far throwing and sprinkling devices. Relatively effective is thestationary water pipe network for irrigation of slopes by the sprinkling method.

Acknowledgements The study is funded by Shota Rustaveli National Scientific foundation, leadingorganization is Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi state University.

ReferencesNATIONAL Action Plan to Combat Desertification (2003, 2015); The 2nd NATIONAL Notification forFramework Convention on Climate Change (2009); IORDANISHVILI K. ( 2006) - Aassessment of theReliability of the river channel functioning (for the conditions of Georgia) PhD Thesis; GELADZE V.,Bolashvili N.,etc.(2013) Inner waters, Geography of Georgia, p.110-124; UNITED Nations Convention toCombat Desertification (1994).

Figure 1 - Hydrological network andirrigation chanels of Kakheti region

Geology

Geol-1

Assessment of the role of snow in hydrological cycle of the Borjomula-Gudjareti-Tskali rivers basin, Georgia, using stable isotope approaches

George Melikadzea, Natalia Zhukovab, Nino Kapanadzec, Tomas Vitvard, Ladislav Holkoe

a,b,c,Iv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, M. Nodia Institute of Geophysics,melikadze@gmail.com

dCzech Technical University in Prague, Faculty of Civil Engineering, tomas.vitvar@fsv.cvut.czeInstitute of Hydrology, Slovak Academy of Sciences, holko@uh.savba.sk

IntroductionThe studied area is situated in the South-western Georgia, in the Little Caucasus Mountains,mean altitude about 1700 m a.s.l. It is drained by the Gudjareti-Tskali (316 km2) and theBorjomula rivers (168 km2). Apart from the mountains surrounding the study area, the dominantgeological unit is the lava plateau between the two rivers [1]. Mean annual precipitation variesfrom 650 to 950 mm. This study is a pioneering work on snowmelt contribution to waterresources in the Georgia-Armenia-Azerbaijan region using isotope approaches, and addressestwo objectives: a) proportion of snow in the annual precipitation, and b) contribution ofsnowmelt to streamflow. It is supported by the IAEA-CRP F3.20.03 “The role of snow inhydrological cycle of the Borjomula-Gudjareti-Tskali rivers basin, Georgia“, and more recently bythe Swiss National Foundation, Joint Research Project (Switzerland –Georgia–Czech Republic) “Snowresources and the early prediction of hydrological drought in mountainous streams”.

MethodsMonitoring and sampling (since 2010) consisted of precipitation, air humidity and temperaturemeasurements at three stations, water level measurements on the Borjomula and Gudjareti rivers,monthly sampling for 18O and 2H at 3 precipitation stations, 2 river gauges, 2 springs and 1borehole, snow depth and water equivalent measurements at 5 sites and event-based snowmeltwater sampling at 3 sites. Analyses of 18O and 2H were performed by the LGR facility at theCzech Technical University in Prague, and the Picarro facility at the Institute of Geophysics ofIvane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University.

ResultsFig. 1a summarizes the monthly stable isotope monitoring for 2010-2014, incl. GNIP stations inBakuriani and Tbilisi (since 2008) and GNIR station on Mtkvari close to the study area (since2010). Values in streams indicate appearance of lighter water, attributed to snowmeltcontribution. Groundwater values indicate a well-mixed origin and are mostly higher than thosein streams. This suggests a dominance of snowmelt-governed headwaters for streamflowgeneration along the entire river course. Daba spring and Tba borehole demonstrate the identicalisotopic behavior during spring seasons, as they both are located in the same aquifer.

Geol-2

Fig. 1 – a )Isotopic monthly monitoring in the study area over the period 2010-2014, b)Snowmeltperiod 2014 in the area of the Borjomula river.

Fig. 1b shows that the first phase of snowmelt period 2014 started early in the middle of Januaryand ended in the first decade of February. The second phase started in the end of February andlasted about 2 weeks. Water level in the Borjomula river increased as a response to the snowmeltin the first February decade and later the typical snowmelt diurnal variability of runoff evolved.Snow in the upper areas of the catchment melted before the river reactions on snowmelt season.

ConclusionsSnowfall in the Borjomula-Gudjareti catchments represents about 30% of annual precipitation,and snowmelt water is an important source of water for the rivers. It affects river runoff at least2-3 months, thus important also for water availability in dry summer period. Groundwatersupplies the streams by sustainable runoff contribution, causing an overall mean water transittime of between 2 and 3 years from precipitation to runoff. Isotopic composition of snow coverdoes not show an altitude gradient, but, stable water isotopes in the snowmelt water significantlydiffer among the sites and they are different from those in the snow cover.

References

[1] Melikadze G., Chelidze T., Zhukova N., Malik P., Vitvar T. (2011). “Using NumericalModeling for Assessment of Pollution Probability of Drinking Water Resources in BorjomiRegion (Southern Georgia)”, In: Climate Change and its Effects on Water Resources, Issues ofNational and Global Security (Baba, A., Tayfur, G., Gunduz, O., Howard, K.W.F., Fridel, M.J.,Chambel, A., eds.), NATO Science Series. Springer. ISBN:978-94-007-1145-7. Chapter 29,pp.267-275.

Geol-3

Assessment of recharge origin and flowpaths of groundwater in the Alazani-Iori-Shiraki basins, eastern Georgia, using isotope aplication

George Melikadzea, Tomas Vitvarb

aIv. Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, M. Nodia Institute of Geophysics,melikadze@gmail.com

bCzech Technical University in Prague, Faculty of Civil Engineering, tomas.vitvar@fsv.cvut.cz

IntroductionWhereas the aquifers of the Alazani and Iori basins in eastern Georgia are abundant in

artesian groundwater due to recharge from Cretaceous and Jurassic formations of the southern eGreater Caucasus and Khakheti range [1], the adjacent Shiraki Plain encounters water qualityproblems due to limited regional recharge, elevated evapotranspiration-induced salinity and highcontent of sulphates. The GEO7001 project “Supporting Environmental Isotope Assessment toImprove the Sustainable Management of Groundwater Resources” has therefore addressedevaluation of recharge conditions, hydrochemical and isotopic evolution along flowpaths,identification of main hydrogeological units and possible alternative sources of drinking water inthe entire complex Alazani-Iori-Shiraki target area. This study contains the first isotopicassessment of one of the most important groundwater resources in the Caucasus countries.

Methods81 water points were sampled (5 surface waters and 76 groundwaters) for major ions, 18O, 2H

and 3H, and selected 27 points were sampled also for 14C/13C. Temperature, pH, DO, EC wereobtained in the field. Monthly monitoring of 18O, 2H and 3H in rainwaters and streamwatersbelongs to the IAEA networks GNIP and GNIR [2]. 18O and 2H analyses were performed in theInstitute of Geophysics, of the Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University, by the Picarro LaserWater Isotope Analyzer L2110-I purchased in the framework of the IAEA project.

ResultsThree types of groundwater were derived from the hydrochemical and isotopic patterns [3].

The most mineralized group (more than 2 g/l) is dominantly of Na-Cl type, with low Tritium(0.1-1.8 TU) and 14C concentrations, indicating old groundwaters. This type of water is typicallylocated in the Shiraki Plain area. The increased mineralization can be explained by salineQuaternary sediments as a result of intense evaporation, with a minimum amount ofprecipitation. The second type has a total mineralization 1-2 g/l, and is represented byproportions of (Na, Mg)/ (Cl, SO4

2-) and Tritium concentrations up to 3-6 TU. These types ofwaters are distributed in parts of the Telavi and Kvareli aquifers. The third type of groundwaterhas a mineralization up to 1 g/l, and is represented by proportions of Ca (Na, Mg)/ HCO3

- (SO42)

This group has 7-11 TU, indicating waters recharged after 1960, partly with admixture of oldcomponents. This groundwater covers most of the area of Kvareli aquifers, Cretaceous andJurassic sediments. Tritium concentration is decreasing from West to East on the territory, withlowest values observed on the Shiraki Plain (Fig. 1b). Fig. 1a reveals that waters in almost allsamples are located along the global meteoric water line. Values of two samples deviate from theglobal meteoric water line, indicating evaporation under semiarid climate conditions and water-

Geol-4

rock interactions in geothermal environment. 18O values between -11 and -13 per mil SMOWindicate palaeorecharge conditions.

Fig. 1 – a) Plot of 18O-2H in waters in the study area, b) Distribution of 3H in waters in the study area

ConclusionsThe study has revealed the evolution in mineralization from Northwest to Southeast, with

less mineralized groundwaters in the Kvareli and Telavi aquifers andmajor increase in theShiraki syncline area. Isotope investigations have confirmed the entirely modern groundwaterorigin of the Kvareli aquifer and admixture of pre-1960 waters or paleorecharge in all otheraquifers. Waters on the Shiraki Plain are characterized by high content of SO4 and Cl andtherefore lower quality for drinking. It is recommended to enhance the use of waters from theadjacent Dedoplitskaro karstic formations for alternative drinking water sources in the Shirakiregion. The conjunctive use of hydrochemical and isotopic approaches demonstrates a highpotential for future water resources studies in Georgia.

References

[1] Buachidze I.M., Zedginidze S.N. (1985). Hydrogeology and Perspectives of GroundwaterUse in the Alazani-Agrichai aquifer. Tbilisi, 335pp. (in Russian).[2] Vitvar T,, Aggarwal P.K., Herczeg A.L.(2007). Global Network is launched to monitorisotopes in rivers. EosTrans. AGU 88:325–326.[3] Melikadze G., Jukova N., Todadze M., Vepkhvadze S., Vitvar T., Evaluation of recharge origin ofgroundwater in the Alazani-Iori basins, using hydrochemical and isotope approaches, Journal of GeorgianGeophysical Society,Issue (A), Physics of Solid Earth, v.17a, 2014, pp.51-59.